LAKE ARROWHEAD COMMUNITY SERVICES DISTRICT HEADWORKS FINE SCREEN REPLACEMENT AT THE GRASS VALLEY WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PROJECT NO.

LAKE ARROWHEAD COMMUNITY SERVICES DISTRICT SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF HEADWORKS FINE SCREEN REPLACEMENT AT THE GRASS VALLEY WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PROJECT NO. 139 OCTOBER 2017 LACSD PO Box 700 Lake Arrowhead, CA 92352 Bids will be received at LAKE ARROWHEAD COMMUNITY SERVICES DISTRICT 27307 State Highway 189, Blue Jay, California 92317 until 2:00 P.M., on Wednesday, December 20, 2017 Prepared by: ALBERT A. WEBB ASSOCIATES SHANE BLOOMFIELD, P.E. RCE C77435

This page intentionally left blank

LAKE ARROWHEAD COMMUNITY SERVICES DISTRICT SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF HEADWORKS FINE SCREEN REPLACEMENT AT THE GRASS VALLEY WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PROJECT NO. 139 OCTOBER 2017 LACSD PO Box 700 Lake Arrowhead, CA 92352

This page intentionally left blank

BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS... 1 SECTION A NOTICE INVITING BIDS... 3 1.0 RECEIPT OF BIDS... 3 2.0 DESCRIPTION OF WORK... 3 3.0 OBTAINING BID DOCUMENTS... 3 4.0 PREVAILING WAGE REQUIREMENTS... 3 5.0 PAYMENTS... 4 6.0 SUBSTITUTION OF SECURITIES FOR RETENTION... 4 7.0 CONTRACT AWARD... 4 8.0 RIGHT TO REJECT BIDS... 4 9.0 REQUIRED BONDS, WARRANTIES, AND INSURANCE... 4 10.0 BID GUARANTEE... 5 11.0 COMPLETION OF WORK... 5 12.0 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES... 5 13.0 PROJECT MANAGER... 6 14.0 MANDATORY PRE-BID CONFERENCE AND JOB SITE INSPECTION... 6 15.0 STORM WATER (N/A)... 6 SECTION B INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS... 7 1.0 SUBMITTING BIDS... 7 2.0 OBTAINING AND USE OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS... 7 3.0 EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS, SITE, AND CONDITIONS... 7 4.0 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION... 8 5.0 CONTRACT TIME AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES... 8 6.0 EXPERIENCE AND BUSINESS STANDING... 8 7.0 CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE AND REGISTRATION... 9 8.0 BID SECURITY... 9 9.0 SUBCONTRACTORS... 10 10.0 MANDATORY PRE-BID CONFERENCE... 10 11.0 QUESTIONS ON BIDDING DOCUMENTS, ADDENDA... 10 12.0 BIDDERS INTERESTED IN MORE THAN ONE BID... 11 13.0 EXECUTION OF BIDS AND OTHER BID FORMS... 11 14.0 WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS... 13 15.0 IRREGULAR BIDS AND OTHER BID FORMS... 13 16.0 REJECTION OR AWARD OF BIDS... 14 17.0 BIDDING PROTEST PROCEDURES... 14 18.0 QUANTITIES OF WORK... 14 19.0 AWARD OF CONTRACT... 14 20.0 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT... 15 SECTION C BID FORMS... 17 1.0 THIS BID IS SUBMITTED... 17 2.0 CONDITIONS... 17 3.0 PRICES... 18 4.0 BIDDING SCHEDULE... 18 5.0 BID ALTERNATES (NOT USED)... 20 6.0 ADD OR DEDUCT UNIT PRICE (NOT USED)... 20 7.0 LIST OF EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS... 20 8.0 LIST OF EQUIPMENT (NOT USED)... 20 9.0 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS WITH THE BID (NOT USED)... 20 10.0 LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS... 20 i

11.0 EXPERIENCE DATA... 21 12.0 INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDER... 21 13.0 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE... 32 14.0 BIDDER IDENTIFICATION... 32 15.0 PERSONS AND PARTIES INTERESTED IN THIS BID... 33 16.0 DECLARATION... 33 17.0 ADDENDA... 33 18.0 BID... 34 19.0 NONCOLLUSION DECLARATION... 35 20.0 BID BOND... 37 21.0 CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE DECLARATION... 39 22.0 PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION CERTIFICATION... 40 SECTION D CONTRACT AND RELEVANT DOCUMENTS... 41 1.0 CONTRACT... 41 2.0 PERFORMANCE BOND... 45 3.0 PAYMENT BOND... 49 4.0 WAIVER/RELEASE OF LIABILITY... 53 GENERAL CONDITIONS... 55 SECTION A DEFINITIONS... 57 1.0 DEFINITIONS... 57 SECTION B PRELIMINARY MATTERS... 61 1.0 BONDS... 61 2.0 CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE AND INDEMNIFICATION... 62 3.0 ACTS OF GOD... 65 4.0 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS... 66 5.0 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT WORK... 68 6.0 SITE OF THE WORK... 69 SECTION C CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT... 75 1.0 AMENDMENTS AND CHANGES TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:... 75 2.0 CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE... 75 3.0 CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME... 78 4.0 FORCE ACCOUNT... 80 5.0 CLAIMS:... 82 SECTION D CONTRACTOR S RESPONSIBILITIES... 87 1.0 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE... 87 2.0 RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR... 88 3.0 COORDINATION OF WORK... 88 4.0 LABOR, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT... 88 5.0 SUBSTITUTE OR "OR-EQUAL" ITEMS... 89 6.0 CONCERNING SUBCONTRACTORS AND OTHERS... 90 7.0 PATENT FEES AND ROYALTIES... 91 8.0 LAWS AND REGULATIONS... 91 9.0 TAXES, FEES, AND CHARGES... 95 10.0 USE OF PREMISES... 95 11.0 RECORD DOCUMENTS... 96 12.0 SAFETY AND PROTECTION... 96 ii

13.0 CONTINUING THE WORK... 100 SECTION E ENGINEER S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION... 101 1.0 AUTHORITY OF ENGINEER... 101 2.0 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS... 101 3.0 ROLE IN CLAIMS AND DISPUTES... 102 4.0 AUTHORIZED VARIATIONS IN WORK... 103 5.0 REJECTING DEFECTIVE WORK... 103 SECTION F QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL... 105 1.0 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY:... 105 2.0 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF DISTRICT'S REPRESENTATIVE (INSPECTOR)... 105 3.0 INSPECTION... 106 4.0 TEST STANDARDS... 106 5.0 EQUIPMENT TESTS... 106 6.0 ACCESS TO WORK:... 106 7.0 TOUCH-UP AND REPAIR... 106 8.0 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS... 106 9.0 COVERING AND UNCOVERING WORK... 107 10.0 DISTRICT MAY STOP THE WORK AND TERMINATE THE CONTRACT... 108 11.0 CORRECTION OR REPLACEMENT OF DEFECTIVE WORK... 111 12.0 ONE YEAR CORRECTION PERIOD... 111 13.0 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK... 112 14.0 DISTRICT MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK... 113 SECTION G PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR... 115 1.0 SCHEDULE OF VALUES:... 115 2.0 APPLICATION OF PROGRESS PAYMENT... 115 3.0 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE... 117 4.0 PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE... 117 5.0 FINAL ACCEPTANCE... 117 6.0 FINAL PAYMENT AND FINAL ACCEPTANCE... 118 7.0 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR... 118 8.0 CONTRACTOR'S CONTINUING OBLIGATION:... 119 SECTION H LEGAL RESPONSIBILITIES... 121 1.0 ASSIGNMENTS OF PAYMENT... 121 2.0 RESPONSIBILITY FOR INDEBTEDNESS... 121 3.0 PROVISIONS REQUIRED BY LAW... 121 4.0 NOTICE AND SERVICE THEREOF... 122 5.0 LEGAL ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR... 122 6.0 OTHER PROHIBITED INTERESTS... 122 7.0 NONDISCRIMINATION... 122 8.0 DISTURBANCE OF THE PEACE... 122 SECTION I PROGRESS OF THE WORK... 123 1.0 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE... 123 2.0 PROGRESS MEETINGS... 123 3.0 PROGRESS AND SCHEDULE REVIEW... 123 4.0 REVIEW OF NARRATIVE REPORT... 124 5.0 REVIEW OF SCHEDULE UPDATE... 124 6.0 SCHEDULE SUBMITTALS... 124 iii

7.0 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE... 124 8.0 POST-AWARD SCHEDULE... 125 9.0 WEEKLY ACTIVITIES PLAN... 125 10.0 REVISIONS TO CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE... 125 SECTION J SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL... 127 1.0 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL DURING CONSTRUCTION... 127 2.0 SHOP DRAWING TRANSMITTAL FORM... 129 3.0 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES... 130 4.0 QUALITY CONTROL... 130 SECTION K SITE CONTROL... 131 1.0 TEMPORARY FACILITIES... 131 2.0 HAZARDS IN PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY... 132 3.0 HAZARDS IN PROTECTED AREAS... 133 4.0 ABOVE GRADE PROTECTION... 133 5.0 PROTECTION OF EXISTING ITEMS... 133 6.0 PROJECT SECURITY... 133 7.0 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS... 134 8.0 SPECIAL CONTROLS... 134 9.0 DUST CONTROL... 134 10.0 DRAINAGE CONTROL... 134 11.0 PROJECT CLOSEOUT... 134 12.0 HARD HATS... 134 13.0 PAINTING NOTICE... 134 14.0 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS... 134 15.0 CLEANING... 135 16.0 FINAL SITE CLEAN-UP... 135 17.0 WASTE DISPOSAL... 135 SECTION L FACILITY START UP AND PROJECT CLOSE OUT... 137 1.0 EQUIPMENT START-UP... 137 2.0 OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS... 137 3.0 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS... 137 4.0 PLANT FACILITIES... 137 SPECIAL CONDITIONS... 139 1.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION... 141 2.0 SITE LOCATION... 141 3.0 SUMMARY OF WORK... 141 4.0 CONTRACTOR S LICENSE REQUIREMENTS... 141 5.0 SERVICES FURNISHED TO THE CONTRACTOR... 141 6.0 WORK RESTRICTIONS... 141 7.0 ENVIRONMENTAL... 141 8.0 EARTHQUAKE INSURANCE... 141 9.0 SATURDAY, SUNDAY, HOLIDAY & NIGHT WORK... 141 10.0 CONTRACT DRAWINGS... 142 11.0 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES... 142 12.0 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE... 142 13.0 CONTRACTOR'S DAILY REPORTS... 143 14.0 TRAFFIC CONTROL... 143 15.0 EXISTING FACILITIES... 143 iv

16.0 SHOP DRAWING TRANSMITTAL... 143 17.0 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS... 143 18.0 SPECIAL PERMITS AND PLAN REVIEW... 147 19.0 POTHOLING FOR EXISTING UTILITIES... 147 20.0 WORK BY OTHERS... 147 21.0 RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR... 148 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 SECTION 01010 SECTION 01340 SECTION 01510 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02050 DIVISION 9 SECTION 09871 DIVISION 11 SECTION 11330 DIVISION 15 SECTION 15000 SECTION 15044 DIVISION 16 SECTION 16000 SECTION 16060 SECTION 16111 SECTION 16123 SECTION 16124 SECTION 16130 SECTION 16141 SECTION 16170 SECTION 16190 SECTION 16195 SECTION 16950 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY OF WORK SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS SITE WORK FINISHES DEMOLITION PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS EQUIPMENT FINE SCREEN AND WASHING SYSTEM MECHANICAL PIPING COMPONENTS PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION CONDUITS 600 VOLT CLASS CABLE INSTRUMENTATION CLASS CABLE OUTLET, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES WIRING DEVICES GROUNDING SUPPORTING DEVICES ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION ELECTRICAL TESTING APPENDICES 2018 Holiday Schedule APPROVED PLANS (BOUND SEPARATELY) DWG NO. SHEET NO. DRAWING TITLE 1 G-1 Title Sheet 2 G-2 General Construction Notes and Abbreviations 3 C-1 Demolition Plan 4 C-2 Step Screen and Wash Press Installation Plan v

5 GE-1 Electrical General, Legend, & Notes 6 GE-2 Electrical General, Details 1 7 SE-1 Electrical Site, Site Plan 8 DE-1 Electrical Demolition, Oneline Demolition 9 DE-2 Electrical Demolition, Layout Demolition 10 LE-1 Electrical Layout, Electrical Layout 11 E-1 Electrical Power Distribution, Oneline 12 E-2 Electrical Power Distribution, Conduit Development vi

BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS 1

This page intentionally blank 2

1.0 RECEIPT OF BIDS SECTION A NOTICE INVITING BIDS Sealed bids will be received at LAKE ARROWHEAD COMMUNITY SERVICES DISTRICT 27307 State Highway 189, Blue Jay, California 92317, until 2:00 p.m. on December 20, 2017, for the Headworks Fine Screen Replacement Project No. 139. The bids will be publicly read at shortly after 2:00 p.m. on December 20, 2017, at the office of the District listed above. 2.0 DESCRIPTION OF WORK The work consists of providing all materials, labor, tools, equipment, facilities, transportation and incidentals necessary to construct: Demolition of existing headworks fine screen and electrical equipment, installation of new fine screen and electrical control panels, installation of new SCADA hardware and electrical modifications, general site work and electrical work; and all incidental work as required by the Specifications and Construction Drawings; the District s Standard Specifications and Drawings; and permits or regulatory agency requirements to complete the project in its entirety. The site of the work is located in: Lake Arrowhead, California The site address is: 27000 Pilot Rock Road, Lake Arrowhead, CA 92352 3.0 OBTAINING BID DOCUMENTS Copies of the plans and specifications and all bid documents are to be obtained from Lake Arrowhead Community Services District, 27307 State Highway 189 North Bay Road, Blue Jay, California 92317, telephone (909) 336-7106. The plans and specifications will be available at a cost of $50.00 per set. Said cost is not refundable regardless of whether or not the plans and specifications are returned. Copies of the plans and specifications will be mailed upon request for an additional $10.00 each to cover handling and mailing. To the extent required by Section 20103.7 of the Public Contract Code, upon request, the District will provide an electronic copy of the Contract Documents at no charge to a contractor plan room service. Prospective bidders who obtain a copy through a plan room, or by other means, must register with the District in order to be added to the planholders list and receive addenda to the Bid or Contract Documents. ONLY REGISTERED PLANHOLDERS WILL RECEIVE ADDENDA TO THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. BIDDERS SHALL NOT BE RELIEVED OF BIDS DUE TO THE FAILURE TO REGISTER OR RECEIVE ADDENDA. BIDDERS ASSUME ALL RISKS OF SUBMITTING BIDS WITHOUT REGISTERING, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE RISK OF FORFEITURE OF THE BID SECURITY AND THE RISK THAT THE BID WILL BE DEEMED NON-RESPONSIVE. To offset the District s administrative costs, there shall be a registration fee of $100 or 50% of the cost of the plans and/or specifications, whichever is less. Registration will not be effective unless and until the registration fee is paid. The registration fee will be waived for Planholders who purchase plans directly from the District. 4.0 PREVAILING WAGE REQUIREMENTS Pursuant to Section 1770 and following, of the California Labor Code, the successful bidder shall not pay less than the general prevailing wage rates, as determined by the Director of the State of California Department of Industrial Relations for the locality in which the work is to be performed and for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the work contemplated under the Contract. In accordance with the October 2017 3 Notice Inviting Bids

Labor Code, the District has on file a schedule of prevailing wage rates for the types of work to be done under the specifications. The Contractor or any subcontractor performing part of said work shall strictly adhere to all provisions of the Labor Code, including, but not limited to, minimum wages, work days, nondiscrimination, apprentices, maintenance and availability of accurate payroll records and any other matters required under all Federal, State and local laws related to labor. This Project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations. If the bids subject to this Notice are due on or after March 1, 2015, then pursuant to Labor Code sections 1725.5 and 1771.1, all contractors and subcontractors that wish to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, or enter into a contract to perform public work must be registered with the Department of Industrial Relations. No bid will be accepted nor any contract entered into without proof of the Bidder s and its subcontractors current registration with the Department of Industrial Relations. If awarded a Contract, the Bidder and its subcontractors of every tier shall maintain active registration with the Department of Industrial Relations for the duration of the Project. It shall be the Bidder s sole responsibility to evaluate and include the cost of complying with all labor compliance requirements 5.0 PAYMENTS In accordance with the specifications, payments will be made by the District to the Contractor based on itemized estimates duly certified by the District, less all retentions described in said specifications, and approved for payment by the District's General Manager. Requests for payment shall be submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the specifications, based on labor and materials incorporated into said work during the preceding month. 6.0 SUBSTITUTION OF SECURITIES FOR RETENTION The Contractor may elect to receive one hundred percent of payments due under the Contract from time to time, without retention of any portion of the payment by the District, by depositing securities of equivalent value with the District in accordance with the provisions of Sections 10263 and 22300 of the California Public Contract Code. Such securities, if deposited by the Contractor, shall be valued by the District, whose decision on valuation of the securities shall be final. 7.0 CONTRACT AWARD The award of the Contract shall be made to the lowest responsive responsible bidder as determined from the base bid alone. All prospective bidders are hereby alerted that a waiting period of up to ninety (90) calendar days from time of bid opening may be required before proceedings are completed and written Notice of Award is made. Bidders shall assume full responsibility for the effect of the waiting period delay on the bid price and make certain the time period is stated in and does not restrict their bid guarantee bond. See part 10.0, "Bid Guarantee" herein. In accordance with Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section B - Instructions to Bidders, Part 20.0, "Execution of Contract", the Contractor shall execute the Contract within ten (10) working days after he has received the Notice of Award and Contract forms from the District. 8.0 RIGHT TO REJECT BIDS In accordance with Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section B - Instructions to Bidders, Part 16.0 "Rejection or Award of Bids", the District hereby reserves the right to act in the best interest of the District by rejecting any or all bids and/or to waive any irregularity in the bids. 9.0 REQUIRED BONDS, WARRANTIES, AND INSURANCE Per General Conditions, Section B - Preliminary Matters, the Contractor will be required to furnish with the Contract a performance bond in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) on the aggregate amount of the bid, and a labor and material bond in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the bid. The October 2017 4 Notice Inviting Bids

Contractor shall also furnish certificate(s) of insurance evidencing that all insurance coverage, along with applicable endorsements as required by the specifications, has been so secured. A warranty bond shall be furnished by the Contractor upon completion of the work for maintenance and guarantee of all work. The warranty bond can be furnished by an extension of the faithful performance bond after completion of the work. 10.0 BID GUARANTEE All bids shall be accompanied by a cashier's or certified check, payable to the order of the District (Lake Arrowhead Community Services District), amounting to ten percent (10%) of the bid, or by a bond in said amount and payable to said District, signed by the bidder and a Corporate Surety, or by the bidder and two sureties who shall justify before any officer, competent to administer an oath, in double said amount and over and above all statutory exemption. Said check shall be forfeited or said bond shall become payable to said District in case the bidder depositing the same does not, within ten (10) calendar days after written notice, sign the Contract. Additional bond forms are available at the District office. If a bid bond is submitted, satisfactory bid bond payable to District executed by the bidder as principal and an admitted surety approved to conduct business in the State of California as surety, in an amount not less than 10% of the maximum amount of the bid. Personal sureties and unregistered surety companies are unacceptable. The California admitted surety insurer, as defined in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 995.120, shall be a satisfactory corporate surety. The cash, check or bid bond shall be given as a guarantee that the bidder shall execute the Contract if it be awarded to the bidder in conformity with the Contract Documents and shall provide the surety bond or bonds as specified therein within ten (10) calendar days after notification of the award of the Contract to the bidder. Failure to provide an appropriate bid bond shall cause the bid to be rejected. 11.0 COMPLETION OF WORK All work shall be completed within Two Hundred and Fifty (250) calendar days after the date of Contract Notice to Proceed by the District. After all documents, bonds, and required support materials have been submitted as required by the project specifications, the District will issue a Notice to Proceed giving the Contractor ten (10) working days to start. This Notice to Proceed shall be deposited in the United States mail for delivery to the Contractor or provided to the Contractor at the preconstruction conference. A preconstruction conference will be convened by the District regarding the project. 12.0 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES It has been determined that the damage sustained by the District as a result of Contractor's breach of his agreement to complete work within the time agreed upon may result in damages of $1,000.00 per calendar day. As described in the Special Conditions, Part 11.0, "Liquidated Damages", are AS PART OF THIS NOTICE DECLARED TO THE CONTRACTOR. Further, by SUBMISSION OF A BID BY THE CONTRACTOR TO THE DISTRICT TO PERFORM THE WORK, THE CONTRACTOR DECLARES THAT HE HAS CONSIDERED THE AMOUNT OF SAID LIQUIDATED DAMAGES AND that he has determined, after specific evaluation thereof, either independently or in connection with the District, that the amount of such liquidated damages is fair and reasonable and acceptable under the circumstances. 12.1 District Responsibility for Delays ( Compensable Delays ). Consistent with Public Contract Code Section 7102, Contractor will be compensated for damages incurred due to delays for which the District is responsible. The parties agree that determining Contractor s exact delay damages are and will continue to be impracticable and extremely difficult. As such, for each calendar day in excess of the time agreed upon completion of the work, the District shall pay to the Contractor $1,000.00 per calendar day. Such amount shall constitute the only payment allowed for any District caused delays and shall necessarily include all overhead, all profits, all October 2017 5 Notice Inviting Bids

administrative costs, all bond costs, all labor, materials, equipment and rental costs and any other costs, expenses and fees incurred or sustained as a result of such delays. Notice of requests for delay damages and additional days shall be provided to the District within five (5) calendar days from the commencement of the delays. 13.0 PROJECT MANAGER All questions relative to this project prior to the opening of bids shall be directed to the manager of the project: Lake Arrowhead Community Services District PO Box 700, Lake Arrowhead, CA 92352 27307 State Highway 189 North Bay oad, Blue Jay, CA 92317 Project Manager: Aida Hercules-Dodaro Telephone: (909) 336-7155 Fax: (909) 337-6715 E-mail: ahercules@lakearrowheadcsd.com 14.0 MANDATORY PRE-BID CONFERENCE AND JOB SITE INSPECTION A mandatory pre-bid conference and job site inspection will be conducted by the District Engineer or District Representative to acquaint the Contractors with the facilities and the location of the proposed work. The inspection will be held on December 13, 2017. All interested Contractors shall meet at 27000 Pilot Rock Road, Lake Arrowhead Ca 92352 at 11:00 a.m. prior to the start of the mandatory pre-bid conference and job site inspection. 15.0 STORM WATER (N/A) October 2017 6 Notice Inviting Bids

1.0 SUBMITTING BIDS A. Sealed Envelope SECTION B INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Bids and other bid forms shall be submitted in a sealed envelope marked on the outside, upper left-hand, as follows: Bid of: For: Headworks Fine Screen Replacement Project, Project No. 139 B. Delivery (Contractor's Name) Sealed bids, including other bid forms and documents, shall be delivered as instructed in the Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section A - Notice Inviting Bids, on or before the day and hour stipulated for the opening of bids in the Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section A - Notice Inviting Bids, or such other day and hour set by Addendum. 1. Bids received after the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids shall not be considered and will be returned to the bidder unopened. 2. The bidder shall be solely responsible for the delivery of their bid in proper time. Please note that delivery to the mountain area is limited, so time should be allotted for timely delivery. 2.0 OBTAINING AND USE OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS A. Obtaining Bidding Documents Bidding documents may be procured at the office and for the price stipulated in the Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section A - Notice Inviting Bids. B. Use of Bidding Documents Bidding documents are made available to bidders for the purpose of obtaining bids for the performance of the work. No license or grant is given for other uses of the bidding documents. 3.0 EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS, SITE, AND CONDITIONS A. Bidders Examination Before submitting bids and other executed bid forms, bidders shall examine: 1. All the bidding documents. 2. The site of the work and existing conditions and limitations. 3. The conditions relating to construction and labor under which the work is to be performed. B. Documents to Rely Upon Only the bidding documents purchased from the District shall be relied upon for execution of bids and other bid forms. 1. Statements Regarding the Work: Unless corroborated by the bidding documents, statements or representations regarding the work made prior, during, or after bidding by the District, design engineer, or engineer, will not be binding and shall not be considered by bidders for preparation of bids. October 2017 7 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

2. Responsibility for Explanations or Interpretations: The District, design engineer, and engineer will not be responsible for explanations or interpretations of the bidding documents other than those issued in written addenda to these bidding documents. C. Sets Used for Preparation of Bids Complete sets of bidding documents shall be used by bidders to prepare bids. Responsibility for Use of Incomplete Sets: The District, design engineer, and engineer assume no responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of the bidding documents. D. Prima-Facie Evidence Submission of a bid and other executed bid forms shall be considered prima-facie evidence that the bidder has examined all of the documents, the site, and the conditions and has included in the bid the appropriate amounts covering the cost for execution of the work in accordance with such documents, site, and conditions. 4.0 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION A. Materials and Equipment Identified By Brand or Trade Name 1. Some materials and equipment specified in the bidding documents are identified by brand or trade name. 2. Except as stipulated under the following Paragraph B, "Substitutions Not Permitted", it is the intent of the bidding documents to allow bidders to select such materials and equipment from two or more brands or trade names specified in the Specifications or indicated on the drawings, or from other brands or trade names of materials and equipment of equal quality and utility to those specified or indicated, in accordance with the General Conditions, Section D Contractor s Responsibility, Part 5.0 "Substitute or 'Or Equal Items'". 3. Where only one brand or trade name is listed followed by the words "or equal," only one brand or trade name was known to the design engineer when preparing the bidding documents. B. Substitutions Not Permitted In order to match existing installations or where the product involves a unique or novel application required to be used in the public interest, some materials and equipment specified may not be substituted. Such materials and equipment are clearly identified in the bidding documents. C. Time for Submittal In accordance with Section 3400 of the California Public Contract Code, the successful bidder shall have thirty-five (35) calendar days after award of the Contract for submission of data substantiating a request for a substitution of "an equal" item. 5.0 CONTRACT TIME AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The contract time and the liquidated damages are stipulated in the Bidding and Contract Requirements and Section D Contract and Relevant Documents, Part 1.0. 6.0 EXPERIENCE AND BUSINESS STANDING A. Experience Statement Bidders shall submit with their bids a statement setting forth their experience. October 2017 8 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

In this statement the bidder shall list similar projects that the bidder has constructed, stating in each case the total project cost when constructed, and the name, address, and telephone number of the owner. B. Financial Statement The District may require that bidders under consideration for award of the Contract shall submit a financial statement. 1. Such statement shall be in a form and substance similar or equal to the form for that purpose developed and published by the Associated General Contractors of America. 2. The financial statement shall be submitted within five (5) calendar days of receipt of the request from the District. 3. If the bidder fails to submit the financial statement(s), or if the financial statement(s) is not satisfactory to the District, the bid of such bidder shall be considered non-responsive, and such bid may be rejected by the District. 7.0 CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE AND REGISTRATION A. California License Bidders shall have a valid California contractor's license for the type of work required on this Contract. B. Required Classification The California contractor's license classification believed by design engineer to be required for the performance of the work described in the Special Conditions, Part 4.0. C. Other Classifications Other classifications will be acceptable if so determined by the California Department of Consumer Affairs, based on a review of the bidding documents. The determination shall have been issued in writing before the date of the bid opening. D. Registration If the bids are due on or after March 1, 2015, then pursuant to Labor Code sections 1725.5 and 1771.1, all contractors and subcontractors that wish to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, or enter into a contract to perform public work must be registered with the Department of Industrial Relations. No bid will be accepted nor any contract entered into without proof of the Bidder s and its subcontractors current registration with the Department of Industrial Relations. Bidder shall sign and submit with its Bid the Public Works Contractor Registration Certification on the form provided, attesting to the facts contained therein. Failure to submit this form may render the Bid non-responsive. 8.0 BID SECURITY A. Amount and Form Bids shall be accompanied by cash, or a certified check, cashier's check, or bid bond acceptable to the District in an amount equal to at least ten (10) percent of the bid, payable without condition to the District as a guarantee that the bidder, if awarded the Contract, will promptly execute the Contract agreement in accordance with the executed bid and other bid forms in the manner and form required by these bidding documents, and will furnish the specified bonds and certificates of insurance at the time of Contract execution. October 2017 9 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

B. Holding Bid Securities 1. The bid securities of the three lowest bidders will be held by the District until satisfactory bonds and certificates of insurance are furnished by the successful bidder, and the Contract is signed with that bidder, or until other disposition thereof is made by the District. 2. The bid securities of bidders other than the three lowest bidders will be returned within ten (10) calendar days after the canvass of the bids. 9.0 SUBCONTRACTORS A. Listing Bidders shall list the name, contractor s license number, Department of Industrial Relations registration number, and location of the place of business of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the prime contractor in or about the construction of the work or improvement, or a subcontractor licensed by the State of California who, under subcontract to the bidder, specifically fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the bidder's total bid or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent of the bidder s total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater. An inadvertent error in listing the license number shall not be grounds for filing a bid protest or considering the bid nonresponsive if the corrected license number is submitted to the District within 24 hours after bid opening, and provided that the corrected subcontractor s license number corresponds to the submitted name and location for that subcontractor. Bidders shall list this information in the Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section C Bid Forms, Part 10.0. B. Circumventing Requirements Circumventing by the bidder of the requirement to list subcontractors by the device of listing one subcontractor who will, in turn, sublet portions constituting the majority of the work covered by this Contract shall be considered a violation of the California Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act, Division 2, Part 1, Chapter 4 of the California Public Contract Code and shall subject Contractor to the penalties set forth in Sections 4110 and 4111 of said Code. 10.0 MANDATORY PRE-BID CONFERENCE A. Time and Place A mandatory pre-bid conference will be held at the time and place stipulated in the Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section A - Notice Inviting Bids, Part 14.0. B. Attendance Bidders, subcontractors, and other interested parties are invited and encouraged to attend this conference which will be conducted by the District and the design engineer. The pre-bid conference is mandatory. 11.0 QUESTIONS ON BIDDING DOCUMENTS, ADDENDA A. Questions on Bidding Documents Where a person who is preparing to submit a bid is in doubt as to the meaning of a statement or drawing in the bidding documents or finds discrepancies or omissions in the bidding documents, that person shall submit to the design engineer a written request for clarification or interpretation thereof. October 2017 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

1. The person submitting a request for clarification shall deliver such request promptly to the design engineer and District at the location specified in the Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section A - Notice Inviting Bids, Part 13.0. 2. The request for clarification or interpretation shall be dated and shall identify the work; the statement or drawing that causes the inquiry; the documents in which they occur; the reasons for which the clarification or interpretation is necessary; and the person submitting the request. B. Addenda Clarifications, interpretation, and correction to bidding documents will be issued only by written Addendum. 1. Copies of addenda will be mailed and/or delivered via e-mail and/or fax to each person known to the District as having received a set of bidding documents. 2. Addenda issued during the time of bidding shall become a part of the bidding documents. 12.0 BIDDERS INTERESTED IN MORE THAN ONE BID A. Interest in More Than One Bid No person, firm, or corporation, under the same or different name, shall make, file, or be interested in more than one bid for the work unless alternate bids are requested. A person, firm, or corporation who has submitted a sub-bid to a bidder, or who has quoted prices on materials to a bidder, is not thereby disqualified from submitting a sub-bid or quoting prices to other bidders. B. Rejection of Bids Reasonable ground for believing that a bidder is interested in more than one bid for the work will cause the rejection of all bids in which such bidder is interested. Any or all bids will be rejected if there is reason for believing that collusion exists among bidders. C. Noncollusion Declaration Pursuant to provisions in Section 7106 of the California Public Contract Code, bidders shall submit with their bids the Noncollusion Declaration, executed in the form included in the Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section C - Bid Forms. 13.0 EXECUTION OF BIDS AND OTHER BID FORMS A. Forms for Execution Bids and other bid forms shall be executed upon the Bid Forms as are bound into the bidding documents book. October 2017 11 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

No bid will be considered unless it is made upon such forms and submitted containing all of the following documents found in the Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section C Bid Forms: 1. The pricing forms. 2. List of Equipment Manufactures. 3. List of Subcontractors. 4. List of Major Previous Projects. 5. List of Construction Equipment. 6. Bidder s Statements. 7. The Bid forms, fully executed. 8. Non-Collusion Declaration. 9. Bidder s Bond. 10. Contractor s License Declaration. 11. Public Works Contractor Registration Certification B. Execution Requirements The bid and other bid forms shall be executed in accordance with applicable laws and regulations and as stipulated in the bidding documents. C. Numbers Numbers shall be stated both in writing and in figures where so required. In case of a difference in written words and figures, the amount stated in written words shall govern. D. Interlineations, Alterations, Erasures The completed forms shall be without interlineations, alterations, or erasures. A correction to mistakes made by the bidder on figures or statements shall be validated with signed initials by the person or persons signing the bid forms. E. Disassembly of Bidding Documents The book of bidding documents can be disassembled for the purposes of completing the necessary forms. It shall be the bidder s responsibility to assure that all necessary original forms are included in the bid envelope. F. Bidder's Identification and Signature The bidders shall state in the appropriate blank spaces of the bid forms: 1. The bidder's legal name. 2. The bidder's form of business organization, namely, sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, or other legal entity. 3. The bidder's current and valid California Contractor's License, or Licenses, indicating classification, number, and expiration date. 4. The bidder's current and valid Business License number, with expiration date, for the city where the bidder's principal place of business is located. October 2017 12 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

5. The bid forms shall be signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the bidder into an agreement with the District for the execution of the work. A bid submitted by an agent shall have a current, notarized; Power of Attorney attached certifying the agent's authority to bind the bidder. 6. The signature of all persons signing shall be in longhand. G. Bidder's Representation As stated in the bid forms, by signing the bid forms the bidder represents that the statements made in the bid forms and related documents are true and correct and subject to penalty of perjury under California law. 14.0 WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS A bidder may withdraw their bid(s), either personally or by written request, at any time prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids. For this purpose, the bidders shall present documents of identity satisfactory to the District. Any request to withdraw a bid shall be so worded so as not to reveal the amount of the original bid. Withdrawn bids may be resubmitted until the scheduled time for receipt of bids, so long as the resubmitted bids are in full conformance with these Bid Instructions. After the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids, a bidder may not withdraw its bid until the expiration of ninety (90) calendar days, after which time a bid may be withdrawn only in writing and in advance of actual award of the Contract. 15.0 IRREGULAR BIDS AND OTHER BID FORMS A. Irregular Bids May Be Rejected Bids shall be considered irregular and may be rejected by the District if they include: 1. Alterations of form, unauthorized additions, unauthorized conditional over previous or alternate bids. 2. Incomplete information, recapitulations, obviously unbalanced prices, or uninitialed erasures. 3. Other irregularities, informalities and nonconformities. B. Bids Not Considered 1. Bids and other bid forms will not be considered unless accompanied by the bid security in the type and amount stipulated. 2. Oral, telegraphic or telephonic bids or modifications to bids will not be considered. C. Multiple Bidding Schedules 1. In the event there is more than one bid item in a bidding schedule, THE BIDDER SHALL FURNISH A PRICE FOR ALL BID ITEMS IN THE SCHEDULE, and failure to do so will render the bid informal and may cause its rejection. 2. In the event there are unit price bid items in a bidding schedule and the "Amount" indicated for a unit price bid item does not equal the product of the unit price and quantity, the unit price shall govern and the amount will be corrected accordingly. 3. In the event there is more than one bid item in a bidding schedule and the total indicated for the schedule does not agree with the sum of the prices bid on the individual items, the prices bid on the individual items shall govern and the total for the schedule will be corrected accordingly. October 2017 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

16.0 REJECTION OR AWARD OF BIDS A. Rejection The District reserves the right to accept or reject any or all bids when deemed best for the public good, and to waive any bid informality, irregularity, and nonconformity when deemed best for the public good. B. Award If bids are not rejected, the Contract will be awarded to the lowest responsive responsible bidder. If the bids are accepted, the award of the Contract shall be made to the lowest responsive responsible bidder as determined from the Base Bid. The award, if made, will be made within the time stipulated for bids to remain subject to acceptance, as described in the Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section C - Bid Forms, Part 2.0, Conditions". 17.0 BIDDING PROTEST PROCEDURES A. Time for Submitting Protests 1. Concerning Bidding Documents: A protest regarding bidding documents shall be submitted in writing, by the protesting bidder to the District, so that the protest is received by the District no later than 10 calendar days before the bid opening. 2. Concerning Bid Opening Procedures, Bids, and Award: A protest regarding the bid opening procedures, the bids, or the award shall be submitted in writing, by the protesting bidder to the District, so that the protest is received by the District within seven (7) calendar days, after bid opening. B. Contents of Protest Document Protests shall include a clear detail of the reason for the protest and the remedies sought by the bidder submitting the protest. C. District's Response The District will issue a written response within seven (7) calendar days after receipt of a protest. D. Litigation Litigation regarding protests on bidding documents and other bidding and award procedures shall be commenced only after following the procedures stipulated in the Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section B - Instructions to Bidders, Part 17.0, "Bidding Protest Procedures". 18.0 QUANTITIES OF WORK The quantities of work or material stated in unit price items of the bid are supplied only to give an indication of the general scope of the work; the District does not expressly, or by implication agree that the actual amount of work or material will correspond there with, but reserves the right after award to increase or decrease the amount of any unit price item of the work by an amount up to and including twenty-five (25) percent of any bid item, or to omit portions of such work as may be deemed necessary or expedient by the engineer, without a change in the unit price, and shall include the right to delete any bid item in its entirety, or to add additional items up to and including an aggregate total amount not to exceed twenty-five (25) percent of the total amount of the Contract. 19.0 AWARD OF CONTRACT As set forth in the Notice Inviting Bids, the award of the Contract, if it be awarded, shall be determined from the Base Bid and shall be made to the lowest responsive responsible bidder whose bid complies with all the requirements prescribed in Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section C - Bid Forms, Part October 2017 14 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

4.0 Bidding Schedule. Any such award will be made within ninety (90) calendar days after opening of the bids. Unless otherwise indicated, a single award will not be made for less than all the bid items in one or a combination of the bidding schedules. The District reserves the right to reject any or all bids, to waive any informality in a bid, and to make awards in the best interests of the District. Upon award, the results of the bid opening will be posted for a period of five (5) working days in the District's Engineering Department located at 27307 State Highway 189 North Bay Road, Blue Jay, California 92317. With the exception of manufacturing processes clearly identified as proprietary, all information contained in the submitted bids shall become a matter of public record, and be made available upon request. In accordance with Labor Code section 1773.3, the District may be required to provide notice of the award to the Department of Industrial Relations on the Form PWC-100. The Bidder who is awarded the Contract shall submit to the District a completed Form PWC-100 including identification of the worker classifications for the Bidder and all listed subcontractors, within 24 hours of notification of the award. Failure to provide a completed Form PWC-100 prior to execution of the Contract may result in forfeiture of the Bidder s Bid deposit or bond to the District, and the District may award the Contract to the next lowest responsive and responsible Bidder, or may call for new Bids. The Form PWC-100 may be obtained from the Department of Industrial Relations or upon request to the District. The Bidder s failure to make a request to the District, or District s failure to respond to a request, shall not relieve the Bidder of any obligations under this section. 20.0 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT A. Time for Execution of Contract No later than ten (10) working days after receipt of the Notice of Award and the Contract document, the successful bidder shall secure, and deliver to the District, the Performance Bond, the Payment Bond, and the certificates of insurance with endorsements, and any other items required in the project specifications along with the signed Contract document. B. Time is of the Essence in This Regard Failure or refusal to enter into the Contract as herein provided or to conform to any of the stipulated requirements in connection therewith shall be just cause for annulment of the award and the forfeiture of the bid guarantee. If the successful bidder refuses or fails to execute the Contract, and/or provide the required bonds or insurance, the District may award the Contract to the second lowest bidder. If the second lowest bidder refuses or fails to execute the Contract, and/or provide the required bonds or insurance, the District may award the Contract to the third lowest bidder. On the failure or refusal of such second or third lowest bidder to execute the Contract, and/or provide the required bonds or insurance, such bidder's guarantees shall be likewise forfeited to the District. October 2017 15 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

This page intentionally blank October 2017 16 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

1.0 THIS BID IS SUBMITTED SECTION C BID FORMS A. For construction of the work, identified as follows: Headworks Fine Screen Replacement Project which entails the demolition of the existing headworks screen and electrical, installation of new fine screen and controls; and all incidental work as required by the Specifications and Construction Drawings; the District s Standard Specifications and Drawings; and permits or regulatory agency requirements to complete the project in its entirety. B. To the District (Owner), identified as: Lake Arrowhead Community Services District PO Box 700, Lake Arrowhead, CA 92352 27307 State Highway Blue Jay, CA 92317 C. For Post Bid Results: 2.0 CONDITIONS The bidder can review the post bid results on the District s web site: http://www.lakearrowheadcsd.com A. Bidder Proposes and Agrees The undersigned bidder proposes and agrees, if this bid is found to provide the lowest overall cost to the District, and meets all District requirements, to execute a written agreement following the format included in the bidding documents and designated in Section D Contract and Relevant Documents, Part 1.0 "Contract"; to secure and deliver to the District, the bonds, certificates of insurance and any other items required in the project specifications; to perform and furnish the work as specified and indicated in the bidding documents for the contract price indicated in this bid, within the contract time indicated in said form of the Contract, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the bidding documents. B. Bidder Accepts Terms and Conditions 1. The bidder accepts the terms and conditions of the Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section A - Notice Inviting Bids, and Section B - Instructions to Bidders, including without limitations those dealing with the disposition of the bid security. 2. This bid will remain subject to acceptance for ninety (90) calendar days, after the day of opening the bids. 3. Upon receipt, the bidder will sign and return to the District the agreement, which follows the form of the Contract, Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section D Contract and Relevant Documents, Part 1.0 Contract. 4. The bidder will, within the time stipulated in the Bidding and Contract Requirements Section B - Instructions to Bidders, Part 20.0, "Execution of Contract", after receipt of the notice of award deliver to the District the executed Contract, Performance Bond, the Payment Bond, and the Certificates of Insurance, and any other items required in the project specifications. October 17 17 BID FORMS

3.0 PRICES A. Taxes and Fees Prices include applicable sales taxes; State, Federal, and special taxes; patent rights and royalties; and other applicable taxes and fees are included in the price of this bid. All prices have been filled in and are proposed as firm fixed unit price amounts throughout this bid term validity. 4.0 BIDDING SCHEDULE BASE BID: Schedule of prices to furnish and install Headworks Fine Screen Replacement and Site Work Project, including all material, equipment and labor complete in accordance with the specifications and accompanying drawings. Prices in the bid shall include all labor, equipment, apparatus, materials, facilities, transportation, insurance, taxes, permits, shop drawings, overhead, profit, mobilization costs, incidentals, and any other costs necessary to furnish, deliver, install or perform work under the subject bid item in conformance with the plans, specifications, and permits complete. Payment of bid items shall be as specified in the General Conditions Section G, Payments to Contractor. The following Bidding Schedule Table must be completed, in full. NOTE: Quantities of unit price items are estimates and are for the purpose of comparing bids. Payments will be based on actual quantities furnished, installed or constructed. BIDDING SCHEDULE Item No. 1 Description Qty Unit Unit Price Total Item Price Mobilization; including bonds, insurance, potholing of existing utilities prior to commencing construction, site cleanup and restoration, and demobilization (1). 1 Lump Sum $ $ * 2 Demolition; Removal and dispose of existing fine screen and electrical controls as shown on the design drawings and as stated in the Specifications. 1 Lump Sum $ $ * 3 Fine Screen Equipment; Furnish and install step screen and washpactor, as shown on the design drawings and as stated in the Specifications. 1 Lump Sum $ $ * October 17 18 BID FORMS

Item No. 4 5 6 7 Description Qty Unit Unit Price Total Item Price Electrical Work; All required panels, control, ducts, conduits and wiring necessary for operation of the proposed mechanical equipment associated with the proposed step screen and washpactor; provide and install influent level sensor, level transmitter, etc. as shown on the design drawings and as stated in the Specifications. Fiberglass Enclosure; Furnish and install 6 wide x 12 high x 18 long fiberglass enclosure with lights, heater, and ventilation equipment per the project plans. Miscellaneous Work; Including: hydro-static pressure testing and miscellaneous testing; trench shoring, sheeting, bracing, and dewatering per California Labor Code and OSHA requirements; field start-up, testing, operational demonstrations and operation and maintenance manuals; preparation of SWPPP if applicable, and including the cost of all contract work not specifically listed in any other Bid Item (Nos. 1 through 5) herein. Field Orders; The Engineer, with concurrence from the Owner, may make appropriate modifications in the Scope or quantity of contract work to be provided. Bid Item No. 7 shall be utilized for change in work only when written field ordered changes are authorized by the Engineer on behalf of the Owner. 1 1 1 1 Lump Sum Lump Sum Lump Sum Lump Sum $ $ $ $ $ * $ * $ * $15,000* (1) For payment purposes, Bid Item No. 1 will be split 50% for mobilization and 50% for demobilization, and the amount for Bid Item No. 1 shall not exceed 5% of the total bid price. TOTAL BID PRICE ITEMS 1-7 $ * TOTAL BID PRICE (DOLLAR AMOUNT IN WRITTEN FORM) * Prices include any amount payable by the District for taxes by reason of the Contract. DOLLARS October 17 19 BID FORMS

5.0 BID ALTERNATES (NOT USED) 6.0 ADD OR DEDUCT UNIT PRICE (NOT USED) 7.0 LIST OF EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS 1. Step Screen 2. Washpactor 3. Enclosure 8.0 LIST OF EQUIPMENT (NOT USED) 9.0 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS WITH THE BID (NOT USED) 10.0 LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS A. The undersigned bidder lists under the Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section C - Bid Forms, Part 10.0, "List of Subcontractors", the name, location of their place of business of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the prime contractor in or about the construction of the work or improvement, or a subcontractor licensed by the State of California who, under subcontract to the bidder, specifically fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the bidder's total bid or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent of the bidder s total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater. An inadvertent error in listing the license number shall not be grounds for filing a bid protest or considering the bid nonresponsive if the corrected license number is submitted to the District within 24 hours after bid opening, and provided that the corrected subcontractor s license number corresponds to the submitted name and location for that subcontractor. B. The undersigned bidder understands that circumvention by the bidder of the requirement to list subcontractors by the device of listing one subcontractor who will in turn sublet portions constituting the majority of the work is a violation of the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act (Division 2, Part 1, Chapter 4 of the California Public Contract Code) and shall subject the bidder to the penalties set forth in said Act (Sections 4110 and 4111 of said Code). October 17 20 BID FORMS

LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS Name Location of Business Type of Work License No. & DIR No. Note: Attach a separate sheet if necessary. State DIR No. if applicable 11.0 EXPERIENCE DATA The Contractor shall be experienced in treatment plant projects and shall have a minimum of three (3) municipal wastewater treatment plant projects of $1.0 million or more in construction cost for modifications of operating treatment plants. The undersigned bidder shall submit, under the Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section C - Bid Forms, Part 12.0, "Information Required of Bidder, a brief description of work previously executed by the bidder and the locations of the major projects; giving the year in which done, the manner of execution, name, address, and telephone number of the owner, overall cost when constructed, and such other information so as to evidence the bidder's ability to perform the work. To be responsive, bidder must answer all liquidated damage questions. No bids will be accepted by firm which has previously had liquidated damages assessed. Failure to list required experience will be considered non-responsive. 12.0 INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDER [**Indicate not applicable ( N/A ) where appropriate.**] 12.1 How many years has Bidder s organization been in business as a Contractor? 12.2 How many years has Bidder s organization been in business under its present name? 12.3 Under what other or former names has Bidder s organization operated? 12.4 What type of work does the Bidder normally perform with its own forces? October 17 21 BID FORMS

12.5 Has Bidder ever failed to complete any work awarded to it? If so, note when, where, and why: 12.6 Within the last five years, has any officer or partner of Bidder s organization ever been an officer or partner of another organization when it failed to complete a contract? If so, attach a separate sheet of explanation: 12.7 List Bank References (Bank and Branch Address): 12.8 At any time during the last five years, has your firm, or any of its owners or officers been convicted of a crime involving the awarding of a contract of a public works construction project, or the bidding or performance of a public works contract? Yes No 12.9 State your firm s gross revenues for each of the last three years: 12.10 Is your firm currently the debtor in a bankruptcy case? Yes No If yes, please attach a copy of the bankruptcy petition, showing the case number, and the date on which the petition was filed. 12.11 Was your firm in bankruptcy at any time during the last five years? (This question refers only to a bankruptcy action that was not described in answer to question 7, above) Yes No If yes, please attach a copy of the bankruptcy petition, showing the case number and the date on which the petition was filed, and a copy of the Bankruptcy Court s discharge order, or of any other document that ended the case, if no discharge order was issued. October 17 22 BID FORMS

Licenses 12.12 List all California construction license numbers, classifications and expiration dates of the California contractor licenses held by your firm 12.13 If any of your firm s license(s) are held in the name of a corporation or partnership, list below the names of the qualifying individual(s) listed on the CSLB records who meet(s) the experience and examination requirements for each license. 12.14 Has any owner, partner or (for corporations:) officer of your firm operated a construction firm under any other name in the last five years? Yes No If yes, explain on a separate signed page, including the reason for the change. 12.15 Has any CSLB license held by your firm or its Responsible Managing Employee (RME) or Responsible Managing Officer (RMO) been suspended within the last five years? Disputes Yes No If yes, please explain on a separate signed sheet. 12.16 At any time in the last five years has the bidder or the bidder s firm been assessed and paid liquidated damages for a project under a construction contract with either a public or private owner? A firm used herein and elsewhere is defined to be any and all businesses owned by one or more of the bidders owners (amounting to a 25% aggregate ownership interest). Yes No If yes, bidder or bidder s firm cannot bid on work and the bid shall be deemed non-responsive. At any time in the last five years has any listed subcontractor or subcontractor s firm been assessed and paid liquidated damages for a project under a construction contract with either a public or private owner? A firm used herein and elsewhere is defined to be any and all businesses owned by one or more of the subcontractors owners (amounting to a October 17 23 BID FORMS

25% aggregate ownership interest). Yes No If yes, subcontractor or subcontractor s firm cannot bid on work and the bid shall be deemed non-responsive. 12.17 In the last five years has your firm, or any firm with which any of your company s owners, officers or partners was associated, been debarred, disqualified, removed or otherwise prevented from bidding on, or completing, any government agency or public works project for any reason? Yes No If yes, explain on a separate signed page. State whether the firm involved was the firm bidding here or another firm. Identify by name of the company, the name of the person within your firm who was associated with that company, the year of the event, the owner of the project, the project and the basis for the action. 12.18 In the last five years has your firm been denied an award of a public works contract based on a finding by a public agency that your company was not a responsible bidder? Yes No If yes, explain on a separate signed page. Identify the year of the event, the owner, the project and the basis for the finding by the public agency. * * * * * NOTE: The following two questions refer only to disputes between your firm and the owner of a project. You need not include information about disputes between your firm and a supplier, another contractor, or subcontractor. You need not include information about pass-through disputes in which the actual dispute is between a sub-contractor and a project owner. Also, you may omit reference to all disputes about amounts of less than $50,000. 12.19 In the past five years has any claim against your firm concerning your firm s work on a construction project been filed in court or arbitration? Yes No If yes, on separate signed sheets of paper identify the claim(s) by providing the project name, date of the claim, name of the claimant, a brief description of the nature of the claim, the court in which the case was filed and a brief description of the status of the claim (pending or, if resolved, a brief description of the resolution). 12.20 In the past five years has your firm made any claim against a project owner concerning work on a project or payment for a contract and filed that claim in court or arbitration? Yes No If yes, on separate signed sheets of paper identify the claim by providing the project name, date of the claim, name of the entity (or entities) against whom the claim was filed, a brief description of the nature of the claim, the court in which the case was filed and a brief description of the status of the claim (pending, or if resolved, a brief description of the resolution). October 17 24 BID FORMS

12.21 At any time during the past five years, has any surety company made any payments on your firm s behalf as a result of a default, to satisfy any claims made against a performance or payment bond issued on your firm s behalf, in connection with a construction project, either public or private? Yes No If yes, explain on a separate signed page the amount of each such claim, the name and telephone number of the claimant, the date of the claim, the grounds for the claim, the present status of the claim, the date of resolution of such claim if resolved, the method by which such was resolved if resolved, the nature of the resolution and the amount, if any, at which the claim was resolved. 12.22 In the last five years has any insurance carrier, for any form of insurance, refused to renew the insurance policy for your firm? Yes No If yes, explain on a separate signed page. Name the insurance carrier, the form of insurance and the year of the refusal. Criminal Matters and Related Civil Suits 12.23 Has your firm or any of its owners, officers or partners ever been found liable in a civil suit or found guilty in a criminal action for making any false claim or material misrepresentation to any public agency or entity? Yes No If yes, explain on a separate signed page, including identifying who was involved, the name of the public agency, the date of the investigation and the grounds for the finding. 12.24 Has your firm or any of its owners, officers or partners ever been convicted of a crime involving any federal, state, or local law related to construction? Yes No If yes, explain on a separate signed page, including identifying who was involved, the name of the public agency, the date of the conviction and the grounds for the conviction. 12.25 Has your firm or any of its owners, officers or partners ever been convicted of a federal or state crime of fraud, theft, or any other act of dishonesty? Bonding Yes No If yes, identify on a separate signed page the person or persons convicted, the court (the county if a state court, the district or location of the federal court), the year and the criminal conduct. 12.26 If your firm was required to pay a premium of more than one percent (1%)_for a performance and payment bond on any project(s) on which your firm worked at any time during the last three years, state the percentage that your firm was required to pay. You may provide an explanation for a percentage rate higher than one percent (1%), if you wish to do so. 12.27 List all other sureties (name and full address) that have written bonds for your firm during the October 17 25 BID FORMS

last five years, including the dates during which each wrote the bonds: 12.28 During the last five years, has your firm ever been denied bond coverage by a surety company, or has there ever been a period of time when your firm had no surety bond in place during a public construction project when one was required? Yes No If yes, provide details on a separate signed sheet indicating the date when your firm was denied coverage and the name of the company or companies which denied coverage; and the period during which you had no surety bond in place. Compliance with Occupational Safety and Health Laws and with Other Labor Legislation Safety 12.29 Has CAL OSHA cited and assessed penalties against your firm for any serious, willful or repeat violations of its safety or health regulations in the past five years? NOTE: If you have filed an appeal of a citation, and the Occupational Safety and Health Appeals Board has not yet ruled on your appeal, you need not include information about it. Yes No If yes, attached a separate signed page describing the citations, including information about the dates of the citations, the nature of the violation, the project on which the citation(s) was or were issued, the amount of penalty paid, if any. If the citation was appealed to the Occupational Safety and Health Appeals Board and a decision has been issued, state the case number and the date of the decision. 12.30 Has the federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration cited and assessed penalties against your firm in the past five years? NOTE: If you have filed an appeal of a citation and the Appeals Board has not yet ruled on your appeal, or if there is a court appeal pending, you need not include information about the citation. Yes No If yes, attach a separate signed page describing each citation. 12.31 Has the EPA or any Air Quality Management District or any Regional Water Quality Control Board cited and assessed penalties against either your firm or the owner of a project on which your firm was the contractor, in the past five years? NOTE: If you have filed an appeal of a citation and the Appeals Board has not yet ruled on your appeal, or if there is a court appeal pending, you need not include information about the citation. Yes No If yes, attach a separate signed page describing each citation. 12.32 How often do you require documented safety meetings to be held for construction employees and field supervisors during the course of a project? October 17 26 BID FORMS

12.33 List your firm s Experience Modification Rate (EMR) (California workers compensation insurance) for each of the past three premium years: NOTE: An Experience Modification Rate is issued to your firm annually by your workers compensation insurance carrier. Current year: Previous year: Year prior to previous year: If your EMR for any of these three years is or was 1.00 or higher you may, if you wish, attach a letter of explanation. 12.34 Within the last five years has there ever been a period when your firm had employees but was without workers compensation insurance or state-approved self-insurance? Yes No If yes, please explain the reason for the absence of workers compensation insurance on a separate signed page. If No, please provide a statement by your current workers compensation insurance carrier that verifies periods of workers compensation insurance coverage for the last five years. (If your firm has been in the construction business for less than five years, provide a statement by your workers compensation insurance carrier verifying continuous workers compensation insurance coverage for the period that your firm has been in the construction business.) Prevailing Wage and Apprenticeship Compliance Record 12.35 Has there been more than one occasion during the last five years in which your firm was required to pay either back wages or penalties for your own firm s failure to comply with the state s prevailing wage laws? NOTE: This question refers only to your own firm s violation of prevailing wage laws, not to violations of the prevailing wage laws by a subcontractor. Yes No If yes, attach a separate signed page or pages, describing the nature of each violation, identifying the name of the project, the date of its completion, the public agency for which it was constructed; the number of employees who were initially underpaid and the amount of back wages and penalties that you were required to pay. 12.36 During the last five years, has there been more than one occasion in which your own firm has been penalized or required to pay back wages for failure to comply with the federal Davis-Bacon prevailing wage requirements? Yes No If yes, attach a separate signed page or pages describing the nature of the violation, identifying the name of the project, the date of its completion, the public agency for which it was constructed; the number of employees who were initially underpaid, the amount of back wages you were required to pay along with the amount of any penalty paid. 12.37 Provide the name, address and telephone number of the apprenticeship program (approved by the California Apprenticeship Council) from whom you intend to request the dispatch of apprentices to your company for use on any public work project for which you are awarded a contract by the Lake Arrowhead Community Services District October 17 27 BID FORMS

12.38 If your firm operates its own State-approved apprenticeship program: (a) Identify the craft or crafts in which your firm provided apprenticeship training in the past year. (b) State the year in which each such apprenticeship program was approved, and attach evidence of the most recent California Apprenticeship Council approval(s) of your apprenticeship program(s). (c) State the number of individuals who were employed by your firm as apprentices at any time during the past three years in each apprenticeship and the number of persons who, during the past three years, completed apprenticeships in each craft while employed by your firm. 12.39 At any time during the last five years, has your firm been found to have violated any provision of California apprenticeship laws or regulations, or the laws pertaining to use of apprentices on public works? NOTE: You may omit reference to any incident that occurred prior to January 1, 2007, if the violation was by a subcontractor and your firm, as general contractor on a project, had no knowledge of the subcontractor s violation at the time they occurred. Yes No If yes, provide the date(s) of such findings, and attach copies of the Department s final decision(s). October 17 28 BID FORMS

12.40 LIST OF CURRENT PROJECTS (Backlog) [**Duplicate Page if needed for listing additional current projects.**] Project Description of Bidder s Work Completion Date Cost of Bidder s Work (Base Bid) Change Order as % of Base Bid Number and dollar amount of Claims October 17 29 BID FORMS

12.41 EXPERIENCE AND TECHNICAL QUALIFICATIONS QUESTIONNAIRE LIST OF COMPLETED PROJECTS RELATED TO WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT HEADWORKS - LAST SEVEN YEARS [**Duplicate Page if needed for listing additional completed projects**] Please include only those projects which are similar enough to demonstrate Bidder s ability to perform the required work. FAILURE TO DEMONSTRATE EXPERIENCE WITH CONSTRUCTING AT LEAST THREE PROJECTS RELATED TO WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT HEADWORKS AND MODIFICATION OF OPERATING TREATMENT PLANTS WITHIN THE PAST SEVEN YEARS OF SIMILAR SIZE, COST AND SCOPE WILL RESULT IN A FINDING THAT THE CONTRACTOR S BID IS NON-RESPONSIVE AND/OR CONTRACTOR BEING DEEMED NON- RESPONSIBLE. Project Client & Contact Information Description of Bidder s Work Period of Performance Cost of Bidder s Work (Base Bid) Change Orders as % of Base Bid Number & dollar amount of any Claims filed with Client October 17 30 BID FORMS

12.42 Personnel: The Bidder shall identify the key personnel to be assigned to this project in a management, construction supervision and engineering capacity. 1. List each person s job title, name and percent of time to be allocated to this project: 2. Summarize each person s specialized education: 3. List each person s years of construction experience relevant to the project: 4. Summarize such experience: Bidder agrees that personnel named in this Bid will remain on this Project until completion of all relevant Work, unless substituted by personnel of equivalent experience and qualifications approved in advance by District. 12.43 Additional Bidder s Statements: If the Bidder feels that there is additional information which has not been included in the questionnaire above, and which would contribute to the qualification review, it may add that information in a statement here or on an attached sheet, appropriately marked: October 17 31 BID FORMS

12.44 VERIFICATION AND EXECUTION: I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing information is true and correct. The following shall be executed only by a duly authorized official of the Bidder: Name of Bidder Signature Name Title Dated 13.0 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE In conformance with the current requirements of Section 1861 of the Labor Code of the State of California, the undersigned bidder confirms the following as its certification: "I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured against liability for Workers' Compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work." 14.0 BIDDER IDENTIFICATION The undersigned has the legal authority to bind the bidder to the Contract for the execution of the work. A. Legal name of Bidder: B. Type of firm: sole proprietor partnership corporation Other If corporation, incorporated in the State of: C. Bidder's Business Address: October 17 32 BID FORMS

D. Bidder's Business Telephone: E. Bidder s Business License: Issued by the city where the bidder s principal place of business is located. Number Issuing City Expiration Date 15.0 PERSONS AND PARTIES INTERESTED IN THIS BID A. The names and residences of persons and parties interested in this bid, as principals, are listed under the Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section C - Bid Forms, Part 15.B, "List of Principals". 1. The first and last names are given in full. 2. In case of a corporation, the names and addresses of the President, Secretary, Treasurer, and Manager are given. 3. In case of a partnership or joint venture, the names and addresses of all the individual members are given. B. List of Principals 16.0 DECLARATION A. I/WE declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California, that the statements in these Bid Forms are true and correct. B. Date, at, California. C. By (signature) D. Printed Name and Position E. Seal 17.0 ADDENDA The undersigned acknowledges receipt of Addenda Nos.: October 17 33 BID FORMS

18.0 BID Bid to: Lake Arrowhead Community Services District The undersigned bidder hereby proposes to furnish, deliver and erect all equipment under the bidding schedule of the District's specifications entitled Headworks Fine Screen Replacement Project No. 139 in accordance with the intent of said specifications and all addenda issued by said District prior to opening of the bids. Said bidder agrees that, if this bid is determined to provide the lowest overall cost to the District, and meets all District requirements, that upon receipt of the Contract, from said District, bidder will properly execute and return said Contract, of which the Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Bid, Information Required of Bidder, Specifications, Drawings, and all addenda issued by said District prior to the opening of bids, are a part; and within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of the notice of award and the executed Contract, bidder will secure the required insurance and bonds and furnish the required certificates; and that upon failure to execute said Contract, and/or furnish the required insurance, bonds and certificates within said time, then the bid guarantee furnished by said bidder shall be forfeited to said District as liquidated damages for such failure; provided, that if said bidder shall execute the Contract, secure the required insurance and bonds, and furnish the required insurance certificates within said time, his bid guarantee, if furnished, shall be returned to him within five (5) calendar days thereafter, and the bid bond, if furnished, shall become void. The bidder acknowledges and understands that a waiting period from time of bid opening until award may be ninety (90) calendar days during which bidder may not withdraw his bid. The bidder further acknowledges that he has adjusted his bid price to include all possible items which may influence the bid during the waiting period. Requests for bid price change due to such a delay shall not be agreed to by the District. If the bidder is awarded a Contract in conjunction with this bid, the Surety who will provide the Performance Bond will be whose address is:,,. City State Zip Said bidder further agrees to complete all work required under the Contract within the time stipulated in the specifications, and to accept, as full payment therefore, the prices(s) named in the above-mentioned bidding schedule. Bidder: By: (Signature) Date: Title: October 17 34 BID FORMS

19.0 NONCOLLUSION DECLARATION (NONCOLLUSION DECLARATION TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID) STATE OF CALIFORNIA, COUNTY OF The undersigned declares:, I am the (Declarant) of (Name of the Firm) (Position with firm of the Declarant), the party making the foregoing bid The bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation. The bid is genuine and not collusive or sham. The bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid. The bidder has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or to refrain from bidding. The bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder. All statements contained in the bid are true. The bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, to any corporation, partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid, and has not paid, and will not pay, any person or entity for such purpose. Any person executing this declaration on behalf of a bidder that is a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, or any other entity, hereby represents that he or she has full power to execute, and does execute, this declaration on behalf of the bidder. I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct and that this declaration is executed on, at (Date),. (City) (State) Signature of Declarant October 17 35 BID FORMS

This page intentionally blank October 17 36 BID FORMS

20.0 BID BOND Ten (10) Percent of the Total Bid Bond Number KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, BID BOND That and, as Surety, as Principal are held and firmly bound unto the Lake Arrowhead Community Services District, hereinafter designated as the "District", in the sum of dollars, (not less than ten (10) percent of the total amount of the bid) for the payment of which sum will and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, said Principal has submitted a bid to said District to perform all work required under the bidding schedule(s) titled: NOW, THEREFORE, if said Principal is awarded the Contract by said District and within the time and in the manner required under the Instructions to Bidders (Section B) bound with said specifications, enters into a written agreement and fully executes the Contract bound with said specifications and furnishes the required bonds and verification of insurance, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. In the event a suit is brought upon this bond by said District and judgment is recovered, said Surety shall pay all costs incurred by said District in such suit, including a reasonable attorney's fee to be fixed by the Court. SIGNED AND SEALED, this day of, 20. Principal (print name) By: Signature Continued on page 2 (Corporate Seal) October 17 37 BID FORMS

SECOND PAGE OF BID BOND Bond Number Bidding Schedule(s) titled: Surety agent (print name) By: Signature (Surety Seal) Surety address for purposes of making a demand pursuant to terms of this bond: October 17 38 BID FORMS

21.0 CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE DECLARATION (Business and Professions Code Section 7028-15) The undersigned declares that he/she is of (name of bidding firm) (Party preparing foregoing bid) A. Bidders California Contractor's License Number: 1. Bidder's Contractor's License Number is as follows: No. Classification: Exp.. No. Classification: Exp. 2. Bidder acknowledges that Section 7028.15 (e) of the Business and Professions Code provides as follows: "A licensed contractor shall not submit a bid to a public agency unless his or her contractor's license number appears clearly on the bid, the license expiration date is stated, and the bid contains a statement that the representations therein are made under penalty of perjury. Any bid not containing this information, or a bid containing information which is subsequently proven false, shall be considered non-responsive and shall be rejected by the public agency." Name of Bidder Signature Name and Title Dated October 17 39 BID FORMS

22.0 PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION CERTIFICATION If this bid is due on or after March 1, 2015, then pursuant to Labor Code sections 1725.5 and 1771.1, all contractors and subcontractors that wish to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, or enter into a contract to perform public work must be registered with the Department of Industrial Relations. See http://www.dir.ca.gov/public-works/publicworks.html for additional information. No bid will be accepted nor any contract entered into without proof of the contractor s and subcontractors current registration with the Department of Industrial Relations to perform public work. Bidder hereby certifies that it is aware of the registration requirements set forth in Labor Code sections 1725.5 and 1771.1 and is currently registered as a contractor with the Department of Industrial Relations. Name of Bidder: DIR Registration Number: Bidder further acknowledges: 1. Bidder shall maintain a current DIR registration for the duration of the project. 2. Bidder shall include the requirements of Labor Code sections 1725.5 and 1771.1 in its contract with subcontractors and ensure that all subcontractors are registered at the time of bid opening and maintain registration status for the duration of the project. 3. Failure to submit this form or comply with any of the above requirements may result in a finding that the bid is non-responsive. Name of Bidder Signature Name and Title Dated Dated October 17 40 BID FORMS

1.0 CONTRACT SECTION D CONTRACT AND RELEVANT DOCUMENTS THIS CONTRACT, made and entered into this day of, 20, by and between, hereinafter referred to as "Contractor," and the Lake Arrowhead Community Services District, located in San Bernardino County, California, hereinafter referred to as "District". WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the promises and agreements hereinafter made and exchanged, the District and the Contractor agree as follows: 1. Contractor agrees to perform and complete in a workmanlike manner, all work required under the bidding schedule of said District's specifications entitled Headworks Fine Screen Replacement Project, Project No. 139, in accordance with the specifications and drawings, and to furnish at their own expense, all labor, materials, equipment, tools, and services necessary, except such materials, equipment, and services as may be stipulated in said specifications to be furnished by said District, and to do everything required by this Contract and the said specifications and drawings. 2. For furnishing all said labor, materials, equipment, tools, and services, furnishing and removing all plant, temporary structures, tools and equipment, and doing everything required by this Contract and said specifications and drawings; also for all loss and damage arising out of the nature of the work aforesaid, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen difficulties which may arise during the prosecution of the work until its acceptance by said District, and for all risks of every description connected with the work; also for all expenses resulting from the suspension or discontinuance of work, except as in the said specifications are expressly stipulated to be borne by said District; and for completing the work in accordance with the requirements of said specifications and drawings, said District will pay and said Contractor shall receive, in full compensation therefore, the price(s) set forth in this Contract. 3. That the District will pay the Contractor progress payments and the final payment, in accordance with the provisions of the contract documents, with warrants drawn on the appropriate fund or funds as required, at the prices bid in the Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section C - Bid Forms and accepted by the District, and set forth in this below. Total Bid Price $ (amount in words) Dollars and Cents. If this is not a lump sum bid and the contract price is dependent upon the quantities constructed, the District will pay and said Contractor shall receive, in full compensation for the work the prices named in the Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section C - Bid Forms. 4. The District hereby employs the Contractor to perform the work according to the terms of this Contract for the above-mentioned price(s), and agrees to pay the same at the time, in the manner, and upon the conditions stipulated in the said specifications; and the said parties for themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, do hereby agree to the full performance of the covenants herein contained. 5. The Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Forms, Information Required of Bidder, Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Warranty Form, Contractors License Declaration, Specifications, Drawings, all General Conditions and all Special Conditions, and all addenda issued by the District with October 2017 41 CONTRACT AND RELEVANT DOCUMENTS

respect to the foregoing prior to the opening of bids, are hereby incorporated in and made part of this Contract, as if fully set forth. 6. The Contractor agrees to commence work under this Contract on or before the date to be specified in a written "Notice to Proceed" and to complete said work to the satisfaction of the District Two Hundred and Fifty (250) calendar days after the date of the Notice to Proceed. All work shall be completed before final payment is made. 7. Time is of the essence on this Contract. 8. Contractor agrees that in case the work is not completed before or upon the expiration of the contract time, damage will be sustained by the District, and that it is and will be impracticable to determine the actual damage which the District will sustain in the event and by reason of such delay, and it is therefore agreed that the Contractor shall pay to the District the amount of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) for each day of delay, which shall be the period between the expiration of the contract time and the date of final acceptance by the District, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty. It is further agreed that the amount stipulated for liquidated damages per day of delay is a reasonable estimate of the damages that would be sustained by the District, and the Contractor agrees to pay such liquidated damages as herein provided. In case the liquidated damages are not paid, the Contractor agrees that the District may deduct the amount thereof from any money due or that may become due to the Contractor by progress payments or otherwise under the Contract, or if said amount is not sufficient, recover the total amount. In addition to the liquidated damages, which may be imposed if the Contractor fails to complete the work within the time agreed upon, the District may also deduct from any sums due or to become due the Contractor, liquidated damages in accordance with the General Conditions, Section D. 8.1 Consistent with Public Contract Code Section 7102, Contractor will be compensated for damages incurred due to delays for which the District is responsible. The parties agree that determining Contractor s exact delay damages are and will continue to be impracticable and extremely difficult. As such, for each calendar day in excess of the time agreed upon completion of the work, the District shall pay to the Contractor One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) per day. Such amount shall constitute the only payment allowed for any District caused delays and shall necessarily include all overhead, all profits, all administrative costs, all bond costs, all labor, materials, equipment and rental costs and any other costs, expenses and fees incurred or sustained as a result of such delays. Notice of requests for delay damages and additional days shall be provided to the District within five (5) calendar days from the commencement of the delays. 9. That the Contractor will pay, and will require subcontractors to pay, employees on the work a salary or wage at least equal to the prevailing salary or wage established for such work as set forth in the wage determinations and wage standards applicable to this work, contained in or referenced in the contract documents. 10. That, in accordance with Section 1775 of the California Labor Code, Contractor shall forfeit to the District, as a penalty, not more than Two Hundred ($200.00) Dollars for each day, or portion thereof, for each worker paid, either by the Contractor or any subcontractor, less than the prevailing rates as determined by the Director of the California Department of Industrial Relations for the work. 11. That, except as provided in Section 1815 of the California Labor Code, in the performance of the work not more than eight (8) hours shall constitute a day's work, and not more than forty (40) hours shall constitute a week's work; that the Contractor shall not require more than eight (8) hours of labor in a day nor more than forty hours of labor in a week from any person employed by the Contractor or any subcontractor; that the Contractor shall conform to Division 2, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 3 (Section 1810, et seq.) of the California Labor Code; and that the Contractor shall forfeit to the District, as a penalty, the sum of Twenty- Five ($25.00) Dollars for each worker employed in the execution of the work by Contractor or any subcontractor for each day during which any worker is required or permitted to labor more than eight (8) hours in violation of said Article 3. 12. That the Contractor shall carry Workers' Compensation Insurance and require all subcontractors to carry Workers' Compensation Insurance as required by the California Labor Code. October 2017 42 CONTRACT AND RELEVANT DOCUMENTS

13. That the Contractor shall have furnished, prior to execution of the Contract, two bonds approved by the District, one in the amount of one hundred (100) percent of the contract price, to guarantee the faithful performance of the work, and one in the amount of one hundred (100) percent of the contract price to guarantee payment of all claims for labor and materials furnished. 14. The Contractor hereby agrees to protect, defend, indemnify and hold the District and its employees, agents, officers, directors, servants and volunteers free and harmless from any and all liability, claims, judgments, costs and demands, including demands arising from injuries or death of persons (including employees of the District and the Contractor) and damage to property, arising directly or indirectly out of the obligation herein undertaken or out of the operations conducted by the Contractor, its employees agents, representatives or subcontractors under or in connection with this Contract, whether or not there is concurrent, passive or active negligence on the part of the District or its employees, agents, officers, directors, servants and volunteers, including any action, claim or lawsuit challenging the District award of the Contract to Contractor. The Contractor further agrees to investigate, handle, respond to, provide defense for and defend any such claims, demands or suit at the sole expense of the Contractor. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The Contractor and the President of the Board of Directors of Lake Arrowhead Community Services District, thereunto duly authorized, have caused the names of said parties to be affixed hereto, each in triplicate, the day and year first above written. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District, San Bernardino County, California. Contractor By General Manager By Title: Print Name: Print Name: October 2017 43 CONTRACT AND RELEVANT DOCUMENTS

This page intentionally blank October 2017 44 CONTRACT AND RELEVANT DOCUMENTS

2.0 PERFORMANCE BOND Bond Number KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT, WHEREAS, the Lake Arrowhead Community Services District, hereinafter designated as the "District," has, on, 20, awarded to, hereinafter designated as the "Principal," the Contract for the construction of: WHEREAS, said Principal is required under the terms of said Contract to furnish a bond for the faithful performance of said Contract: NOW, THEREFORE, WE, the Principal, and, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the District the penal sum of dollars ($ ), lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum will and truly be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the above bounden Principal, or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and will and truly keep and faithfully perform the covenants, conditions, and agreements in the said Contract and any alterations made as therein provided, on its or their part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and shall indemnify and save harmless, District and engineer, their officers, agents, and employees as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and virtue and Principal and Surety, in the event suit is brought on this bond, will pay to District such reasonable attorney's fees as shall be fixed by the court. The obligations of Surety hereunder shall continue so long as any obligation of Contractor remains. Nothing herein shall limit the District s rights or the Contractor or Surety s obligations under the Contract, law or equity, including, but not limited to, California Code of Civil Procedure section 337.15. Bond Number October 2017 45 CONTRACT AND RELEVANT DOCUMENTS

SECOND PAGE OF PERFORMANCE BOND Said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed there under or the specifications accompanying the same shall, in any way, affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work or to the specifications. Said Surety hereby waives the provisions of Sections 2819 and 2845 of the Civil Code of the State of California. As a part of the obligation secured hereby and in addition to the amount specified therefore, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by District in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bounden parties have executed this instrument under their seals this day of, 20, the name and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body. Principal (print name) Signature for Principal (Corporate Seal) October 2017 46 CONTRACT AND RELEVANT DOCUMENTS

Bond Number THIRD PAGE OF PERFORMANCE BOND Surety (print name) Signature for Surety (Surety Seal) Surety address for purposes of making a demand pursuant to terms of this bond: ATTACH POWER-OF-ATTORNEY AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF SURETY BELOW October 2017 47 CONTRACT AND RELEVANT DOCUMENTS

This page intentionally blank October 2017 48 CONTRACT AND RELEVANT DOCUMENTS

3.0 PAYMENT BOND Bond Number KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT, WHEREAS, the Lake Arrowhead Community Services District, hereinafter designated as the "District", has, on, 20, awarded to, hereinafter designated as the "Principal," a Contract for the construction of: WHEREAS, said Principal is required under the terms of said Contract to furnish a payment bond providing that if said Principal, or any of their subcontractors, shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work under said Contract, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surety of this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth: NOW, THEREFORE, WE, the Principal, and, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the District the penal sum of dollars ($ ), lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum will and truly be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the above bounden Principal, or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, shall fail to pay any person specified in California Civil Code Section 9100, or for any materials, provisions, or other supplies used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work under said Contract, or for any work or labor thereon of any kind or for amount due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to work or labor performed under said Contract, or for any amounts due, or to be withheld pursuant to Sections 18806 of the Revenue and Taxation Code of the State of California, or with respect to any work or labor for which a bond is required by the provisions of Sections 9550 through 9560 of the California Civil Code, and provided that the persons, companies, or corporations so furnishing said materials, provisions, or other supplies, appliances, or power use, in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work under said Contract, or any person who performs work or labor upon same, or any person who supplies both work and materials, thereto, shall have complied with the provisions of said Civil Code, then said surety will pay the same in or to an amount not exceeding the amount herein before set forth, and also will pay in case suit is brought upon this bond, such reasonable attorney's fees to District as shall be fixed by the court. October 2017 49 CONTRACT AND RELEVANT DOCUMENTS

Bond Number SECOND PAGE OF PAYMENT BOND This bond shall inure to the benefit of District and any and all persons, companies, and corporations and their respective assigns entitled to file claims under applicable State law, including but not limited to, California Civil Code Section 9100, so as to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon this bond. Said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of said Contract or to the work to be performed there under or the specifications accompanying the same shall, in any way, affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work or to the specifications. Said Surety hereby waives the provisions of Sections 2819 and 2845 of the Civil Code of the State of California. As a part of the obligation secured hereby and in addition to the amount specified therefore, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by District in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bounden parties have executed this instrument under their seals this day of, 20, the name and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body. Principal (print name) Signature for Principal (Corporate Seal) October 2017 50 CONTRACT AND RELEVANT DOCUMENTS

Bond Number THIRD PAGE OF PAYMENT BOND Surety (print name) Signature for Surety (Surety Seal) Surety address for purposes of making a demand pursuant to terms of this bond: ATTACH POWER-OF-ATTORNEY AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF SURETY BELOW October 2017 51 CONTRACT AND RELEVANT DOCUMENTS

This page intentionally blank October 2017 52 CONTRACT AND RELEVANT DOCUMENTS

4.0 WAIVER/RELEASE OF LIABILITY I, the undersigned, on behalf of (hereinafter called Firm) fully understand that the storage or leaving of at the District's facility, located at California, during the period of to exposes Firm to the risk of, but not limited to, theft, fire damage, vandalism, water damage, wind damage, and possible personal injury to Firm's employees. For the privilege of storing or leaving of at said location, Firm agrees to assume any and all such risk. In consideration of being able to store/leave said item(s) at said location, Firm hereby releases, agrees not to sue, or bring any action against, the Lake Arrowhead Community Services District, its officers, employees, agents, representatives, and volunteers for any and all liability, claims, or actions for injury or death to Firm's employees, or damage or theft of said property arising out of or in connection with the storage or leaving of said item(s) for whatever cause, including the active or passive negligence of the Lake Arrowhead Community Services District, its officers, employees, agents, representatives, and volunteers. I have carefully read this Waiver/Release of Liability and covenant not to sue, and fully understand its contents, and the possible exposures that Firm is agreeing to assume. I am aware that this Waiver/Release of Liability is a full release of any and all liability. I am signing such as the authorized agent of Firm, and of my own free will. Name of Firm By: Representative's signature Date Print Name Title Approved: District Engineer (signature) Date Distribution: District Engineer, Risk Manager; Contractor, Subcontractor, Supplier or Repair Person October 2017 53 CONTRACT AND RELEVANT DOCUMENTS

This page intentionally blank October 2017 54 CONTRACT AND RELEVANT DOCUMENTS

GENERAL CONDITIONS 55

This page intentionally blank 56

1.0 DEFINITIONS SECTION A DEFINITIONS Use of Terms: Wherever in these General Conditions and in other contract documents the following terms are used, their intent and meaning shall be interpreted as stipulated herein. A. Abbreviations: AAN AASHTO ACI AFBMA AGA AGMA AI AIA AISC AISI ANSI API ASA ASCE ASME ASTM ASHRAE AWG AWS AWWA CIP CPM CRSI DIP IEEE FS LACSD ML & CSP NBFU NEC American Association of Nurserymen American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (formerly AASHO) American Concrete Institute Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers' Association, Inc. American Gas Association American Gear Manufacturers' Association The Asphalt Institute American Institute of Architects American Institute of Steel Construction American Iron and Steel Institute American National Standards Institute American Petroleum Institute American Standards Association, Inc. American Society of Civil Engineers American Society of Mechanical Engineers American Society for Testing and Materials American Society of Heating, Refrigerating & Air Conditioning Engineers American Wire Gauge American Welding Society American Water Works Association Cast Iron Pipe Critical Path Method Construction Schedule Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute Ductile Iron Pipe Institute of Electrical & Electronics Engineers Federal Specification Lake Arrowhead Community Services District Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe National Board of Fire Underwriters National Electrical Code October 2017 57 DEFINITIONS

NEMA NEPA OSHA PCA PS RCP SAE SSPC UBC UL UMC UPC W.A.T.C.H. VCP B. Definitions: National Electrical Manufacturers' Association National Fire Protection Association Occupational Safety and Health Administration Portland Cement Association Product Standard Reinforced Concrete Pipe Society of Automotive Engineers Steel Structures Painting Council Uniform Building Code, Pacific Coast Building Official Conference of the International Conference of Building Officials Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Uniform Mechanical Code Uniform Plumbing Code Work Area Traffic Control Handbook Vitrified Clay Pipe 1. Addendum: A supplement to any of the contract documents issued in writing prior to the opening of bids. 2. Agency: see District 3. District: The legal entity for which the work is being performed is designated as: Lake Arrowhead Community Services District Box 700, Lake Arrowhead, CA 92352 27307 State Highway Blue Jay, CA 92317 This term is synonymous with "Owner" and Agency. 4. Agreement: A written instrument executed by the Contractor and the District by which the Contractor is bound to perform certain work. A general form of the term "Contract". 5. Award: The formal acceptance of the bid and other executed Bid Forms by District. 6. Bid: The price proposed by the bidder in the appropriate form included in Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section C - Bid Forms for performance of the work. 7. Bidder: A person, firm, or corporation who having purchased or acquired a set of bidding documents intends to submit a bid and other Bid Forms to the District, or one who submits a bid and other executed Bid Forms to the District. 8. Bidding documents: The Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Forms, Bid Bond or Security, Addenda, the Contract, Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Warranty Form, Contractor's License Declaration, General Conditions, shop drawings, transmittal forms and other proposed contract documents. 9. Change Order: A written order to the Contractor signed by the District directing an addition, deletion or revision in the work, or an adjustment in the contract price October 2017 58 DEFINITIONS

or the contract time issued after the effective date of the Contract. A Change Order may or may not also be signed by the Contractor. 10. Contract: The written agreement entered into by the District and the Contractor for the performance of the work described in the specifications and shown on the drawings. The Contract together with all contract documents provides that the work shall be completed within the contract time and that the District is obligated to compensate the Contractor therefore at the contract price set forth therein. 11. Contract documents: The Notice Inviting Bids; Instructions to Bidders; Bid Forms; Certificates and Affidavits; the Contract; Payment Bond; Performance Bond; General Conditions; Supplementary Conditions, if any; General Requirements and other specifications including the Greenbook Standards and Specifications for Public Works Construction, most recent edition; drawings; Addenda, if any, and all Change Orders issued by the District and signed by the Contractor pertaining to the Contract after the Contract is awarded. 12. Contract price: The moneys payable by the District to the Contractor under the contract documents as stated in the Contract. 13. Contract time: The number of calendar days or the date stated in the Contract for the completion of the work. 14. Contractor: The person, firm, or corporation who has entered into the Contract with the District for the performance of the work, including the Contractors authorized agents. 15. Days: Unless otherwise designated, days shall be understood to mean calendar days. 16. Defective: An adjective which when modifying the word work refers to work that is unsatisfactory; faulty; deficient; otherwise does not conform to the contract documents; does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the contract documents; or has been damaged prior to the engineer's recommendation of final payment. Conditions for damage to work covered under partial acceptance are specified in the General Conditions. 17. Design engineer: The person, firm, or corporation including its principals, agents, and employees, designated by the District to prepare drawings and specifications for the work. May be a designated person on the staff of the District. 18. Drawings: The plans which show the character and scope of the work to be performed and which have been prepared by the design engineer, referred to in and part of the contract documents, together with applicable details. 19. Engineer: The person, firm, or corporation including its principals, agents, and employees, designated as such by the District, to oversee the execution of the Contract. May be a designated person on the staff of the District. 20. Notice Inviting Bids: The public announcement inviting bids for the performance of the work. 21. Laws or regulations: Laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, orders. 22. Notice To Proceed: A written directive issued by the District, authorizing the Contractor to start performance of the work. 23. Owner: See "District". 24. Plans: See "drawings". October 2017 59 DEFINITIONS

25. Project: The total construction contemplated by the District of which the work may be the whole or a part, as described in the contract documents. 26. Specifications: Those portions of the contract documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the work, certain administrative details applicable thereto and together with all addenda and change orders issued with respect thereto. 27. Subcontractor: The person, firm, or corporation having a direct contract with the Contractor or with any other subcontractor for the performance of a part of the work at the site or any part of the Contractor's obligation under the Contract. 28. Successful bidder: The bidder to whom the District makes the award of the Contract for performance of the work. 29. Work: The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the contract documents. Work is the result of performing services, furnishing labor and furnishing and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, all as required by the contract documents. October 2017 60 DEFINITIONS

1.0 BONDS SECTION B PRELIMINARY MATTERS THE CONTRACTOR'S ATTENTION IS DIRECTED TO THE BONDING REQUIREMENTS BELOW. IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED THAT THE CONTRACTOR CONFER WITH THEIR RESPECTIVE INSURANCE AGENT OR BROKER TO DETERMINE, IN ADVANCE OF BID SUBMISSION, THE AVAILABILITY OF THE BONDS AS PRESCRIBED AND PROVIDED FOR HEREIN. IF AN APPARENT LOW CONTRACTOR FAILS TO COMPLY STRICTLY WITH THE BONDING REQUIREMENTS, THAT CONTRACTOR MAY BE DISQUALIFIED FROM AWARD OF THE CONTRACT. A. BID SECURITY: All bids shall be accompanied by: 1. Cash, or 2. A certified check payable to the District (Lake Arrowhead Community Services District), or 3. A cashier's check payable to the District (Lake Arrowhead Community Services District), or 4. A bid bond, on the forms furnished herewith in an amount equal to at least ten (10) percent of the bidder's bid, payable without condition to the District (Lake Arrowhead Community Services District) as a guarantee that the bidder, if awarded the Contract, will promptly execute the Contract in accordance with the executed bid and other bid forms in the manner and as required by the bidding documents, and will furnish the specified bonds and certificates of insurance to the District. B. HOLDING OF THE BID SECURITIES: 1. The bid securities of the three (3) lowest bidders will be held by the District until satisfactory bonds and verification of insurance are furnished by the successful bidder, and the successful bidder signs the Contract, or until other disposition thereof is made by the District. 2. The bid securities of the bidders, other than the three (3) lowest bidders will be returned within ten (10) working days after the canvass of the bids is completed by the District. C. PERFORMANCE BOND: 1. Before execution of the Contract by the District, the successful bidder shall file with the District, on the forms furnished herewith, a performance bond in an amount equal to one hundred (100) percent of the contract price to guarantee faithful performance of all work, within the time prescribed, in a manner satisfactory to the District, and that all materials and workmanship will be free from original or developed defects. D. PAYMENT BOND (MATERIAL AND LABOR BOND): Before execution of the Contract by the District, the successful bidder shall file with the District, on the forms furnished herewith, a payment bond (material and labor bond) in an amount equal to one hundred (100) percent of the contract price, to satisfy claims of material suppliers and of mechanics and laborers employed by the Contractor to perform the work. October 2017 61 PRELIMINARY MATTERS

E. UNSATISFACTORY SURETIES: Should any Surety at any time be deemed unsatisfactory by the District, notice will be given the Contractor to that effect. No further payments shall be deemed due or will be made under the Contract until a new Surety shall qualify and be accepted by the District. F. EFFECT OF CHANGES IN THE WORK/EXTENSIONS OF TIME ON THE SURETY: Changes in the work, or extensions of time, made pursuant to the Contract, shall in no way release the Contractor or the Surety from their obligations under the bond. Notice of such changes or extensions shall be waived by the Surety. G. INSUFFICIENCY OF THE BONDS: Should any bond(s) required under this section become insufficient, the Contractor shall renew the bond(s) within ten (10) calendar days after receiving notice from the District of the bond's insufficiency. H. PROCUREMENT OF BONDS: 1. All bonds required under this section, shall be procured from a California licensed and admitted surety company, listed by the Fiscal Service of The United States Department of the Treasury under the Notice for "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies", current on the date of the notice of award. 2. All bonds required pursuant to this section shall be secured from a surety company satisfactory to the District. I. TERM OF REQUIRED BONDS: Except as provided otherwise in this section all bonds shall be maintained in full force and effect for a period of ninety (90) calendar days after completion and acceptance of the work by the District. J. ATTORNEY-IN-FACT: The Attorney-in-Fact (Resident Agent) who executes the bonds on behalf of the Surety Company shall attach a notarized copy of their power-of-attorney as evidence of their authority to bond the Surety Company on the date of execution of the bonds. K. HOW BONDS ARE TO BE PAYABLE: All bonds shall be made payable to the District (Lake Arrowhead Community Services District). L. SIGNATURES REQUIRED ON BONDS: 1. Each bond required under this section shall incorporate, by reference, the Contract and be signed by both the bidder and the Surety. 2. The signature of the authorized agent of the Surety and the Contractor shall be notarized. M. COST OF BOND ACQUISITION: 1. The bidder shall be responsible for the cost of all bond premiums, costs, and incidentals necessary to secure the bonds. 2. The costs to secure all bonds required under this section shall be included in the Contractor's bid. 2.0 CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE AND INDEMNIFICATION INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTRACTORS: THE CONTRACTOR'S ATTENTION IS October 2017 62 PRELIMINARY MATTERS

DIRECTED TO THE INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS BELOW. IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED THAT THE CONTRACTOR CONFER WITH THEIR RESPECTIVE INSURANCE CARRIERS OR BROKERS TO DETERMINE IN ADVANCE OF BID SUBMISSION THE AVAILABILITY OF INSURANCE CERTIFICATES AND ENDORSEMENTS AS PRESCRIBED AND PROVIDED HEREIN. IF AN APPARENT LOW CONTRACTOR FAILS TO COMPLY STRICTLY WITH THE INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS, THAT CONTRACTOR MAY BE DISQUALIFIED FROM AWARD OF THE CONTRACT. The Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the Contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, his agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. The cost of such insurance shall be included in the Contractor's bid. A. MINIMUM SCOPE OF INSURANCE: 1. General Liability: ($5,000,000) combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage. Coverage shall be at least as broad as Insurance Services Office form number Gl 0001-87, covering Commercial General Liability. If Commercial General Liability Insurance or other form with a general aggregate limit is used, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this project/location, or the general aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit. The insurance shall include coverage for each of the following hazards: Premises - Operations Owners and Contractors Protective Broad Form Property Damage Contractual for Specific Contract Severability of Interests or Cross-Liability XCU hazards Personal injury-with the "Employee" exclusion deleted 2. Automobile Liability: $5,000,000 combined single limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage. Coverage shall be at least as broad as Insurance Services Office form number CA 00 01 01 87, covering Automobile Liability, code 1 "any auto". 3. Workers' Compensation and Employers Liability: Workers' compensation limits as required by the Labor Code of the State of California, with Statutory Limits and Employer s Liability limits of $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury or disease. The Worker s Compensation policy shall be endorsed with a waiver of subrogation in favor of the District for all work performed by the Contractor, its employees, agents and subcontractors. 4. Builders Risk completed value (course of construction) fire insurance with extended coverage and a vandalism and malicious endorsement. The policy shall cover the full value of all completed construction, which includes all material and labor invested in the construction and the full value of all equipment and material at the job site. Said policy shall remain in effect until acceptance of the work by the District. B. DEDUCTIBLES AND SELF-INSURED RETENTION: Any deductibles or self-insured retention must be declared to and approved by the District. At the option of the District, either the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retention (as respects the District), its officers, officials, employees, volunteers, property owners October 2017 63 PRELIMINARY MATTERS

and engineers under contract to the District; or the Contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigations, claim administration and defense expenses. C. OTHER INSURANCE PROVISIONS: The policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions: 1. General Liability and Automobile Liability a. The District, its officers, officials, employees, volunteers, property owners and any engineers under contract to the District are to be covered as insured s, endorsement as broad as ISO Form CG 20 10, 11 85 or both CG 20 10 and CG 23 37 forms if later revisions used, as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor, products and completed operations of the Contractor, premises owned, occupied or used by the Contractor, or automobiles owned, leased, hired or borrowed by the Contractor. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to the District, its officers, officials, employees, volunteers, property owners or engineers under contract to the District. b. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the District, its officers, officials, employees, volunteers, property owners or engineers under contract to the District. Any insurance or selfinsurance maintained by the District, its officers, officials, employees, volunteers, property owners or engineers under contract to the District shall be excess of the Contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. c. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to the District, its officers, officials, employees, volunteers, property owners or engineers under contract to the District. d. The Contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability. e. The Contractor may satisfy the limit requirements in a single policy or multiple policies. Any such additional policies written as excess insurance shall not provide any less coverage than that provided by the first or primary policy. 2. Workers' Compensation and Employers Liability Coverage: The insurer shall agree to waive all rights of subrogation against the District, its officers, officials, employees, volunteers, property owners or engineers under contract to the District for losses arising from work performed by the Contractor for the District. Contractor shall provide the District an endorsement of the insurance policy showing the Contractor has Workers' Compensation insurance. 3. Builders Risk Insurance (Course of Construction): The District is to be named as the loss payee. 4. All Coverage: Each insurance policy required by this contract shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be suspended, voided, canceled by either party, reduced in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) calendar days prior written notice has been given to the District. 5. Waiver of Subrogation: Contractor hereby agrees to waive rights of subrogation which any insurer of Contractor may acquire from Contractor by virtue of the October 2017 64 PRELIMINARY MATTERS

payment of any loss. Contractor agrees to obtain any endorsement that may be necessary to affect this waiver of subrogation. D. Acceptability of Insurers: Insurance is to be placed with insurers with a current A.M. Best rating of no less than A:VII, and who are admitted insured s in the State of California, unless otherwise acceptable to the District.. E. Verification of Coverage: Contractor shall furnish the District with certificates of insurance and with original endorsements effecting coverage required by the District for themselves and all subcontractors, prior to commencing work or allowing any subcontractor to commence work under any subcontract. The certificates and endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. All certificates and endorsements are to be approved by the District before work commences. However, failure to obtain the required documents prior to the work beginning shall not waive the Contractor s obligation to provide them. The District reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any time. F. Liability and Indemnity: The Contractor hereby agrees to protect, defend, indemnify and hold the District and its employees, agent, officers, directors, servants and volunteers free and harmless from any and all liability, claims, judgments, costs and demands, including demands arising from injuries or death of persons (including employees of the District and the Contractor) and damage to property, arising directly or indirectly out of the obligation herein undertaken or out of the operations conducted by the Contractor, its employees, agents, representatives or subcontractors under or in connection with this Contract, whether or not there is concurrent, passive or active negligence on the part of the District or its employees, agents, officers, directors, servants and volunteers. The Contractor further agrees to investigate, handle, respond to, provide defense for and defend any such claims, demands or suit at the sole expense of the Contractor. G. Loss or Damage: All loss or damage arising from obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the work, from the action of the elements, or from any act or omission on the part of the Contractor or any subcontractor, supplier, person, or agent employed by the Contractor shall be borne by the Contractor. 3.0 ACTS OF GOD As provided in Sections 4150 to 4152, inclusive, of the California Government Code, the Contractor shall not be responsible for the cost of repairing or restoring damaged portions of the work caused by an act of God. The Contractor shall obtain insurance to indemnify the District for any damage to the work caused by an act of God if the premium for said insurance coverage is called for as a separate bid item in the bidding schedule for the work. For purposes of this section, the term "Acts of God" shall include only the following occurrences or conditions and effects: earthquakes and tidal waves, when such occurrences or conditions and effects have been proclaimed a disaster or state of emergency by the Governor of California or by the President of the United States, or were of a magnitude at the site of the work sufficient to have caused such a proclamation had they occurred in a populated area. October 2017 65 PRELIMINARY MATTERS

4.0 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Interpretation of the Contract Documents: 1. The contract documents comprise the entire agreement between the District and the Contractor concerning the work. 2. The contract documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. 3. The contract documents shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. 4. The intent of the contract documents is to describe a functionally complete work, which the Contractor shall construct in accordance with the contract documents. a. Work, materials, and equipment that may be inferred reasonably from the contract documents as being required to produce the intended result shall be supplied by the Contractor whether or not specifically called for. b. References to standard specifications, manuals, or codes of technical societies, organizations or associations, or to laws and regulations of a governmental authority, whether such references be specific or implied, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual, code, or laws and regulations in effect at the time the Notice Inviting Bids was issued, except as may be otherwise specifically stated: However, no provision to referenced standard specifications, manuals, or codes, whether or not such references be specifically incorporated in the contract documents, shall be effective to (1) change the duties and responsibilities of the District, the Contractor, or the engineer, or any of their consultants, from those set in the contract documents, (2) nor to assign any District consultant, B. Omissions, Conflicts, Errors, or Discrepancies: (a) (b) any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of the contract documents. 1. Where, during the performance of the work, the Contractor finds omissions, conflicts, errors, or discrepancies in the contract documents, the Contractor shall so report to the engineer in writing, at once; and before proceeding with the work affected thereby shall obtain a written clarification or interpretation from the engineer pursuant to the General Conditions, Section E Engineer s Status During Construction, Part 2.0, "Clarifications and Interpretations". 2. If the Contractor feels that omissions, conflicts, errors, or discrepancies in the contract documents will cause or have caused the Contractor additional costs or delays in the performance of the work, the Contractor may make a claim therefore in accordance with the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0, "Claims". Contractor shall completely satisfy the contractual based claims procedure as set forth in the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0 Claims, Subsection A Contractual Based Claims Procedure before using the Subsection B Statutory Based Claims Procedure. October 2017 66 PRELIMINARY MATTERS

a. Accordingly, the Contractor shall give the engineer: (1) Written notice of such claim within five (5) calendar days after the occurrence of the cost and delay related to such omissions, conflicts, errors or discrepancies. (2) Statement and supporting data within five (5) calendar days after the occurrence of the cost and delay related to such omissions, conflicts, errors or discrepancies. b. Except for such claims as are made of record in the manner and within the time stated in the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0, "Claims", the Contractor shall be deemed to have waived and does hereby waive all claims for damages and for adjustments to the contract time, the contract price, or both, resulting from omissions, conflicts, errors, or discrepancies in the contract documents. Contractor shall completely satisfy the contractual based claims procedure as set forth in the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0 Claims, Subsection A Contractual Based Claims Procedure before using the Subsection B Statutory Based Claim Procedure. c. The claim will be processed as stipulated in the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0, Claims". Contractor shall completely satisfy the contractual based claims procedure as set forth in the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0 Claims, Subsection A Contractual Based Claims Procedure before using the Subsection B Statutory Based Claim Procedure. 3. The contract documents shall be interpreted applying the following precedence rules: a. Discrepancies between drawings and the figures written thereon shall be resolved by taking the figures as correct. (1) Figured dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions. (2) Detail drawings govern over general drawings. (3) Full scale drawings shall govern over reduced size drawings. (4) Addenda/change order drawings govern over contract drawings. (5) Where a dimension necessary for the prosecution of the work can only be obtained by means of a scaled dimension, the Contractor shall request a determination from the engineer as provided for in the General Conditions, Section E Engineer s Status During Construction, Part 2.0, "Clarifications and Interpretations". (6) Contract drawings govern over standard drawings. b. The contract document higher in precedence shall control and supersede the contract documents lower in precedence in accordance with the following listing arranged from the highest to the lowest in precedence: (1) First: Permits from other agencies, Addenda, and Change Orders, the one dated later having precedence over another dated earlier. (2) Second: Contract. (3) Third: Special Conditions. October 2017 67 PRELIMINARY MATTERS

(4) Fourth: Technical Specifications. (5) Fifth: Drawings. (6) Sixth: Conditions of the Contract. (7) Seventh: Standard Plans and Specifications for Public Works Construction Greenbook, most recent edition. (8) Eight: Instructions to Bidders. (9) Ninth: Bid Forms. (10) Tenth: Notice Inviting Bids. C. Amendment to Contract Documents: 1. The contract documents may be amended in accordance with the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 1.0 Amendments and Changes to Contract Documents". 2. In giving clarifications and interpretations pursuant to the General Conditions, Section E Engineer s Status During Construction Part 2.0, "Clarifications and Interpretation", the engineer shall have authority to make minor changes in the work, not involving changes to the contract price or to the contract time. D. Reuse of Documents: 1. Neither the Contractor nor any subcontractor or supplier or other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with the District shall have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the drawings, specifications, or other documents, or copies of any thereof, prepared by or bearing the seal of design engineer or engineer, without the written consent of the District and the design engineer or the engineer. 2. Neither the Contractor nor any subcontractor or supplier or other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with District shall reuse any of the drawings, specifications, or other documents, or copies of any thereof on extensions of the project or on any other project, without the written consent of the District and the design engineer or the engineer. 5.0 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT WORK A. Notice to Proceed: The District will issue the Notice to Proceed after the Contract has been awarded by its Board of Directors and bonds and insurance have been accepted, unless otherwise agreed in writing between the District and the Contractor. B. Starting the Work: The Contractor shall commence performance of the work on or before the tenth (10th) calendar day after receiving the Notice to Proceed, and shall complete the work within the contract time stipulated in the Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section D Contract and Relevant Documents, Part 1.0 Contract. C. Work Schedule: Before starting construction, the Contractor shall submit an acceptable work schedules as specified. October 2017 68 PRELIMINARY MATTERS

6.0 SITE OF THE WORK A. Availability of Lands: 1. The District will furnish, as indicated in the contract documents, the lands upon which the work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and other such lands which are designated for use of the Contractor. 2. Easements for permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the District, unless otherwise provided in the contract documents. 3. The Contractor shall provide for additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 4. If the Contractor believes that delays in the District's furnishing lands, rights-ofway, or easements entitles the Contractor to an extension of contract time, the Contractor may make a claim therefore in accordance with the General Conditions, Section C- Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0, "Claims". Contractor shall completely satisfy the contractual based claims procedure as set forth in the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0 Claims, Subsection A Contractual Based Claims Procedure before using the Subsection B Statutory Based Claim Procedure. 5. Lands or rights-of-way for the work to be constructed under the Contract will be provided by the District as shown on the drawings. Nothing contained in the specifications or drawings shall be interpreted as giving the Contractor exclusive occupancy to the lands or rights-of-way provided. Any additional lands or rightsof-way required for construction operations shall be provided by the Contractor at their own expense. 6. Except as may otherwise be provided, the Contractor shall secure, from the agencies having jurisdiction, the necessary permits to create obstructions, to make excavations if required under the Contract, and to otherwise encroach upon rights-of-way, and present evidence to the engineer that such permission has been granted, before work is commenced. Regulations and requirements of all agencies concerned shall be strictly adhered to in the performance of this Contract, including the furnishing of any insurance and bonds if required by such agencies. The enforcement of such requirements under this Contract shall not be made the basis for claims for additional compensation or time. 7. The Contractor shall not do any work that would affect any oil, gas, sewer, or water pipeline, any telephone, telegraph, or electric transmission line, fence, or any other structure, nor enter upon the rights-of-way involved until notified by the engineer that the District has secured authority therefore from the proper party. After authority has been obtained, the Contractor shall give said party due notice of his intention to begin work, and shall give said party convenient access and every facility for removing, shoring, supporting, or otherwise protecting such pipeline, transmission line, ditch, fence, or structure and for replacing same. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any extension of time or extra compensation on account of any postponement, interference, or delay caused by any such pipeline, transmission line, fence or structure being on the line of the work except as provided for in this section. October 2017 69 PRELIMINARY MATTERS

B. Underground Facilities: 1. The design engineer has endeavored to determine the existence of all underground facilities at the site of the work from the records of owners and operators of known underground facilities in the vicinity of the work. a. The positions of these underground facilities as derived from such records are indicated in the contract documents. b. Service connections to utilities are NOT indicated in the contract documents. 2. Subsurface Installation Regional Notification Center: Pursuant to Government Code Section 4216, et. seq., Underground Service Alert - Southern California has been established as a regional notification center to coordinate excavations and subsurface facility interfaces. Forty-eight (48) hours prior to any non-emergency excavation in any public right-of-way or other location which could contain subsurface facilities, the Contractor shall inform Underground Service Alert of Southern California by telephone at 1-(800)-422-4133 of the proposed excavation. The Contractor shall provide the engineer with his inquiry identification number prior to beginning his excavation. 3. In addition to the requirements of applicable laws and regulations, including California Government Code Section 4216, referenced in the General Conditions, Section D Contractor s Responsibilities, Part 8.0 "Laws and Regulations", the Contractor shall make his own investigations, including exploratory excavations, to determine the locations and type of existing underground facilities, service laterals or appurtenances when their presence can be inferred from the presence of other visible facilities, such as buildings, meters, and junction boxes on or adjacent to the site of the work. a. The Contractor shall expose shown or inferred service laterals, appurtenances, and other inferred underground facilities, which might interfere with construction of the work, in order to permit survey location of such underground facilities prior to construction. b. Where the Contractor discovers underground facilities not identified in the contract documents, or in a position different from that indicated on the contract documents, the Contractor shall immediately notify in writing the engineer and the owner or operator of the underground facility. 4. In the event any utility or service connection is required to be disturbed or removed to permit construction of a pipeline or other structure under the Contract, such disturbance or removal shall be done only with the approval of the engineer, and following notification to the owner of the interfering utility or service connection. Any such utility or service connection removed or otherwise disturbed shall be reconstructed as promptly as possible in its original or other authorized location in a condition at least as good as prior to such removal or disturbance, subject to the inspection of the owner of same. The Contractor's responsibility under this section to remove or replace shall apply even in the event such damage or destruction occurs after backfilling or is not discovered until after completion of backfilling. The owner of the utility or service connection shall be notified immediately after damage or destruction occurs or is discovered. 5. During the performance of the work under this Contract, the owner of any utility affected by the work shall have the right to enter when necessary upon any October 2017 70 PRELIMINARY MATTERS

portion of the work for the purpose of maintaining service and making changes in or repairs to said utility. 6. District will assume the responsibility for the timely removal, relocation, protection, and temporary maintenance of existing main or trunk utility facilities which are not indicated in the contract documents with reasonable accuracy. 7. When necessary to remove, relocate, protect, or temporarily maintain an underground facility because of interference with the work, the work on such underground facility shall be performed and paid for as follows: a. When it necessary to remove, relocate, protect, or temporarily maintain an existing main or trunk-line underground facility not indicated in the contract documents with reasonable accuracy, (1) The District will compensate Contractor: (a) (b) (c) (d) for the costs of locating; for the costs of repairing damage not due to the failure of Contractor to exercise reasonable care; for the costs of removing, relocating, protecting, or temporarily maintaining such underground facilities; and for the costs for equipment on the site necessarily idled during such work. (2) These costs and the work to be done by the Contractor in location, removing, relocating, protecting, or temporarily maintaining such underground facilities shall be covered by a Change Order, in accordance with the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract Part 1.0, "Amendments and Changes to the Contract Documents". (3) The District may make changes in the alignment and grade of the work to obviate the necessity to remove, relocate, protect, or temporarily maintain such underground facilities or to reduce the costs of the work involved in removing, relocating, protecting, or temporarily maintaining such underground facilities. Changes in alignment and grade will be covered by a Change order in accordance with the General Conditions, Section C - Changes to the Contract, Part 1.0, "Amendments and Changes to Contract Documents". b. When it is necessary to remove, relocate, protect, or temporarily maintain the underground facility the cost of which is not required to be borne by the owner or operator thereof, the Contractor shall bear all expenses incidental to the work on the underground facility or damage thereto. (1) No representations are made that the obligation to remove, relocate, protect, or temporarily maintain any underground facility and to pay the cost thereof is or is not required to be borne by the owner or operator of such underground facility and it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to investigate and find out whether or not said cost is required to be borne by the owner or operator of the underground facility. October 2017 71 PRELIMINARY MATTERS

(2) The stipulations of the General Conditions, Section C - Changes to the Contract, Part 1.0, "Amendments and Changes to Contract Documents". apply to: (a) (b) existing main or trunk line underground facilities not indicated in the contract documents with reasonable accuracy. existing service laterals or appurtenances when their presence cannot be inferred from the presence of other visible facilities, such as buildings, meters, and junction boxes on or adjacent to the site of the work. 8. The right is reserved to governmental agencies and to owners and operators of underground facilities to enter at any time upon any street alley, right-of-way or easement for the purpose of making changes in their property made necessary by the work and for the purposes of maintaining and making repairs to their property. 9. In addition, the procedures required by applicable laws and regulations, including California Government Code Section 4216 referenced in the General Conditions, Section D Contractor s Responsibilities, Part 8.0, "Laws and Regulations", the Contractor shall notify all owners of underground facilities when the work is in progress and shall make such arrangements as are necessary to make any emergency repair. a. The work on the underground facility shall be done in a manner satisfactory to the owner or operator thereof, it being understood that the owner or operator of the underground facility has the option of doing such work with its own forces, or permitting the work to be done by the Contractor. 10. The Contractor shall not be assessed liquidated damages for delay in the contract time when such delay was caused by the failure of the owner or operator of the underground facility to provide for removal or relocation of such underground facility. 11. If, as a result of underground facilities interference and relocation, the Contractor believes that adjustments to the contract price, the contract time, or both are not satisfactory, Contractor may make a claim therefore in accordance with the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0, "Claims". Contractor shall completely satisfy the contractual based claims procedure as set forth in the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0 Claims, Subsection A Contractual Based Claims Procedure before using the Subsection B Statutory Based Claim Procedure. C. Lines and Grades: 1. Profiles and elevations are indicated on the drawings. 2. Elevations are referred to a datum indicated on the drawings. 3. The establishment of lines and grades is specified in the General Requirements. D. Land Survey Monuments: Land survey monuments and property markers shall not be moved or otherwise disturbed by the Contractor until an authorized and qualified land surveyor has witnessed or otherwise referenced their location. If such monuments and/or property markers are disturbed, damaged, or destroyed, October 2017 72 PRELIMINARY MATTERS

the Contractor shall replace them at his expense, including all necessary survey work. October 2017 73 PRELIMINARY MATTERS

This page intentionally blank October 2017 74 PRELIMINARY MATTERS

SECTION C CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT 1.0 AMENDMENTS AND CHANGES TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: A. Contract Documents May be Amended and Changed: Without invalidating the Contract and without notification of sureties, the contract documents may be amended and changed to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions or to modify terms and conditions, including changes to the work, contract price, and contract time. B. Authorization: Amendments and changes to the contract documents will be authorized by a Change Order, except that the engineer may authorize changes in the work as stipulated in this section, per Part 1.0 Amendment and Changes to Contract Documents, and General Conditions, Section E- Engineer s Status During Construction, Part 4.0. C. Adjustments to Contract Time and Contract Price: 1. The contract time and contract price may only be changed by a Change Order. 2. Upon demand of either the Contractor or the District, an equitable adjustment satisfactory to both parties will be made in the contract price, the contract time, or both. 3. The Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the contract price or an extension of the contract time with respect to any work performed that is not required by the contract documents as amended, modified, and supplemented; except in: a. the case of an emergency, in accordance with the General Conditions. b. the case of uncovering work, in accordance with the General Conditions. D. Quantities of Estimate: The estimated quantities of construction and materials to be furnished under this Contract, shown in any of the documents, including the bid, are given only for use in comparing bids and to indicate approximately the total amount of the Contract; and the right is especially reserved except as herein otherwise specifically limited, to increase or diminish them as may be deemed reasonably necessary or desirable by the District to complete the work contemplated by this Contract, nor shall any such increase or diminution give cause for claims or liability for damages. E. Execution: 1. Change Orders: The District, Contractor, and engineer shall execute Change Orders as may be needed. 2. Upon receipt of any such document, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the work involved which shall be performed under the applicable conditions of the contract documents or as otherwise specifically provided in such documents. 2.0 CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE A. Total Compensation: 1. The contract price constitutes the total compensation, subject to authorized adjustments as provided herein, payable to the Contractor for performing the work. 2. All duties, responsibilities, and obligations assigned to or undertaken by the Contractor shall be at its expense without change in the contract price. October 2017 75 CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT

B. Change Orders: 1. The District may, as the need arises, order changes in the work through additions, deletions, or modifications, without invalidating the Contract. Such changes will be affected through written change orders delivered to the Contractor, describing the change required in the work, together with any adjustment in contract price or time or completion as hereinafter provided. No such change shall constitute the basis of claims for damage or anticipated profits; however, the engineer will make reasonable allowance for the value of any work, materials, or equipment furnished and subsequently rendered useless because of such change. Any adjustment in contract price resulting from a change order will be considered in computing subsequent monthly payments due the Contractor. Any work performed in accordance with a change order shall be subject to all provisions of the original Contract, and the Contractor's sureties shall be bound thereby to the same degree as under the original Contract. 2. Any adjustment in the contract price shall be based on lump sum bid items or additive and deductive bid items submitted by the Contractor in his original bid on the work, where such bid items are applicable. 3. If the original bid prices are not applicable, the adjustment in contract prices shall be based on a lump sum agreed upon by the District and the Contractor prior to executing the change order. 4. If the original bid prices are not applicable and the District and the Contractor are unable to agree upon a lump sum prior to executing the change order, the adjustment in contract price shall be made on a cost-plus basis. In such an event, the following items will be included as the direct costs: a. Materials and supplies b. Labor (including foremen's wages) c. Workers' Compensation Insurance d. Unemployment insurance contributions paid to the State of California. e. Social Security taxes paid to the United States Government. f. Labor union health and welfare, pension, vacation-holiday, and apprenticeship fund contributions. g. Reasonable value for use of equipment for actual time of use October 2017 76 CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT

5. The following percentage shall be added to Contractor's costs and shall constitute the maximum allowable markup for all overhead and profit: a. Labor 15% b. Materials 15% c. Equipment Rental 5% To the sum of the cost and markups provided for in this subsection, one (1) percent shall be added as compensation for bonding if proof of payment to the bonding company is provided. 6. To the extent, all or any part of the extra work is performed by a subcontractor, the markup shall be applied to the subcontractor's actual cost of such work. The amount of the markup shall be limited to ten (10) percent on the first $2,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of five (5) percent of the subcontracted portion of the extra work in excess of $2,000. 7. When work is being performed on a cost-plus basis, the Contractor shall submit written reports as directed by the engineer, showing all items of direct costs, as defined in the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 2.0, "Change Orders", which enter into the work. If required by the engineer, the Contractor shall furnish books, vouchers, invoices, and other records to substantiate the direct cost items listed in said reports. C. Itemized Cost Breakdown: Upon request by the engineer, the Contractor shall submit promptly an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data satisfactory to the engineer, to substantiate adjustments in contract price. Contractor's expenses for the preparation of supporting data and costs estimates shall not be considered a direct cost payable in the contract price adjustment for an amendment or change. D. Overtime Work: Except as otherwise provided in this Section, the Contractor shall receive no additional compensation for overtime work even though such overtime work may be required under emergency conditions and may be ordered by the engineer in writing. Additional compensation will be paid to the Contractor for overtime work only in the event extra work is ordered by the engineer and the change order specifically authorizes the use of overtime work, and then only to such extent as overtime wages are regularly being paid by the Contractor for overtime of a similar nature in the same locality. All costs for overtime inspection shall be paid by the Contractor. Overtime inspection shall include any inspection required during all holidays observed by the District, Associated General Contractors or Trade Unions on the job, Saturdays, Sundays and any other day between the hours of 4:30 P.M. and 7:00 A.M. Such costs will include engineering, inspection, general supervision and other overhead expenses which are directly chargeable to the overtime work. Overtime work, i.e., work in excess of eight (8) hours in any one (1) calendar day, or work performed on a Sunday or other legal holiday, shall not entitle the Contractor to any compensation for any contract items in addition to that stipulated in the Contract for the kind of work performed, even though such overtime or legal holiday work may be required under emergency conditions, and may be ordered by the engineer in writing. In case of extra work ordered by the engineer, no additional payment will be made to the Contractor because of the payment by him of overtime or legal holiday rates for such work unless the use of overtime or legal holiday work in connection with such extra work is specifically ordered in writing by the October 2017 77 CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT

engineer, and then only to such extent as extra payment is regularly being made by the Contractor to his employees for overtime or legal holiday work of a similar nature in the same locality. 3.0 CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME A. Time is of the Essence: Time limits stated in the contract documents are of the essence of the agreement. The provisions under this Section shall not exclude recovery for damages including, but not limited to, fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and court and arbitration costs for delay. B. Extension of Time: 1. The Contractor may be entitled to an extension of contract time if the work has been suspended by the District, in whole or in part. 2. Contractor may be entitled to an extension of contract time if the work has been suspended in whole or in part due to weather conditions which delayed progress; provided a. that such delayed progress is clearly beyond the control of the Contractor, b. that the Contractor is not at fault, and c. that the Contractor is not negligent under the terms of the contract documents. 3. The Contractor shall submit a claim for a weather related extension of the contract time so that such claim is received by the engineer not later than five (5) calendar days following the end of the delay causing condition. Such claim shall be in writing and shall state the reason for and the extent of the requested time extension. 4. The District will ascertain the facts and the extent of the delay and make a finding of the facts thereon. 5. An extension of time may be granted by the District after the expiration of the original contract time as previously extended, and the extension so granted shall be deemed to commence and be effective from the date of such expiration. No other compensation or payment will be allowed for time lost due to weather. 6. In the event that contract completion is a critical path delay or a non-contractor cost delay beyond the time named in the specifications by reason of shortages of Contractor furnished materials, the Contractor shall be entitled to an adjustment in the time of completion; provided, however, that the Contractor must have placed or attempted to place firm orders with suppliers a reasonable time in advance of the required date of delivery of the materials in question. Such shortages shall have developed following the date such orders were placed or attempts were made to place same. Said shortages must have been general throughout the affected industry, and the Contractor shall, to the degree possible, have made revisions in the sequence of his operations, within the terms of the Contract, to offset the expected delay. Only the physical shortage of material will be considered under these provisions as a cause for adjustment of time and no consideration will be given to any claim that material could not be obtained at a reasonable, practical, or economical cost or price, unless it is shown to the October 2017 78 CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT

satisfaction of the engineer that such material could have been obtained only at exorbitant prices entirely out of line with current rates taking into account the quantities involved and the usual practices in obtaining such quantities. To receive consideration for an adjustment in the required time of completion for a critical path delay, the Contractor shall notify the engineer, in writing, concerning the cause of the critical path delay, within five (5) calendar days from the commencement of the delay or identification of the need for additional compensation. The Contractor shall furnish documentation acceptable to the engineer showing that the reason for the critical path delay and the Contractor's actions concerning the delay met the above conditions. The validity of any claim by the Contractor to an adjustment in the time of completion shall be determined by the engineer, and his findings thereon shall be based on his own knowledge and observations of the events involved and documentation submitted by the Contractor, showing all applicable facts relative to the foregoing provisions. C. Other Delays Beyond Contractor's Control: The Contractor shall not be assessed liquidated damages for delays in the completion of the work caused by acts of God, acts of criminals, acts of the District, acts of public utilities, fire, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, labor strikes that delay the critical sequence of the work, or delays of subcontractors due to such causes, and delays covered in the General Conditions, Section B Preliminary Matters, Part 6.0, "Site of the Work". Liquidated damages for such delays shall not be assessed, only if the Contractor notifies the District in writing the reasons for delay in accordance with the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0, "Claims". Contractor shall completely satisfy the contractual based claims procedure as set forth in the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0 Claims, Subsection A Contractual Based Claims Procedure before using the Subsection B Statutory Based Claim Procedure. D. Limit to Contract Time Extension: 1. The contract time will be extended only if and to the extent that the justified causes of delay listed herein affect the prosecution of work having a direct effect on the critical sequence of performance (critical path) required to complete the Contract within the contract time. 2. Other limitations are stipulated in the General Conditions, Section F Quality Assurance and Quality Control, Part 14.0, "District May Correct Defective Work". E. Liquidated Damages: The Contractor shall pay liquidated damages to the District in the amount specified in the Contract, Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section D Contract and Relevant Documents Part 1.0, if he fails to complete the work within the time agreed upon. The amount for the liquidated damages, as set forth in the Contract, Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section D Contract and Relevant Documents Part 1.0, is presumed to be the amount of damage sustained by the District as a result of the Contractor's breach of his agreement to complete the work within the time agreed upon since it would be impracticable or extremely difficult to fix the actual damages sustained by the District due to the public nature of the work being performed by the Contractor for the District. By submission of a bid by the Contractor to the District to perform the work, the Contractor declares that he has considered the amount of such liquidated damages and that he has determined, after specific evaluation thereof, either independently or in connection with the District, that the amount of such liquidated damages is fair and reasonable under the circumstance. October 2017 79 CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT

The period for which such liquidated damages shall be paid shall be the number of calendar days from the agreed date of completion as set forth in the Contract, or from the date to which said date of completion is extended in accord with the time extension provisions set forth herein, whichever is later, to the date of actual completion as certified to the District by the engineer. The District may deduct the amount of such liquidated damages upon accrual thereof from any sums due or to become due the Contractor. Consistent with Public Contract Code Section 7102, Contractor will be compensated for damages incurred due to delays for which the District is responsible. The parties agree that determining Contractor s exact delay damages are and will continue to be impracticable and extremely difficult. As such, for each calendar day in excess of the time agreed upon completion of the work, the District shall pay to the Contractor the amount as set forth in the Contract, Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section D Contract and Relevant Documents Part 1.0. Such amount shall constitute the only payment allowed for any District caused delays and shall necessarily include all overhead, all profits, all administrative costs, all bond costs, all labor, materials, equipment and rental costs and any other costs, expenses and fees incurred or sustained as a result of such delays. Notice of requests for delay damages and additional days shall be provided to the District within five (5) calendar days from the commencement of the delays. 4.0 FORCE ACCOUNT A. District May Direct: If so directed by the District, the Contractor shall promptly perform changes in the work under force account procedures. 1. Under such procedures the Contractor will be compensated for the costs of labor, materials, equipment, overhead, and other matters stipulated hereinafter. 2. Change Order Authorizing Force Account Work B. Cost of Labor: a. The District will issue a Change Order authorizing force account work, and this Change Order will include a description of the work and a preliminary cost estimate prepared by the engineer. The Change Order authorizing force account work shall be signed by the Contractor to acknowledge receipt of the District's direction but not as an approval of the preliminary cost estimate. b. The Contractor shall proceed to perform the force account work, but shall not exceed the cost set in the Change Order authorizing force account work unless by subsequent Change Order authorizing an additional cost allowance. c. Upon completion of the force account work, the District will issue a Change Order closing the force account work and adjusting the cost figures and the contract price as well as adjusting the contract time, if applicable. This Change Order closing the force account work shall be signed by the Contractor to signify the Contractor's acceptance of the adjustments to the contract price and contract time. For the cost of labor and foremen in direct charge of the specific operations related to the force account work the Contractor will be paid: October 2017 80 CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT

1. The cost of wages paid by the Contractor at rates not to exceed those for comparable labor currently employed on the work. 2. The cost of Workers' Compensation Insurance. 3. The cost of social security taxes and unemployment compensation insurance. 4. The amounts paid by the Contractor by reason of an employment contract generally applicable to its employees. 5. An amount equal to fifteen (15) percent of the cost of wages and other costs as listed before in General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 2.0.B, "Change Orders" to cover the Contractor's overhead and profit. a. The District will make no additional payment for subcontractors or others employed by Contractor in the performance of force account work. b. The Contractor shall pay subcontractors and others the appropriate compensation for overhead and profit as provided for in the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 2.0.B, "Change Orders", Subsection 6. c. Labor Surcharge shall only be provided on direct labor not on change orders. C. Cost of Tools and Equipment: 1. For the use of power tools and special or heavy equipment, except small tools and minor items of equipment stipulated below, the Contractor will be paid in accordance with the latest edition of "Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates" published by the State of California, Department of Transportation, Caltrans. a. In the event that any of the equipment to be used is not listed in said schedule, the rental rate for such equipment shall be as agreed upon in writing before the force account work is started. b. No separate payment will be made for the use of small tools and minor items of equipment which cost shall be considered included in the overhead allowance. As used herein, small tools and minor items of equipment shall be individual tools or items of equipment each having a replacement value of two hundred ($200.00) dollars or less. 2. Five (5) percent shall be added to such rental rates to cover the Contractor's overhead and profit. D. Cost of Materials and Equipment: For the cost of materials and equipment accepted by the engineer and used or installed in the force account work the Contractor will be paid the actual cost of such material and equipment, including transportation charges, to which cost shall be added a sum equal to fifteen (15) percent thereof to cover the Contractor's overhead and profit. E. Supervision and Overhead: 1. No separate payment will be made for general superintendence. October 2017 81 CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT

2. The cost of supervision and overhead shall be understood to be included in the fifteen (15) percent added for labor and the fifteen (15) percent added for the other concepts in accordance with the preceding stipulations. F. Defective Work: The Contractor shall repair, reconstruct, replace, or otherwise make acceptable Contractor work found by the engineer to be defective, and costs incurred by the Contractor to make such defective work. G. Records: 5.0 CLAIMS: 1. The Contractor and the engineer shall compare the records of force account work performed at the end of each day. 2. Copies of these records shall be made on suitable forms provided for this purpose and signed by both the engineer and the Contractor. 3. Invoices for force account work shall be certified by the Contractor, and shall be submitted to the engineer not later than the fifth (5) day of the month following that in which the force account work was performed. A. Contractual Based Claims Procedure The Contractor agrees that before any claim is brought under Section B regarding Resolutions of Claims of $375,000 or less below, or before any claim above $375,000 is brought, the Contractor shall inform the District in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate the claim regarding any request for a time extension, change order, or compensable delay within five (5) calendar days of encountering conditions or facts that give rise to the request for time extension, change order, or compensable delay. If the parties are not able to resolve the matter within sixty (60) calendar days, the Contractor may proceed with submitting a claim as set forth under Section B of this Part and/or a Government Code claim once the project is completed or the contract is terminated. B. Statutory Claims Procedure: Resolutions of Claims of $375,000 or less The following provisions are required by Public Contract Code (P.C.C.) Sections 20104 et seq. (Chapter 1414 of the 2000 Statutes). The parties agree that the following provisions shall be deemed amended upon any amendments to Public Contract Code, Sections 20104 et seq. Nothing in this Part 5.0 is intended to extend the time limit or supersede notice requirements otherwise provided by contract for the filing of claims, including all requirements pertaining to compensation or payment for extra work, disputed work, and/or changed conditions. Failure to follow such contractual requirements shall bar any claims or subsequent lawsuits for compensation or payment thereon. 1. Claim: A claim is a separate demand by the Contractor for: a. a time extension b. payment of money or damages arising from work done by or on behalf of the Contractor pursuant to the Contract and payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided for, or the claimant is not otherwise entitled to or c. an amount of payment claimed by the Contractor which is disputed by the District. October 2017 82 CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT

2. Documentation Required: Each claim shall be in writing. The claim shall state the date when the claim arose, the circumstances giving rise to the claim, the persons knowledgeable about the claim and copies of all relevant documentation needed to substantiate the claim. 3. Timing: A claim must be filed with the District's engineer as soon as possible after the events giving rise to the claim, but in no event later than the date of final payment. 4. Claims of less than $50,000: a. Within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of the claim, the District may request in writing, additional documentation supporting the claim or the District may request documentation that the District believes relates to its defenses or claims that it may have against the Contractor. b. If the District does not make a written request for additional documentation, the District shall respond in writing to a claim within fortyfive (45) calendar days of receipt. c. If additional information is still required, the District shall request such additional information and upon mutual agreement with the Contractor, the additional information shall be provided. d. The District's written response to the claim, as further documented, pursuant to (4.a) or (4.c) above, shall be submitted to the Contractor within fifteen (15) calendar days after receipt of the further documentation, or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the Contractor in producing the additional information, whichever is greater. 5. Claims of $50,000 up to and including $375,000: a. Within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of the claim, the District may request in writing, additional information supporting the claim or the District may request information relating to the District's defenses or claims that the District may have against the Contractor. b. If the District does not make a written request within thirty (30) calendar days for additional information, the District shall respond in writing to the claim within sixty (60) calendar days of receipt of the claim. c. If additional information is still required after request made pursuant to (5.a) above, the District shall request such additional information and upon mutual agreement of the District and the Contractor, the additional information shall be provided. d. The District's written response to the claim, as further documented, pursuant to (5.a) or (5.c), shall be submitted to the Contractor within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of the further documentation, or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the Contractor in producing the additional information or requested documentation, whichever is greater. 6. Meet and Confer: If the Contractor disputes the District's written response, or the District fails to respond within the time prescribed above, the Contractor may notify the District, in writing, either within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt of the District's response or within fifteen (15) calendar days of the District's failure to respond within the time prescribed above, and demand an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon a written demand, October 2017 83 CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT

in accordance with this section, the District shall schedule a meet and confer conference within thirty (30) calendar days for settlement of the dispute. If following the meet and confer conference, the claim or any portion thereof remains in dispute, the Contractor may file a claim pursuant to Chapter 1 (commencing with section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with section 910) of part three of the California Government Code. For purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which a claim must be filed, shall be tolled from the time the claimant submits his or her written claims until the time the claim is denied, including any period of time utilized by the meet and confer conference. 7. Litigation/Mediation/Arbitration: Litigation, mediation and arbitration of the claim or any portion thereof in dispute shall be conducted in accordance with Section 20104.4 of the Public Contract Code. 8. Joiner in Mediation/Arbitration: The District may join the consulting engineer in mediation or arbitration commenced by a contractor regarding the project or proposed project pursuant to Public Contracts Code Sections 20104 et seq. Such joiner shall be initiated by written notice from the District's Project Administrator to the consulting engineer. C. Unpaid Claims: If, upon or before the completion of the work, or at any time prior to expiration of the period within which claims of lien may be filed for record, any person claiming to have performed any labor or to have furnished any materials, supplies, or services toward the performance of this Contract, or to have agreed to do so, shall file with the District a verified statement of such claim stating in general terms the kind of labor and materials, the value of same, and the name of the person to or for whom the same was furnished, together with a statement that the same has not been paid; or if any person shall bring against the District or any of its agents any action to enforce such claim, the District will, until the action is settled, withhold from moneys due the Contractor an amount sufficient to satisfy the decision of the court together with costs. D. Claims Provisions Stipulated Elsewhere: Provisions relating to claims are stipulated elsewhere in the General Conditions, and include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following paragraphs: 1. Section B Contract Documents, Part 4.0.B, "Omissions, Conflicts, Errors, or Discrepancies": Claim for omissions, conflicts, errors, or discrepancies in the contract documents. 2. Section B Contract Documents, Part 6.0.A, "Availability of Lands": Claim for District's delay in furnishing lands, rights-of-way, or easements. 3. Section B Contract Documents, Part 6.0.B, "Underground Facilities": Claim for interference or relocation of underground facilities. 4. Section D Contractor s Responsibilities, Part 1.0.A, "Oversight": Claim for demands outside the requirements of the contract documents; or for incorrect or unfair clarification, interpretation, or finding by engineer. 5. Section E Engineer s Status During Construction, Part 2.0.B, "Changes in the Contract": Claims for increase in contract price or extension of contract time as a consequence of a clarification or interpretation by engineer. 6. Section E Engineer s Status During Construction, Part 3.0.A, "Initial Submittal to Engineer": The engineer's role in claims and disputes. October 2017 84 CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT

7. Section E Engineer s Status During Construction, Part 4.0.B, "Changes to the Contract": Claim for increase of the contract price or extension of the contract time as a consequence of a minor variation. 8. Section F Quality Assurance and Quality Control, Part 1.0.C, "Uncovering Work at Engineer's Request": Claims for increase in the contract price or extension of the contract time or both for uncovering work. 9. Section F Quality Assurance and Quality Control, Part 13.0.C, "Acceptance of Defective Work Before Final Payment": Claims related to acceptance of work that is defective. 10. Section F Quality Assurance and Quality Control, Part 14.0.C, Contractors Cost": Claims related to the District's correction of defective work. 11. Section F Quality Assurance and Quality Control, Part 10.0.A, "Suspending Work by District": The Contractor's claim for an increase in the contract price, an extension of the contract time, or both in case of suspension of work by the District. October 2017 85 CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT

This page intentionally blank October 2017 86 CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT

SECTION D CONTRACTOR S RESPONSIBILITIES 1.0 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE A. Oversight: The Contractor shall supervise and direct the performance of the work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the work in accordance with the contract documents. 1. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, but the Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or selection of a specific means, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction, which is indicated in and required by the contract documents. a. If the Contractor believes any work demanded to be outside the requirements of the Contract, or if the Contractor believes any action of the engineer to be incorrect or unfair, the Contractor may make a claim therefore in accordance with the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0, "Claims". Contractor shall completely satisfy the contractual based claims procedure as set forth in the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0 Claims, Subsection A Contractual Based Claims Procedure before using the Subsection B Statutory Based Claim Procedure. (1) For such claim the Contractor shall give the engineer: (a) (b) Written notice of such claim within five (5) calendar days after the occurrence of the cost and delay related to such work demand or the engineer's action. A statement and supporting data within five (5) calendar days after the occurrence of the cost and delay related to such work demand or the engineer's action. (2) Except for such claims as are made of record in the manner and within the time stated in the General Conditions, Section D Contractor s Responsibilities, Part 1.0.A, "Oversight", the Contractor shall be deemed to have waived and does hereby waive all claims for damages and for adjustments to the contract time, the contract price, or both, resulting from the work demands and from the engineer's clarifications, Interpretations, and findings. Contractor shall completely satisfy the contractual based claims procedure as set forth in the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0 Claims, Subsection A Contractual Based Claims Procedure before using the Subsection B Statutory Based Claim Procedure. 2. Order of Work: When required by the contract documents, the Contractor shall follow the sequence of operations set forth therein. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible to see that the finished work complies accurately with the contract documents. October 2017 87 CONTRACTOR S RESPONSIBILITIES

B. Contractor's Representative: The Contractor shall, at all times during working hours, be represented in all matters pertaining to the work by one, and only one, competent and experienced general superintendent. 1. Before work is started at the site, the Contractor shall give written notice to the engineer stating who the Contractor's superintendent will be, giving this person's home address and telephone number. A statement naming more than one general superintendent to be in charge simultaneously, making one or the other responsible depending upon who is present at the time, will not be acceptable. 2. The Contractor shall inform the engineer in writing prior to any change in the general superintendent. 3. Communications issued by the engineer to the Contractor's superintendent on the work shall be considered as having been given to the Contractor. 2.0 RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR If any part of the work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of others, the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the engineer any apparent discrepancies or defects in such work of others that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor to so inspect and report shall constitute an acceptance of the work of others as fit and proper except as to defects which may develop in the work of others after execution of the work by the Contractor. 3.0 COORDINATION OF WORK The Contractor shall maintain overall coordination for the execution of the work. Based on the construction schedule prepared in accordance with these specifications, he shall obtain from each of his subcontractors a similar schedule and shall be responsible for all parties maintaining these schedules or for coordinating required modifications. 4.0 LABOR, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT A. Contractor's Personnel: The Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the work and to perform construction of the work as required by the contract documents. 1. The Contractor shall maintain good discipline and order at the site. None but skilled workers shall be employed on work requiring special qualifications. When required in writing by the engineer, the Contractor or any subcontractor shall discharge any person who is, in the opinion of the engineer, incompetent, disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, and shall not again employ such discharged person on the work except with the consent of the engineer. Such discharge shall not be the basis of any claim for damages against the District or any of his agents. 2. No convict labor shall be directly employed by the Contractor or any subcontractor in the performance of any work done under this Contract. In the employment of labor in the performance of this Contract, the District desires that the Contractor and all subcontractors shall, whenever possible, give first consideration to residents of the District. B. Contractor Shall Furnish: Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, the Contractor shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, heat, light, telephone, water, sanitary October 2017 88 CONTRACTOR S RESPONSIBILITIES

facilities and other temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the work. Incidentals include but are not limited to, dust, site drainage, noise, and traffic control measures. C. Materials and Equipment for the Work: 1. Materials and equipment incorporated in the work shall be new and of good quality. In addition, materials and equipment shall be subject to review and acceptance by the engineer unless otherwise specified in the General Conditions. 2. Where materials and equipment are referred in the specifications followed by the expression "or equal," the engineer will decide the question of equality as stipulated under the General Conditions, Section D Contractor s Responsibilities, Part 5.0 "Substitute or 'Or-Equal' Items". 3. Materials and equipment of a general description shall be good, free from defects, and adapted to the use for which provided. 4. The physical characteristics of materials and equipment not particularly specified shall conform, where applicable, to current standards published by the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 5. Materials and equipment shall be equal to the accepted samples, if samples have been submitted. D. Storage of Materials and Equipment 1. The Contractor shall provide proper storage facilities and exercise such measures as shall ensure the preservation of the specified quality and fitness of materials and equipment to be used in the work. 2. Stored materials and equipment shall be located so as to provide reasonable access for inspection by the District or the engineer. 3. In case of suspension of work, the Contractor shall store and protect materials and equipment as necessary to maintain the quality, integrity, and availability when performance of the work is resumed. 4. The Contractor, his subcontractors or suppliers shall not store or leave any equipment, materials and/or personal property under their control at a District facility, either overnight or unattended, for longer than four (4) hours, without first obtaining approval from the District. Any required storage longer than four (4) hours will require the execution, by the Contractor, of a District "Waiver/Release of Liability" form and subsequent approval by the District. The Contractor, his subcontractors or suppliers are prohibited from storing, or leaving unattended for any period of time, hazardous materials (ie. gasoline, cleaning solvents, etc.) greater than 55 gallons per item at any District facility. 5.0 SUBSTITUTE OR "OR-EQUAL" ITEMS A. Products Identified by Brand or Trade Name: Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section B - Instructions to Bidders, Part 4.0, "Product Substitution", includes complementary provisions on materials and equipment listed by brand or trade name in the specifications and drawings. B. Substitution Requests: 1. Requests for approval of substitute materials or equipment designated in the contract documents by a brand or trade name shall be submitted after award of the Contract and not later than the time period stipulated in the Bidding and October 2017 89 CONTRACTOR S RESPONSIBILITIES

Contract Requirements, Section B - Instructions to Bidders, Part 4.0.C, "Time for Submittal". 2. Requests shall be made in writing and shall be accompanied by data, satisfactory to the engineer, that support the merits of the proposed substitute material or equipment. The engineer shall have no obligation to approve substitute materials or equipment. 3. The request shall state how the proposed substitute material or equipment compares with or differs from the specified material or equipment in composition, size, strength, arrangement, performance, serviceability, maintenance, recommended inventory of spare parts, and other relevant characteristics and information; in addition, the request shall be accompanied by documentary evidence of equality in price and delivery or evidence of difference in price and delivery. Data on price shall be in the form of certified quotations from suppliers of both the specified and the proposed material or equipment. C. Compliance with Contract Documents: Materials or equipment accepted for substitution shall meet applicable provisions of the contract documents. Compliance with specific requirements of the contract documents shall be demonstrated and necessary modifications shall be made in order to meet such specific requirements and actual conditions under which the material or equipment will be required to perform. D. Defective Substitutes: When a substitution is allowed under the provisions of the General Conditions, Section D Contractor s Responsibility, Part 5.0, "Substitute or 'Or-Equal' Items", and the substitute material or equipment subsequently proves to be defective, the Contractor shall, without cost to the District, and without obligation on the part of the engineer, replace the substitute material or equipment with the material or equipment originally specified. 6.0 CONCERNING SUBCONTRACTORS AND OTHERS A. Responsibility: The Contractor shall be responsible for the acts and omissions of the subcontractors, suppliers, and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with the Contractor, just as the Contractor shall be responsible for the Contractor's own acts and omissions. The Contractor shall have an affirmative obligation to verify that all subcontractors are currently and validly registered with the Department of Industrial Relations to perform public work and shall not permit a subcontractor of any tier to perform work on the project without first verifying the subcontractor s registration. The Contractor shall include the requirements of Labor Code sections 1725.5 and 1771.1 in its contract with subcontractors and ensure that all subcontractors are registered at the time of bid opening and maintain valid registration for the duration of the project. B. Contractual Relationship: Nothing in the contract documents shall create any contractual relationship between the District or the engineer and any such subcontractor, supplier, or third person on or near the project. October 2017 90 CONTRACTOR S RESPONSIBILITIES

C. Divisions of Specifications and Drawings: The divisions and sections of the specifications and the identifications of drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the work among the subcontractors or others or delineating the work performed by any specific trade. In the engineer's discretion, subcontracts may be permitted to such extent as shall be shown to be necessary or advantageous to the Contractor in the prosecution of the work and without injury to the District's interests. The resubletting of work by a subcontractor shall be subject to the same limitations as an original subletting. Each subcontractor shall be properly licensed for the type of work, which they are to perform. D. Furnishing Subcontracts: A copy of each subcontract if in writing (or if not in writing, then a written statement signed by the Contractor giving the name of the subcontractor and the terms and conditions of each subcontract), shall be filed promptly with the engineer upon the engineer's request. Each subcontract shall contain a reference to the Contract between the District and the Contractor, and the terms of that Contract shall be made a part of each subcontract insofar as applicable to the work covered thereby. Each subcontract shall provide for annulment of same by the Contractor upon written order of the engineer, if, in the engineer's opinion, the subcontractor fails to comply with the requirements of the prime contract insofar as the same may be applicable to this work. 7.0 PATENT FEES AND ROYALTIES A. Paid by Contractor: The Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the work or the incorporation in the work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. B. Indemnification: The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the District and the engineer and their directors and employees from all liabilities, judgments, costs, damages, and expenses which may result from the infringement of any patents, trademarks, and copyrights by reason of the use of any proprietary materials, devices, equipment, or processes incorporated or used in the performance of the work. 8.0 LAWS AND REGULATIONS A. Permits, Licenses, and Notices: The Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses, give all notices and comply with all laws and regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the work. B. Monitoring Contractor's Compliance: Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable laws and regulations, neither the District nor the engineer shall be responsible for monitoring the Contractor's compliance with any laws or regulations. C. Indemnification: The Contractor shall defend, indemnify and save harmless the District and the engineer and their officers, employees and agents against claims and liabilities arising from the violation of any laws, ordinances, codes, orders or regulations, whether by the Contractor, any subcontractors, or any suppliers. October 2017 91 CONTRACTOR S RESPONSIBILITIES

D. Referenced Laws and Regulations: Some laws and regulations applicable to the performance of the work are referenced in the following subparagraphs which also contain a brief excerpt; however, no representation is made that all applicable laws and regulations are referenced, that the references are current correct, or that the excerpts are correct and include all the relevant information. 1. California Government Code Sections 4216 et seq. cover requirements and procedures related to excavation in areas which are known, or reasonably should be known, to contain subsurface installations; notifications to subsurface installations owners and operators; time required for notices before excavation; and related matters. 2. Requirement of Labor Payment: Pursuant to Section 1771 of the California Labor Code, the Contractor and subcontractors shall pay to workers employed in the performance of the work not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for work of a similar character in the locality of the project, and no less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for holiday and overtime work fixed as provided in said Labor Code. 3. Specification of Prevailing Wage Rates in Call for Bids: Pursuant to provisions in Section 1773.2 of the California Labor Code, copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages are on file at the District's principal office and are available for examination by any interested party on request, during normal business hours. 4. Forfeiture for Paying Less than Prevailing Rate: Pursuant to Section 1775 of the California Labor Code, the Contractor shall comply with the provisions of said Section 1775 and forfeit as a penalty not more than two hundred dollars ($200.00) for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each employee paid less than the prevailing rates for the work or craft corresponding to such employee, whether employed by the Contractor or any subcontractor. 5. Payroll Record of Wages Paid: Pursuant to Section 1776 of the California Labor Code, the Contractor shall keep an accurate payroll record showing the name, address, social security number, work classification, straight time and overtime hours worked each day and week, and the actual per diem wages paid to each journeyman, apprentice, worker, or other employee employed by the Contractor for the performance of the work. a. A certified copy of payroll records shall be submitted to the District, and shall be made available for inspection or furnished upon request to a representative of the California Division of Labor Standards Enforcement and Division of Apprenticeship Standards. b. In case on noncompliance with said Section 1776 and after a ten-day period following receipt of written notice, the Contractor shall forfeit one hundred dollars ($100.00) for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker in non-compliance, until compliance is effectuated. c. In accordance with Labor Code section 1771.4, the Contractor and each subcontractor shall furnish the certified payroll records directly to the Department of Industrial Relations on a weekly basis and in the format prescribed by the Department of Industrial Relations, which may include electronic submission. Contractor shall comply with all requirements and regulations from the Department of Relations relating to labor compliance monitoring and enforcement. October 2017 92 CONTRACTOR S RESPONSIBILITIES

6. Employment of Apprentices on Public Works: Provisions in Section 1777.5 of the California Labor Code fixes responsibility of compliance with that section for all apprenticeable occupations with the Contractor. a. Said Section 1777.5 provides that the Contractor and every subcontractor shall submit contract award information to the applicable joint apprenticeship committee. b. Section 1777.7 of said Labor Code provides that the Contractor shall forfeit as a civil penalty the sum of fifty dollars ($50.00) for each calendar day of noncompliance with provisions of said Section 1777.5. 7. Hours Constituting Day's Work: In accordance with California Labor Code Section 1810, eight (8) hours labor constitutes a legal day's work. In accordance with Section 1811 of said Labor Code, the time of service of any workers employed upon the work is limited and restricted to eight (8) hours during any one (1) calendar day and forty (40) hours during any one (1) calendar week except as provided in Section 1815 of said Labor Code. 8. Penalty When Worker is Required to Work Excess Hours: In accordance with Section 1813 of the California Labor Code, the Contractor shall, as a penalty, forfeit twenty-five dollars ($25.00) for each worker employed in the execution of the work by the Contractor and any subcontractor for each calendar day during which such worker is required or permitted to work more than eight (8) hours in any one (1) calendar day and forty (40) hours in any one (1) calendar week in violation of the provisions of said Section 1813. a. In accordance with Section 1815 of said Labor Code, notwithstanding the preceding provisions, work performed by employees of the Contractor in excess of eight (8) hours per day and forty (40) hours during any one (1) week are permitted upon compensation for all hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day at not less than one and one half times the basic rate of pay. b. The Contractor shall notify the engineer if the Contractor intends to work more than eight (8) hours in any one calendar day and forty (40) hours in any one calendar week. The engineer shall approve or disapprove any such working hours in excess of eight (8) hours in any one calendar day and forty (40) hours in any one calendar week. The Contractor shall not perform any work without notifying the engineer that the Contractor intends to perform the work. For any work done in violation of these provisions, the Contractor shall be subject to the liquidated damages provided for in the Contract. 9. Protection of Workers in Trench Excavation: As required by Section 6705 of the California Labor Code and in addition hereto, whenever work under the Contract involves trench excavation five (5) feet or more in depth, the Contractor shall submit for approval by a registered civil or structural engineer representing the District, in advance of excavation, a detailed plan showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for worker protection from the hazard of caving during the excavation. In addition, contractor shall submit a copy of an approved excavation permit, and a copy of notification date. If such plan varies from the shoring system standards established by the Construction Safety Orders of the Division of Industrial Safety, the plan shall be prepared by a registered civil or structural engineer. Nothing in this section shall be deemed to allow the use of a shoring, sloping or other protective system less effective than that required by the Construction Safety Orders. Nothing in this section shall be October 2017 93 CONTRACTOR S RESPONSIBILITIES

construed to impose tort liability on the District, engineer, or any of their officers, agents or employees. 10. Digging Trenches or Other Excavations: In accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 7104, where the work involves digging trenches or other excavations that extend deeper than four (4) feet below the surface: a. The Contractor shall promptly with 48 hours or before the following conditions are disturbed whichever is earlier, and notify the District and the engineer, in writing, of any: (1) Material that the Contractor believes may be material that is hazardous waste, as defined in Section 25117 of the California Health and Safety Code that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law. (2) Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated in the contract documents. (3) Unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the contract documents. b. The District will promptly investigate the conditions and if the District finds that the conditions do materially so differ, or do involve hazardous waste, and cause a decrease or increase in the contract price, or in the contract time, or both, a Change Order will be issued in accordance with the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 1.0, "Amendments and Changes". Contractor shall completely satisfy the contractual based claims procedure as set forth in the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0 Claims, Subsection A Contractual Based Claims Procedure before using the Subsection B Statutory Based Claim Procedure. c. In the event a dispute arises between the District and the Contractor as to whether the conditions materially differ, or involve hazardous waste, or cause a decrease or increase in the contract price, or in the contract time, or both, the Contractor shall not be excused from any scheduled completion date provided in the contract documents, but shall proceed with the work. The Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided in the contract documents or by law, which pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the Contractor and the District. 11. Prohibition of Discrimination: The Contractor is hereby given notice that this Contract is subject to the requirements of Section 1735 of the Public Works Code of the State of California which prohibits discrimination in employment because of race, color, national origin or ancestry and sets penalties therefore in accordance with Section 1735, "no discrimination shall be made in the employment of persons upon public works because of race, religious creed, color, national origin, ancestry, physical disability, mental disability, medical condition, marital status, or sex of such persons, except as provided in Section 12940 of the Government Code, and every contractor for public works violating this section is subject to all penalties imposed for a violation of this chapter. October 2017 94 CONTRACTOR S RESPONSIBILITIES

9.0 TAXES, FEES, AND CHARGES Paid by Contractor: The Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes and pay all charges and fees required to be paid by the Contractor in accordance with the laws and regulations of the place of the project which are applicable during the performance of the work. 10.0 USE OF PREMISES A. Limitations: The Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, vehicle parking, and the operations of workers to the project site and land and areas identified in and permitted by the contract documents and other land and areas permitted by laws and regulations, rights-of-way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. B. Contractor's Responsibility: The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any land or areas contiguous thereto, resulting from the performance of the work. Should any claim be made against the District or the engineer by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the work, the Contractor shall promptly attempt to settle with such other party by agreement or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration, or at law. C. Storage of Equipment/Materials at District Facilities: The Contractor, his subcontractors or suppliers shall not store or leave any equipment, materials and/or personal property under their control at a District facility, either overnight or unattended, for longer than four (4) hours, without first obtaining approval from the District. Any required storage longer than four (4) hours will require the execution, by the Contractor, of a District "Waiver/Release of Liability" form, Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section D Contract and Relevant Documents, Part 4.0 and subsequent approval by the District. The Contractor, his subcontractors or suppliers are prohibited from storing, or leaving unattended for any period of time, hazardous materials (i.e. gasoline, cleaning solvents, etc.) greater than 55 gallons per item at any District facility. D. Loading Structures: The Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall the Contractor subject any part of the work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. E. Cleaning the Work Site: 1. During the progress of the work, the Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the work. 2. At the completion of the work, the Contractor shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials, and shall leave the site clean and ready for occupancy by the District. 3. The District reserves the right to retain any material or equipment required to be removed as a result of the construction. If the District desires to retain a particular portion of the surplus material or equipment, the Contractor shall remove the referenced material or equipment using reasonable care not to damage it. He shall store the salvaged material near the work site in a manner which will protect the salvaged material from harm either due to adjacent work or, if applicable, the October 2017 95 CONTRACTOR S RESPONSIBILITIES

F. Restoring Property: weather. Any special handling of salvaged material shall be delineated in the Special Conditions or the Technical Specifications or on the plans. Where no such reservation is made, any excess material including soils, stone, gravel, asphalt, sludge, concrete and etc., shall be legally removed from the site and legally disposed of by the Contractor at his own expense. The Contractor shall furnish the District with a description of where and how the Contractor intends to dispose of any excess material at the Preconstruction Conference. If the Contractor determines to dispose of such material on private property, he shall obtain written permission from the property owners involved. The Contractor will be permitted to use in the work any soils, stone or gravel obtained from the excavation and other operations connected with the work, which meet the requirements of the plans and specifications. The Contractor shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the contract documents. G. Suspension of Activities: In case of suspension of work, the Contractor shall provide suitable drainage and erect temporary structures as necessary. 11.0 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Documents at the Site: The Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the site one record copy of all drawings, specifications, Addenda, Supplemental Agreements, Change Orders, and the engineer's written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show all changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved samples and a counterpart of all approved shop drawings shall be available to the engineer for reference. B. Delivery to District: Upon completion of the work, the record documents, samples and shop drawings shall be delivered to the District. C. Records Retention: Contractor shall retain copies of project documents for a period of one year after project acceptance by the District Board of Directors. 12.0 SAFETY AND PROTECTION A. Precautions and Programs: 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the work or the activities of subcontractors, suppliers, and others at the work site. 2. The Contractors and subcontractors shall comply with the provisions of the Safety and Health Regulations for Construction, promulgated by the Secretary of Labor under Section 107 of the "Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act", as set forth in Title 29 C.F.R. If the District is notified of an alleged violation of the Occupational Safety and Health Standards referred to in this Section and it is established that there is a violation, the Contractor shall be subject to liquidated damages as provided in the October 2017 96 CONTRACTOR S RESPONSIBILITIES

Contract, Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section D Contract and Relevant Documents, Part 1.0, Paragraph 8. 3. The Contractor and all subcontractors shall comply with the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Standards, promulgated by the United States Secretary of Labor under the "Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970", as set forth in Title 29, C.F.R. Where an individual State act on occupational safety and health standards has been approved by federal authority, then the provisions of said state act shall control. 4. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary supervision, control, and direction to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: B. Protection of Work: a. All employees on the work or work site and other persons and organizations who may be affected thereby; b. All the work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage or on or off the work site; and c. All other property at the site. 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of the work until its completion and final acceptance. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, replace damaged or lost material or equipment, or repair damaged parts of the work, and the Contractor and its Sureties shall be liable therefore. C. Enforcement or Order: The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining full order at the work site and at all locations where work is performed under this Contract and to that end, shall employ such watchmen or other persons as may be required. Unauthorized persons shall be excluded from the work site. The Contractor shall not sell, nor shall he permit or suffer the introduction or use of, intoxicating liquors or narcotics upon the works embraced in these specifications or upon any of the grounds occupied or controlled by him in connection with such works. D. Safety, Sanitary and Medical Requirements: The Contractor and his subcontractors and employees shall promptly and fully carry out the safety, sanitary, and medical requirements as hereinafter stated or as may from time to time be prescribed by the engineer, to the end that proper work shall be done, and the safety and health of the employees and of the local communities may be conserved and safeguarded. In case such regulations and orders are not observed by the Contractor, they may be enforced by the engineer at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall summarily dismiss and shall not again engage, except with the written consent of the engineer, any employee who violates the safety, sanitary, or medical requirements. E. Sanitation: All parts of the work shall be maintained in a neat, clean and sanitary condition. Fixed and portable toilets, which are made inaccessible to flies, shall be provided wherever needed for use of employees and their use shall be strictly enforced. All waste and refuse from sanitary facilities provided by the Contractor or from any source related to the Contractor's operations shall be taken care of in a sanitary manner satisfactory to the engineer and in accordance with the laws and regulations pertaining thereto. The Contractor shall furnish all the facilities and means for the proper sanitation of the work and shall protect and save harmless the District, its officers and employees from improper or insufficient sanitation. October 2017 97 CONTRACTOR S RESPONSIBILITIES

F. First Aid Facilities and Supplies: First aid facilities and supplies shall be kept on the work site, and instructions in first aid shall be given as required by all applicable State Regulations including OSHA Regulations, and the Contractor shall provide and maintain all measures required by said regulations for the safety and protection of employees. G. Hazardous Conditions: Precaution shall be exercised at all times for the protection of persons (including employees) and property. Hazardous conditions shall be guarded against or eliminated. During the performance of the work the Contractor shall erect and maintain temporary fences, bridges, railings, and barriers and shall take all other necessary precautions and place proper guards for the prevention of accidents. Contractors shall put up and keep suitable and sufficient lights, in addition to other signals and shall indemnify and save harmless the District, the Board of Directors, its officers, agents, and employees from all damages and costs to which they may be put by reason of injury to person or property resulting from the Contractor's negligence or carelessness in the performance of the work, or in guarding the same, or from any improper materials, implements, or appliances used in its construction, or by or on account of any act or omission of the Contractor or his agents. H. Inconvenience to the Public: 1. The Contractor shall comply with all laws and regulations directed to minimize interference to traffic and inconvenience, discomfort and damage to the public including provision for adequate dust control. 2. The Contractor shall at all times conduct his work so as to insure the least possible obstruction to traffic and inconvenience to the general public, and adequate protection of persons and property in the vicinity of the work. No street shall be closed to the public without first obtaining permission of the proper governing authority and the Engineer. Where excavation is being performed in primary streets or highways, one lane in each direction shall be kept open to traffic at all times unless otherwise provided or shown. In accordance with governing authority, toe boards shall be provided to retain excavated material if required by the engineer or the District having jurisdiction over the street or highway. Fire hydrants on or adjacent to the work shall be kept accessible to fire-fighting equipment at all times. Temporary provisions shall be made by the Contractor to insure the use of sidewalks and the proper functioning of all gutters, sewer inlets, and other drainage facilities. 3. The Contractor shall provide adequate barricades, signs, warning lights, watchmen, and flagmen as required, in the opinion of the engineer and/or watch manual the District having jurisdiction, to protect the work and the safety of the public. Warning lights using inflammable liquids will not be permitted; only electrically operated warning lights will be approved for use. Warning lights shall be kept burning from sunset to sunrise, and barricades shall be painted to increase their visibility at night. All work shall be done in accordance with the governing authority and /or the latest edition of the W.A.T.C.H. Manual. 4. Interference with Fire Hydrants, Highways and Fences: The Contractor shall so conduct his operations as not to close or obstruct any portion of any highway, road, or street, or prevent in any way, free access to fire hydrants until he has obtained permits therefore from the proper authorities. If any highway required to be kept open shall be rendered unsafe by the Contractor's operations, he shall make such repairs or provide such temporary guards as shall be acceptable to the authorities having jurisdiction and to the engineer. Any highway or street maintenance or repair work required by local authorities in connection with October 2017 98 CONTRACTOR S RESPONSIBILITIES

necessary operations under this Contract shall be performed by the Contractor at his own cost and expense. Fences subject to interference shall be kept up by the Contractor until the work is finished and then restored to their original condition. 5. Other Rights-of-Way and Structures: Except as otherwise specifically provided for in the Special Conditions, the Contractor shall not do any work that would affect any railway track, pipeline, telephone, telegraph, or electric transmission line, irrigation ditch, or other structure, nor enter upon the right of way or other lands appurtenant thereof, until notified by the engineer that the District has secured authority therefore from the proper companies or parties. Thereafter and before he begins such work, the Contractor shall give said companies or parties due notice of his intention to do so, and he shall give said companies or parties convenient access and every facility for removing, shoring, supporting, or otherwise protecting such tracks, lines, ditches, or structures and for replacing same. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any extension of time or any extra compensation on account of any postponement, interference, or delay caused by any such structures being on the site of the work except as provided. I. Public and Private Property: 1. Contractor shall protect against damage to all pipes, sewer conduits, electrical conduits, lawns, gardens, shrubbery, trees, fences, and other structures or property, public and private, encountered in the performance of the work except as stipulated elsewhere herein. The Contractor shall be responsible and liable for any and all damage to such pipe, structures, and property. 2. The Contractor shall not trespass upon private property and shall be responsible for all injury and/or damage to persons or property, directly or indirectly, resulting from the Contractor's operations in the performance of the work. J. Protection of Materials and Equipment: 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of materials and equipment stored on and off the site of the work. 2. The District reserves the right to review and accept/reject the Contractors means to providing proper means of protection for materials or equipment if such protection is deemed advisable by the engineer; however, the exercise of or failure to exercise this right shall not be deemed to relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for protecting the material and equipment. 3. The Contractor shall provide suitable warehouses or other adequate means of protection for materials and equipment that require special protection during storage. a. The Contractor shall store and care for the materials and equipment in the most suitable manner to protect them from distortion, rain, dust, or other damage as a minimum. The contractor shall comply with the supplier s storage recommendations. b. The cost of replacing any material or equipment damaged in storage shall be borne by the Contractor, and the fact that material or equipment has been damaged after partial payment has been made shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility regarding the protection of materials and equipment. c. No motor shall be left uncovered or unprotected. October 2017 99 CONTRACTOR S RESPONSIBILITIES

K. Applicable Laws and Regulations: 1. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. 2. The Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when prosecution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. 3. Damage, injury or loss to any property referred to in the General Conditions, Section D Contractor s Responsibilities, Part 12.0, "Safety and Protection", directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by the Contractor, any subcontractor, supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by the Contractor, except damage or loss attributable to the fault of the drawings or specifications or to the acts or omissions of the District or the engineer or anyone employed by either of them or anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. L. Continuity of Contractor's Responsibility: Contractor's duties and responsibilities for the safety and protection of the work shall continue until the work is completed and accepted by the District. M. Identification: The Contractor is required to provide identification badges for each and every employee on the construction site. Contractor's employees are required to visibly display the badges at all times while on District projects. Contractor shall contact the District for identification badge specifications. The Contractor and their Sub-contractors are required to provide either orange shirts or orange vests for each and every employee on the construction site. Contractor s and their Sub-contractors employees are required to wear either orange shirts or orange vests at all times while on District projects. 13.0 CONTINUING THE WORK A. Disputes between the Parties: In the event of a dispute between the parties as to performance of the work, the interpretation of this Contract, or payment or nonpayment of work performed, the parties shall attempt to resolve the dispute. B. Contractor Agrees to Continue the Work: If the dispute is not resolved, the Contractor agrees to continue the work diligently to completion and will neither rescind this Contract nor stop the progress of the work, but will submit such controversy to determination in accordance with the terms of the contract documents. However, the preceding does not preclude the Contractor from terminating the work in accordance with the General Conditions, Section F Quality Assurance and Quality Control, Part 10.0.G, "Termination of Contract by Contractor". C. In Case of Litigation: In the event any litigation is commenced with respect to this Contract, such litigation shall not serve to suspend the Contractor's obligation to continue performance of the work hereunder. October 2017 100 CONTRACTOR S RESPONSIBILITIES

SECTION E ENGINEER S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 1.0 AUTHORITY OF ENGINEER A. Questions Answered by Engineer: The engineer will decide all questions which may arise as to the quality and acceptability of materials and equipment furnished, work performed, rate of progress of the work, interpretation of the specifications and drawings, and all questions as to the acceptable fulfillment of the Contract by the Contractor. B. Arbitration by Engineer: Any difference which may arise between the Contractor and any other contractors also under the surveillance of the engineer will be arbitrated by the engineer; however, the engineer will not arbitrate disputes between the Contractor and his subcontractors. C. Interpretation of Contract Documents: The engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the contract documents and will decide questions which may arise as to the quality and acceptability of the completed work. If oral interpretations are provided by the engineer and contractor disagrees, the contractor shall request written interpretations stating his disagreements. However, the contractor shall agree to continue the work diligently to completion and will neither rescind this Contract nor stop the progress of the work, but will submit such controversy to determination in accordance with the terms of the contract documents. D. Engineer's Observations: In observing Contractor's work, the engineer's efforts will be directed towards providing the District a greater degree of confidence that the completed work will conform to the intent of the contract documents. E. No Duty of Engineer: Neither the authority of engineer to act under the General Conditions, Section E Engineer s Status During Construction, Part 1.0, "Authority of Engineer", or elsewhere in the contract documents, nor any decision made in good faith shall give rise to any duty by the engineer to the Contractor or to any other person or organization, including but not limited to, subcontractors, suppliers, insurers, employees, or agents, whether performing work on the site or not. F. Responsibility of Engineer: The engineer shall not be responsible for the Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures for construction or for the safety precautions and programs incidental thereto, or for the safety of persons or property on or about the site of the work. 2.0 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS A. Engineer Will Issue: The engineer will with reasonable promptness, issue such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the contract documents, in the form of drawings or otherwise, as the engineer may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with or reasonably inferable from the overall intent of the contract documents. B. Changes in the Contract: If the Contractor believes that an oral and/or written clarification or interpretation issued by the engineer justifies a change in the contract price or an extension of the contract time, or both, the October 2017 101 ENGINEER S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION

Contractor may make a claim in accordance with the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0, "Claims". 1. For such claim the Contractor shall give the engineer: a. Written notice of such claim within forty-eight (48) hours after the receipt of such written clarification or interpretation from the engineer. b. Statement and supporting data, including quantities, within five (5) calendars days after the receipt of such written clarification or interpretation from the engineer. 2. Except for such claims as are made of record in the manner and within the time stated in the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0, "Claims", the Contractor shall be deemed to have waived and does hereby waive all claims for damages and for adjustments to the contract time, the contract price, or both, resulting from written clarifications or interpretations issued by the engineer. 3. The claim will be processed as stipulated in the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0, "Claims". 4. Contractor shall completely satisfy the contractual based claims procedure as set forth in the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0 Claims, Subsection A Contractual Based Claims Procedure before using the Subsection B Statutory Based Claim Procedure. 3.0 ROLE IN CLAIMS AND DISPUTES A. Initial Submittal to Engineer: Claims, disputes, and other matters relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the contract documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and claims for changes in the contract price or contract time shall be submitted initially to the engineer in writing with a request for a formal decision, in accordance with the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0, "Claims". Contractor shall completely satisfy the contractual based claims procedure as set forth in the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0 Claims, Subsection A Contractual Based Claims Procedure before using the Subsection B Statutory Based Claim Procedure. B. Engineer's Decision: The engineer will render a decision in writing within a reasonable period of time. C. Condition Precedent: The rendering of a decision by the engineer with respect to any such claim, dispute, or other matter shall be a condition precedent to any exercise by the Contractor of such rights or remedies as he may otherwise have under the contract documents or by laws or regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute, or other matter. D. Engineer's Final Decision: The engineer, upon receipt of the Contractor's claim for a work demand outside the requirements of the contract documents, or for an incorrect or unfair clarification, interpretation, or findings by the engineer, will review the work demand, clarification, interpretation or finding object of the Contractor's claim and will promptly advise the Contractor in writing of the engineer's final decision which shall be binding unless, within ten (10) calendar days thereafter the Contractor shall file with the District a formal protest against said final decision of the engineer. October 2017 102 ENGINEER S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION

E. District's Final Decision: Within sixty (60) calendar days of receipt of any such protest, the District will render a final decision, unless an extension is initially agreed upon. Contractor shall completely satisfy the contractual based claims procedure as set forth in the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0 Claims, Subsection A Contractual Based Claims Procedure before using the Subsection B Statutory Based Claim Procedure. 4.0 AUTHORIZED VARIATIONS IN WORK A. Minor Variations: The engineer may authorize minor variations in the work from the requirements of the contract documents which do not involve an adjustment in the contract price or the contract time and are consistent with the overall interpretation of the contract documents. B. Changes to the Contract: If the Contractor believes that such authorized minor variations justify a change in the contract price or an extension of the contract time and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, the Contractor may make a claim therefore in accordance with the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0, "Claims". Contractor shall completely satisfy the contractual based claims procedure as set forth in the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0 Claims, Subsection A Contractual Based Claims Procedure before using the Subsection B Statutory Based Claim Procedure. 5.0 REJECTING DEFECTIVE WORK A. Engineer's Authority: The engineer will have the authority to disapprove or reject work which he believes to be defective, and will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the work, whether or not the work is fabricated, installed, or completed. B. Materials and Equipment: 1. Materials and equipment found to be defective, whether in place or not, may be rejected by the engineer. 2. Rejected materials and equipment shall be removed immediately from the site of the work unless otherwise permitted by the engineer. If the Contractor fails to remove and replace rejected material or equipment, the District has authority to do so and to deduct the cost of removal and replacement from any moneys due or to become due to the Contractor. 3. Rejected material or equipment subsequently corrected and rendered nondefective may be used in the work only upon acceptance by the engineer. October 2017 103 ENGINEER S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION

This page intentionally blank October 2017 104 ENGINEER S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION

SECTION F QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL 1.0 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY: A. Guarantee: The Contractor shall guarantee the entire work constructed by him under the Contract to be free of defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one (1) year following the date of acceptance of the work by the District's Board of Directors. The Contractor shall agree to make, at his own expense, any repairs or replacements made necessary by defects in materials or workmanship which become evident within said guarantee period. The Contractor shall further agree to indemnify and save harmless the District and the engineer, and their officers, agents and employees, against and from all claims and liability arising from damage and injury due to said defects. The Contractor shall make all repairs and replacements promptly upon receipt of written order from the engineer. If the Contractor fails to make the repairs and replacements promptly, the District may do the work and the Contractor and his surety shall be liable to the District for the cost of such work. B. The Work: Contractor warrants and guarantees to the District and the engineer that the work will be in accordance with the contract documents and will not be defective. 1. Prompt notice of defects observed by the engineer or the District will be given to the Contractor. However, the District and the engineer are under no obligation to do so and neither the District nor the engineer shall be held liable because defective work is not discovered by the District or the engineer during the progress of construction. 2. Defective Work, whether or not in place, may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in the General Conditions (Part 2, Section I), Paragraph 6.1, "Contractor's Warranty". C. Other Warranties and Obligations: The warranty provided herein shall not be in lieu of, but shall be in addition to any warranties or other obligations otherwise imposed by the contract documents or by law. The remedies provided herein shall not be exclusive and the District shall be entitled to any and all remedies provided by law. 2.0 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF DISTRICT'S REPRESENTATIVE (INSPECTOR) District's Representative (Inspector) as employed by the District or the engineer shall be authorized to inspect all work done and materials and equipment furnished. Such inspection may extend to all or any part of the work, and to the preparation, fabrication or manufacture of the materials and equipment for the work. The Inspector will not alter or waive the provisions of the contract documents. The Inspector will keep the engineer informed as to the progress of the work being done. Such deficiencies or defects in work which may have been observed will be called to the Contractor's attention. The Inspector will not inspect Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures for construction. The Inspector will conduct on-site observations on the work in progress to assist engineer in determining if the work is in general proceeding in accordance with contract documents. The Inspector will report to engineer whenever Inspector believes the work is faulty, defective, does not conform to the contract documents, or has been damaged; or whenever there is defective material or equipment; or October 2017 105 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL

whenever the inspector believes the work should be uncovered for observation or the work requires special testing. 3.0 INSPECTION Materials, equipment, and workmanship shall be subject to the inspection of, and rejection by, the engineer, if it is not in conformance with the contract documents. Defective materials, equipment, or work shall be removed from the premises by the Contractor, whether in place or not, and shall be replaced with new and acceptable materials, equipment, or work. Repair of defective materials, equipment, or work shall be subject to engineer's acceptance. On all questions concerning the acceptability of materials or equipment, classification of materials or equipment, execution of the work, and the determination of costs, the decision of the engineer shall be final and binding upon all parties. The Contractor shall at all times maintain proper facilities and provide safe access to all parts of the work, to the shops wherein the work is in preparation, and to all warehouses and storage yards wherein materials and equipment are stored, for purposes of inspection by the engineer. Should any work be covered up before the engineer has had the opportunity to observe such work, it shall, if required by the engineer, be uncovered for examination at the Contractor's expense. 4.0 TEST STANDARDS All sampling, specimen preparation, and testing of materials not particularly specified shall conform to the latest standards published by the American Society for Testing Materials, where applicable. 5.0 EQUIPMENT TESTS All items of mechanical equipment shall be tested for proper operation, efficiency, and capacity. 6.0 ACCESS TO WORK: A. Access to District, Engineer and Others: The District, its representatives and engineer, the engineer's representatives, testing agencies, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests shall have access to the work at all reasonable times for their observation, inspecting, and testing. B. Proper and Safe Access: The Contractor shall provide all proper and safe conditions for such access. 7.0 TOUCH-UP AND REPAIR The Contractor shall touch up or repair finished surfaces on structures, equipment, fixtures, or installations that have been damaged prior to final acceptance. Surfaces on which such touch-up or repair cannot be successfully accomplished shall be completely refinished or in the case of hardware and similar small items, the item shall be replaced. 8.0 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Notice of Readiness: The Contractor shall give the engineer timely notice of readiness of the work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals. October 2017 106 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL

B. Test and Inspections by Contractor: The Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining inspection, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith and furnish the engineer certificates of inspection, testing, or approval required: 1. Specifically by laws and regulations of any public body having jurisdiction over the work or a part thereof. 2. In connection with the District's or the engineer's acceptance of a supplier of materials or equipment proposed to be incorporated in the work. 3. Of materials or equipment submitted for approval prior to the Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the work. C. Test, Inspections and/or Certifications Required by Other Agencies and Municipalities: Any required inspections and/or certifications of equipment/facilities by other agencies, (Cal/OSHA, SCAQMD, or other agencies) which must be performed prior to operation of the equipment, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. All certificates and proof of inspection will be presented to the District prior to acceptance of the work. D. Other Tests and Inspections: The cost of inspections, tests, and approvals in addition to those stipulated in the preceding Paragraphs B and C, which are required by the contract documents, shall be paid by the District unless otherwise required in the specifications. E. Testing Organizations: Inspections, tests, or approvals other than those required by laws or regulations of any public body having jurisdiction shall be performed by organizations acceptable to the District. F. Contractor's Obligation: Neither observations by the engineer nor inspections, tests or approvals by others shall relieve the Contractor from the Contractor's obligations to perform the work in accordance with the contract documents. 9.0 COVERING AND UNCOVERING WORK A. Work Covered Without Engineer's Concurrence: If work, including work of others that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered without written concurrence of the engineer, it shall, if requested by the engineer, be uncovered for observation. Such uncovering shall be at the Contractor's expense unless the Contractor has given the engineer timely notice of the Contractor's intention to cover the same and the engineer has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. B. Work Covered Contrary to Engineer's Request: If work is covered contrary to the written request of the engineer, it shall, if requested by the engineer, be uncovered for the engineer's observation and replaced at the Contractor's expense. C. Uncovering Work at Engineer's Request: If the engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered work be observed by the engineer or inspected or tested by others, the Contractor, at the engineer's direction, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing, as the October 2017 107 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL

engineer may require, that portion of the work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. 1. If it is found that such work is defective, the Contractor shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential costs of such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory reconstruction, (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals), and the District shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the contract price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided in therefore in accordance with the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0, "Claims". 2. If, however, such work is not found to be defective, the Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the contract price or an extension of the contract time, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing and reconstruction: and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, the Contractor may make a claim therefore in accordance with the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0, "Claims". 3. Contractor shall completely satisfy the contractual based claims procedure as set forth in the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0 Claims, Subsection A Contractual Based Claims Procedure before using the Subsection B Statutory Based Claim Procedure. 10.0 DISTRICT MAY STOP THE WORK AND TERMINATE THE CONTRACT A. Suspending Work by the District: The District may, at any time and without cause, suspend the work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) calendar days by notice in writing to the Contractor and the engineer. 1. In the notice, the District will fix the date on which work will be resumed. 2. The Contractor shall resume the work on the date so fixed. 3. Adjustments: The Contractor will be allowed an increase in the contract price or an extension of the contract time, or both, directly attributable to any suspension if the Contractor makes an approved claim therefore in accordance with the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0, "Claims". 4. Contractor shall completely satisfy the contractual based claims procedure as set forth in the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0 Claims, Subsection A Contractual Based Claims Procedure before using the Subsection B Statutory Based Claim Procedure. B. Stopping the Work: 1. If the work is defective, or the Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the work in such a way that the completed work will conform to the contract documents, the engineer may order the Contractor to stop the work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated. Suspended work shall be resumed by the Contractor within ten (10) calendar days of receipt from the engineer of written notice to proceed. 2. The Contractor shall have no claim for damages alleged to have been suffered by reason of any suspension of the work under this Section without termination October 2017 108 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL

of the Contract, and he shall receive no additional compensation because of any such suspension. 3. However, the right of the engineer to stop the work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of the engineer or District to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other party. C. Termination of Contract by the District (Contractor not at fault): The District may terminate the Contract upon ten (10) calendar days written notice to the Contractor, if it is found that reasons beyond the control of either the District or Contractor make it impossible or against the District's interests to complete the work. In such a case, the Contractor shall have no claims against the District except (1) for the value of work performed up to the date the Contract is terminated, and (2) for the cost of materials and equipment on hand, in transit, or on definite commitment, as of the date the Contract is terminated, which would be needed in the work and which meet the requirements of the specifications. The value of the work performed and the cost of materials and equipment delivered to the site, as mentioned above, shall be determined by the engineer in accordance with the procedure prescribed for the making of the final estimate and payment as described in the General Conditions, Section G Payments to Contractor, Part 6.0, Final Payment and Final Acceptance. Contractor shall completely satisfy the contractual based claims procedure as set forth in the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0 Claims, Subsection A Contractual Based Claims Procedure before using the Subsection B Statutory Based Claim Procedure. D. Termination of Contract by District (Contractor at fault): The District may terminate the Contract upon ten (10) calendar days written notice to the Contractor in the event of any default by the Contractor. It shall be considered a default by the Contractor whenever he shall (1) declare bankruptcy, become insolvent, or assign his assets for the benefit of his creditors; (2) disregard or violate important provisions of the contract documents or the engineer's instructions, or fail to prosecute the work according to the approved progress schedule; or (3) fail to provide a qualified superintendent, competent workers, or subcontractors, or materials or equipment meeting the requirements of the specifications and drawings. 1. The District may serve written notice upon the Contractor and its surety of the District's intention to terminate the Contract, said notice containing the reasons for such intention to terminate the Contract, and unless within ten (10) calendar days after the service of such notice such violations shall cease and satisfactory arrangements for the corrections thereof be made, the Contract shall, upon the expiration of said ten (10) calendar days cease and terminate. 2. In the event of any such termination, the District will immediately serve written notice thereof upon the surety and the Contractor, and the surety shall have the right to take over and perform the Contract; provided, however, that if the surety within fifteen (15) calendar days after the serving upon it of a notice of termination does not give the District written notice of surety's intention to take over and perform the Contract, or does not commence performance thereof within thirty (30) calendar days from the date of serving said notice, the District may take over the work and prosecute the same to completion by contract or by any other method the District may deem advisable for the account and at the expense of the Contractor, and its surety shall be liable to the District for any excess cost or other damage caused to the District thereby, and in such event the District may, without liability for so doing, take possession of and utilize in completing the work such materials, equipment, appliances, plants and other property belonging to the Contractor that may be on the site of the work and be necessary therefore. October 2017 109 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL

3. For any portion of such work that the District elects to complete by furnishing employees, materials, tools and equipment, the District will be compensated for such in accordance with the schedule of compensation for force account work under the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 4.0, "Force Account", on payment for changes in the work. E. Possession of Materials, Tools, Equipment, Property, etc. Upon Termination: In the event the Contract is terminated in accordance with the General Conditions, Section F Quality Assurance and Quality Control, Part 10.0.C, "Termination of Contract by District", the District may take possession of the work and of all materials, tools, equipment, and property of the Contractor, which have been provided in connection with the work, and may complete the work by whatever method or means the District may select. The cost of completing the work shall be deducted from the balance which would have been due the Contractor had the Contract not been terminated and the work completed in accordance with the drawings and specifications. If such cost exceeds the balance which would have been due, the Contractor shall pay the excess amount to the District. If such cost is less than the balance which would have been due, the Contractor shall have no claim to the difference except to such extent as may be necessary in the opinion of the engineer, to reimburse the Contractor or the Contractor's sureties for any expense properly incurred for materials, tools, equipment, property, and labor devoted to the prosecution of the work, or which the District shall have received the benefit. In computing such expenses, as it relates to equipment and property, the salvage value at completion of the work shall be deducted from the depreciated value at the time the Contract was terminated, and the difference shall be considered as an expense. F. District's Rights and Remedies: The provisions in the General Conditions, Section F Quality Assurance and Quality Control, Part 10.0, "District May Stop the Work and Terminate the Contract", are in addition to and not in limitation of any other rights or remedies available to the District. G. Termination of Contract by Contractor: The Contractor may terminate the Contract upon ten (10) calendar days written notice to the District, whenever (1) the ENTIRE work has been suspended in accordance with the General Conditions, Section F Quality Assurance and Quality Control, Part 10.0, "District May Stop the Work and Terminate the Contract", for ninety (90) consecutive calendar days through no fault or negligence of the Contractor, and notice to resume work or to terminate the Contract has not been received from the District within this time period; or (2) the District should fail to pay the Contractor any substantial sums due the Contractor, in accordance with the terms of the Contract and within the time limits prescribed. In the event of such termination, the Contractor shall have no claims against the District except for those claims specifically enumerated in the General Conditions, Section C - (Part 2, Section I), Paragraph 5.6, "Claims", and determined in accordance with that Section. If, through no act or fault of the Contractor, the work is suspended for a period of more than ninety (90) calendar days by the District or under an order of court or other public authority, or the engineer fails to act on any Application for Payment within forty-five (45) calendar days after it is submitted, or the District fails for sixty (60) calendar days to pay the Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then the Contractor may, upon seven (7) calendar days written notice to the District and the engineer, and provided the District or the engineer do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Contract and recover from the District payment on the same terms as provided in the General Conditions, Section G Payments to Contractor, Part 6.0, "Final Payment and Final Acceptance". In lieu of terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if the engineer has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty (30) calendar days after it October 2017 110 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL

is submitted, or the District has failed for sixty (60) calendar days after approval by the Engineer of the application for payment, to pay the Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, the Contractor may upon seven (7) calendar days written notice to the District and the engineer stop the work until payment of all such amounts due the Contractor, including interest. The provisions of this part are not intended to preclude the Contractor from making claim under the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 2.0, "Change of Contract Price" and the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 3.0, "Change of Contract Time". Contractor shall completely satisfy the contractual based claims procedure as set forth in the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0 Claims, Subsection A Contractual Based Claims Procedure before using the Subsection B Statutory Based Claim Procedure. 11.0 CORRECTION OR REPLACEMENT OF DEFECTIVE WORK A. Correction or Replacement Required by Engineer: If required by the engineer, the Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the work has been rejected by the engineer, remove it from the site and replace it with non-defective work. B. Contractor's Cost: The Contractor shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential costs of such correction or replacement and removal (including but not limited to fees and charges of the engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals) made necessary thereby. C. False or Erroneous Certificates: The Contractor shall not submit any false or erroneous certificate with respect to the true and correct amount and character of the materials provided and/or work performed. In the case of submitted of false or erroneous certificates, regardless of origin. The District shall not be precluded from demanding and recovering from the Contractor such damages as it may sustain by reason of Contractors failure to comply with the contract specifications. 12.0 ONE YEAR CORRECTION PERIOD A. Correction or Replacement: If within one (1) year after the date of District's acceptance of the work or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by laws or regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the contract documents or by any specific provision of the contract documents, any work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, within a time determined by the District, in accordance with time sensitivity to the situation, without cost to the District and in accordance with the District's written instructions, either correct such defective work, or, if it has been rejected by the District, remove it from the site and replace it with non-defective work. B. Failure to Comply Promptly: If the Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the District may have the defective work corrected or the rejected work removed and replaced, and all direct, indirect and consequential costs of such removal and replacement (including but not limited to fees and charges of the engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals) shall be paid for by the Contractor. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before final acceptance of the work by the District, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the specifications or by Change Order. October 2017 111 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL

C. District's Enforcement: In the event it is necessary for District to file suit to enforce any liability of the Contractor pursuant to the General Condition, Section F - Quality Assurance and Quality Control, Part 12.0, "One year Correction Period", the District shall be entitled to recover from the Contractor, in addition to all other amounts found due and owing, costs of suit and expenses including, but not limited to, fees of the engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and court and arbitration costs, arising directly, indirectly or consequential out of any action, legal or equitable, caused by the successful enforcement of the Contractor's obligations, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered. D. Guarantee Bond: The guarantee and conditions specified in the General Conditions, Section F - Quality Assurance and Quality Control, Part 12.0.A, "Correction or Replacement", shall be secured by a surety bond which shall be delivered by the Contractor to the District prior to the date of acceptance by the District's Board of Directors. Said bond shall be in an approved form and executed by a surety company or companies satisfactory to the District, in the amount of 10 percent of the contract price, or $1,000, whichever is greater. Said bond shall remain in force for the duration of the guarantee period specified in the General Conditions, Section F - Quality Assurance and Quality Control, Part 12.0.A, "Correction or Replacement". 13.0 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK A. District May Accept Defective Work: If instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective work, the District, and/or the engineer, prior to the engineer's recommendation of final payment, prefers to accept it, the District may do so. B. Contractor's Cost: The Contractor shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential costs attributable to the District's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective work (such costs to be approved by the engineer as to reasonableness and to include but not be limited to fees and charges of the engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals). C. Before Final Payment: If any such acceptance occurs prior to the engineer's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the contract documents with respect to the work; and the District shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the contract price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the District may make a claim therefore in accordance with the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0, "Claims". Contractor shall completely satisfy the contractual based claims procedure as set forth in the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0 Claims, Subsection A Contractual Based Claims Procedure before using the Subsection B Statutory Based Claims Procedure. D. After Final Payment: If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount shall be paid by the Contractor to the District. October 2017 112 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL

14.0 DISTRICT MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK A. Contractor's Failure to Comply: If the Contractor fails within sixty (60) calendar days after written notice of the engineer to proceed to correct and to correct defective work or to remove and replace rejected work as required by the engineer in accordance with provisions stipulated elsewhere in these General Conditions, or if the Contractor fails to perform the work in accordance with the contract documents, or if the Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the contract documents, the District may, after seven (7) calendar days written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. B. District's Actions: In exercising the rights and remedies under the General Conditions, Section F Quality Assurance and Quality Control, Part 14.0, "District May Correct Defective Work", the District will proceed expeditiously. 1. To the extent necessary to complete corrective and remedial action, the District may exclude the Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the work, and suspend the Contractor's services related thereto, take possession of the Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and incorporate in the work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the District has paid the Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. 2. The Contractor shall allow the District such access to the site as may be necessary to enable the District to exercise the rights and remedies under the General Conditions, Section F Quality Assurance and Quality Control, Part 14.0, "District May Correct Defective Work". C. Contractor's Cost: All direct, indirect and consequential costs of the District in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against the Contractor in a reasonable amount approved by the engineer, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the contract documents with respect to the work. The District shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the contract price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the District may make a claim therefore in accordance with the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0, "Claims". Contractor shall completely satisfy the contractual based claims procedure as set forth in the General Conditions, Section C Changes to the Contract, Part 5.0 Claims, Subsection A Contractual Based Claims Procedure before using the Subsection B Statutory Based Claims Procedure. Such direct, indirect and consequential costs will include but not be limited to fees and charges of the engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals, all court and arbitration costs and all costs of repair and replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of the Contractor's defective work. D. Time Extension: The Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the contract time because of any delay in performance of the work attributable to the exercise by the District of the District's rights and remedies under the General Conditions, Section F Quality Assurance and Quality Control, Part 14.0, "District May Correct Defective Work". October 2017 113 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL

This page intentionally blank October 2017 114 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL

1.0 SCHEDULE OF VALUES: SECTION G PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR A. Basis for Progress Payments: 1. Lump Sum Contract: The schedule of values established as specified in the General Conditions (Part G, Part 7), Paragraph 7.0. "Payments to Contractor ", shall serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of application for payment acceptable to the engineer. 2. Lump Sum Work: Progress payments on account of lump sum work will be based on the number of units completed. 2.0 APPLICATION OF PROGRESS PAYMENT A. Processing: Once each calendar month, the District will process a progress payment, based on the District s standard Progress Pay Estimate form. Progress Pay Estimates shall be submitted and approved by the engineer for the work completed during the preceding calendar month. The Progress Pay Estimates shall be prepared, submitted with an updated construction schedule and signed by the Contractor who shall submit it to the engineer along with applicable waiver and release forms, and certified payrolls for the payment period. Complete Progress Pay Estimate packages will be reviewed and approved for payment within 30 calendar days. If a Progress Pay Estimate is incomplete or is returned for revisions, the 30 calendar day period will start when Progress Pay Estimate is resubmitted. NOTE. Fringe Benefit Statement shall be submitted with the first certified payroll. B. Contents: The Progress Pay Estimate shall cover work performed by the Contractor during the preceding calendar month plus the paid invoice cost of materials and equipment suitably stored at the site of the work. Payment for material and equipment stored shall be based on vendors' paid invoices which shall be listed by the Contractor. 1. The Progress Pay Estimate in which payment is requested for material and equipment suitably stored shall include a copy of the paid invoice covering the material and equipment; a warranty that the materials and equipment are free and clear of liens, charges, security interests, and encumbrances; and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protect the District's interest therein; all of which will be satisfactory to the District. a. The Contractor shall prepare and update for each Application for Payment a list of invoices showing: (1) the total amount of each invoice, (2) the invoice amount that has been incorporated in the work, and (3) the remaining invoice amount that is stored for which payment is requested that month. 2. Only material and equipment that will become an integral part of the work may be included in the Progress Pay Estimate. October 2017 115 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR

3. Payments for job site delivered material or equipment shall not reduce the Contractor's responsibility for such material or equipment until it has been installed. 4. Certified Payrolls for the work period shown on the Payment Pay Estimate shall be included in the Payment Pay Estimate package. 5. Conditional Waiver & Release forms from all subcontractors and suppliers involved with the Contract Work during the Progress Pay Estimate period. C. Withholding: The District will withhold part of the progress payment amount, as follows: 1. Not more than five (5) percent of the progress payment amount until the work is complete. D. Retention of Withholding: The Contractor may elect to receive 100% of the approved payments due to the Contractor under the contract from time to time, without withholding of any portion of the payment by the District. The Contractor may deposit securities with a value equivalent to the anticipated withholding, in accordance with Section 22300 of the Public Contracts Code of the State of California. Securities eligible for such deposit shall be limited to those listed in Section 16430 of the California Government Code and subject to the approval for the owner. Such securities, if deposited by the Contractor, shall be valued by the District, whose decision on the valuation of the securities is required to execute an Escrow Agreement. The Escrow Agreement shall be substantially in the form of the draft escrow agreement supplied by the Legislature in the above referenced section of the code. In addition, the District requires that following paragraph shall be added to the Escrow Agreement, as follows: The Owner shall have the right, subsequent to an action by the Board of Directors declaring (i) substandard performance, (ii) failure to perform, and/or (iii) the assessment of liquidated damages against the Contractor; to draw upon the funds held in the escrow account. Upon seven (7) calendar days written notice to the Escrow Agent, the Escrow Agent shall immediately convert sufficient securities to cash to satisfy the Owner s notice. Upon written authorization of the Owner, the Escrow Agent shall distribute the cash as instructed by the Owner. E. No Payment for Temporary Work: No direct payment will be made to the Contractor for providing transportation, light, power, tools, and equipment, or for furnishing, building, and maintaining camps, construction plant, access road, sanitary conveniences, disposal works, water supply, fire protection, guards, trestles, telephone system, and other temporary works, or for the removal of all temporary structures, plant and materials, or for medical attendance or health protection, or for watchmen, magazine keepers or guards, or for any other service, thing or materials, unless payment therefore has been definitely provided in the specifications. Compensation for all such services, facilities, things, or materials necessary or required to execute the work in accordance with the provisions of the Contract shall be considered as having been included in the prices stipulated for the appropriate items. F. Materials, Services and Facilities: It is understood that except as otherwise specifically stated in the contract documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, labor, tools, equipment, light, power, transportation, superintendence, temporary construction of every nature, and all other services and facilities of every nature whatsoever necessary to execute, complete and deliver the work within the specified time. Any work necessary to be performed after regular working hours, on October 2017 116 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR

Sundays or Legal Holidays, shall be performed without additional expense to the District, except as provided for in the General Conditions, Section C- Changes to the Contract, Part 2.0.D, "Overtime Work". 3.0 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE A. Contractor's Warranty and Guarantee: The Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to work, materials and equipment covered by an Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the work or not, shall pass to the District no later than the time of payment free and clear of liens, charges, security interests, and encumbrances. B. Right of Property: Nothing in the Contract shall be construed as vesting in the Contractor any right of property in material and equipment used after they have been attached or affixed to the work or the soil and accepted. Such materials and equipment shall become the property of the District upon being so attached or affixed and accepted. 4.0 PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE A. Partial Acceptance Limited: Unless otherwise specified in the Special Conditions, unless phased construction is required by, no partial acceptance of the work will be made, and no acceptance other than the final acceptance of the completed work will be made. B. Inspection and Acceptance of Parts of the Work: No inspection, progress payment, or acceptance pertaining to specific parts of the work shall be construed as final acceptance of any part until final acceptance by the District is made. C. Right to Use: The District shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portions of the work, notwithstanding the time for completing the entire work or such portions may not have expired; but such taking possession and use shall not be deemed an acceptance of the work not completed in accordance with the contract documents. If such prior use increases the cost of or delays the work, the Contractor shall be entitled to such extra compensation, or extension of time or both, as the engineer may determine. D. Partial Acceptance Of Work: Acceptance of any portion of the work prior to acceptance of the whole shall not be construed as absolving the Contractor of responsibility for any item of construction or incidental work included in the Contract. 5.0 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Notice of Readiness: After the Contractor has completed the work (to the best of its knowledge the work under this Contract), including the Contractor's testing and cleanup, the Contractor shall notify the engineer by written memorandum that the work has been completed and ready for final inspection by the engineer. B. Inspection: The engineer will proceed to make an inspection within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of the Contractor's notification. October 2017 117 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR

1. Items found by the engineer to be defective will be noted to the Contractor. 2. After the Contractor has corrected the defective items, the procedure shall be the same as stipulated under the General Conditions, Section G Payments to Contractor, Part 5.0.A, "Notice of Readiness", for the Contractor's Notice of Readiness and request for re-inspection. 6.0 FINAL PAYMENT AND FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. District's Payment of Final Progress Pay Estimate: For and in consideration of the faithful performance of the work, the District will pay the Contractor the amount earned as computed from the actual quantities of work performed under the Contract and to make such payment in the manner and at the times stipulated and after receiving all Unconditional Waiver & Release forms from all subcontractors and suppliers involved with the Contract Work. B. Date of Actual Completion: The date upon which the work will be considered as complete shall be that date upon which the work is accepted by the District s Board of Directors. C. Final Payment / Release of Retention Within sixty (60) days from the date of acceptance of the Work by the Board, or as prescribed by law, the amount deducted from the final estimate and retained by the District will be paid to the Contractor except such amounts as are required by law to be withheld by properly executed and filed notices to stop payment, or as may be authorized by the Contract to be further retained. 7.0 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR After completion of certain phases of the work, including all testing and other preparation necessary for operation of such portions by the District as herein specified, but prior to final completion of the work, provisions may be made for partial acceptance in writing by the District for such portions only. The portions of the work to be included for partial acceptance prior to final project completion will be noted at the preconstruction conference in accordance with Contractor's schedule, or by written notice to the Contractor at the earliest possible time. The guarantee period for such portions of the work shall commence with the date of their acceptance for use by the District. However, full payment for such portions will not be made until final acceptance of the total work. Acceptance of any portion of the work prior to acceptance of the whole shall not be construed as absolving the Contractor of responsibility for any item of construction or incidental work included in the Contract. Prior to such occupancy or use the District will enter into a written agreement with the Contractor delineating the portions of the work released to the District for occupancy or use and indicating what, if any, work remains to be done within the occupied or released area. If such prior use increases the cost of or delays the work, the Contractor shall be entitled to such extra compensation or extension of time, or both, as may be determined by the District after consideration of recommendations by the engineer. Should any portion of the work in use be damaged thereby, the District shall bear the expense for repairing such damage. However, if the portion being so used should reveal deficiencies of materials or workmanship, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to replace the defective construction. October 2017 118 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR

8.0 CONTRACTOR'S CONTINUING OBLIGATION: A. Contractor's Obligation is Absolute: The Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the work in accordance with the contract documents shall be absolute. B. Noncompliance with Contract Documents: Neither recommendation of any progress or final payment by the engineer, nor the issuance of a certificate of Final Completion, nor any payment by the District to the Contractor under the contract documents, nor any use or occupancy of the work or any part thereof by the District, nor any act of acceptance by the District nor any failure to do so, nor any review and approval of a shop drawing or sample submission, nor the issuance of a notice of acceptability by the engineer, nor any correction of defective work by the District shall constitute an acceptance of work not in accordance with the contract documents or a release of the Contractor's obligation to perform the work in accordance with the contract documents. October 2017 119 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR

This page intentionally blank October 2017 120 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR

1.0 ASSIGNMENTS OF PAYMENT A. Assignments by Contractor: SECTION H LEGAL RESPONSIBILITIES No assignment by the Contractor of the whole or any part of the Contract, or of funds to be received there under by the Contractor will be recognized by the District unless such assignment has had prior consent of the District, and the Contractor's surety has been given due notice of such assignment in writing and has consented thereto in writing. B. Contractor Assigns to District: In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the Contractor or the subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the District all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Section 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 [commencing with Section 16700] of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to this Contract or the subcontract. C. Assignment Becomes Effective: This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the District tenders final payment to the Contractor, without further acknowledgement by the parties. 2.0 RESPONSIBILITY FOR INDEBTEDNESS Contractor's Payment of Debt: Indebtedness incurred for any cause in connection with the work shall be paid by the Contractor, and the District is hereby relieved at all times from any indebtedness or claim other than payments under terms of the Contract or under applicable laws and regulations. 3.0 PROVISIONS REQUIRED BY LAW A. Compliance with Laws: The Contractor shall observe and comply with all Federal, State, and local laws, ordinances, codes, orders, and regulations which in any manner affect those engaged or employed on the work, the materials used in the work, or the conduct of the work. If any discrepancy or inconsistency should be discovered in this Contract in relation to any such law, ordinance, code, order, or regulation, the Contractor shall report the same in writing to the engineer. Any particular law or regulation specified or referred to elsewhere in these specifications shall not in any way limit the obligation of the Contractor to comply with all other provisions of Federal, State and local laws and regulations. B. Inclusion: Each and every provision of law and clause required by laws and regulations to be inserted in the Contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and the Contract shall be read and enforced as though each such provision of law and clause were included herein, as if fully set forth. C. Incorporation: If through mistake or otherwise any such provision of law and clause is not inserted, or is not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion. October 2017 121 LEGAL RESPONSIBILITIES

4.0 NOTICE AND SERVICE THEREOF Notice to Contractor: Any Notice to the Contractor from the District relative to any part of the Contract shall be in writing and considered delivered and the service thereof completed when said Notice is posted, by certified mail, to the Contractor at its last given address, or delivered in person to the Contractor or its representative on the work site. 5.0 LEGAL ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR The address given in the Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section C Bid Forms, Part 14.0 "Bidders Identification", is hereby designated as the place to which all notices, letters, and other communications to the Contractor will be mailed or delivered. The mailing or delivering to said address of any notice, letter, or other communication shall be deemed sufficient service thereof upon the Contractor. The date of such service shall be the date of such mailing or delivery. Said address may be changed at any time by a written notice signed by the Contractor and delivered to the engineer. 6.0 OTHER PROHIBITED INTERESTS No official of the District who is authorized in such capacity and on behalf of the District to negotiate, make, accept or approve, or to take part in negotiation, making, accepting, or approving any architectural, engineer, inspection, construction or material supply contract or any subcontract in connection with the construction of the project, shall become directly or indirectly interested personally in this Contract or in any part hereof. No officer, employee, architect, attorney, engineer or inspector of or working for the District who is authorized in such capacity and on behalf of the District to exercise any legislative, executive, supervisory or other similar functions in connection with the construction of the project, shall become directly or indirectly interested personally in this Contract or in any part thereof, any material supply contract, subcontract, insurance contract, or any other contract pertaining to the project. 7.0 NONDISCRIMINATION In connection with the performance of work under the Contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, sex or national origin. The aforesaid provisions shall include, but not limited to, the following: employment upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereinafter in conspicuous places, available for employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the District setting forth the provisions of the nondiscrimination clause. The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all subcontracts hereunder, except subcontracts for standard commercial supplies or raw materials. 8.0 DISTURBANCE OF THE PEACE Neither the Contractor, its officers, or its employees shall engage in any act which constitutes a disturbance of the peace as that term is defined in the Penal Code of the State of California. If the Contractor, it's officers or its employees commit a disturbance of the peace, the Contractor shall be subject to being shut down as provided in the Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section D Contract and Relevant Documents, Part 1.0, Paragraph 8. October 2017 122 LEGAL RESPONSIBILITIES

1.0 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE SECTION I PROGRESS OF THE WORK A preconstruction conference will be convened after the construction schedule, as revised and resubmitted by General Conditions Section I Progress of the Work, Part 7.0, "Construction Schedule", necessary bonds and insurance certificates in proper form as required, including the Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Forms, Contract and Bond Forms have been delivered to and accepted by the Engineer. At the preconstruction conference, the Contractor shall provide the engineer and affected agencies with sufficient copies of a list of key or responsible personnel and how they may be reached at any time. The preconstruction conference shall be attended by the Contractor's superintendent, the District, the engineer or his representative, and representatives of utilities, major subcontractors, and others involved in the execution of the work. The purpose of this conference shall be to establish a working understanding between the parties and to discuss the construction schedule, shop drawing submittals and processing, cost breakdown of major lump sum items, applications for payment and their processing, and such other subjects as may be pertinent for the execution of the work. After receipt of all required material listed above and satisfactory completion of the preconstruction conference, a Notice to Proceed shall be issued by the District. The first workday of the project shall be as mutually agreed by the District and Contractor, but shall in no case exceed ten (10) working days after the date of issuance of the Notice to Proceed. Irrespective of the first workday of the project, all work shall be completed within the specified number of calendar days after award as described in the Notice Inviting Bids. 2.0 PROGRESS MEETINGS The Contractor or District shall arrange and conduct progress meetings. These meetings shall be conducted at least once every month and shall be attended by the Contractor's superintendent and representatives of all subcontractors, utilities, and others that are active in the execution of the work. The purpose of these meetings shall be to expedite the work of any subcontractor or other organization that is not up to schedule, resolve conflicts, and in general, coordinate and expedite the execution of the work. The agenda of progress meetings shall include review of progress and schedule of narrative report, of the latest construction schedule update, and of the record documents. The Contractor shall submit an updated construction schedule at each progress meeting. 3.0 PROGRESS AND SCHEDULE REVIEW The progress of the work and the construction schedule shall be reviewed to verify: A. Actual start and finish dates of completed activities since the last progress meeting. B. Durations and progress of all activities not completed. C. Reason, time, and cost data for Change Order work that is to be incorporated into the construction schedule or payment request form. D. Payment due to the Contractor based on percentage complete of items in the submitted payment request form. E. Reason and duration of required revision. October 2017 123 PROGRESS OF THE WORK

4.0 REVIEW OF NARRATIVE REPORT The Contractor shall submit a written narrative report at the progress meeting as a part of the monthly progress review and update, in a form agreed upon by the Contractor and the engineer. The narrative report shall include a description of problem areas; current and anticipated delaying factors and their estimated impact on performance of other activities and completion dates; and an explanation of corrective action taken or proposed. 5.0 REVIEW OF SCHEDULE UPDATE After each monthly update, the Contractor shall submit to the engineer one 11x17 print of the last accepted construction schedule, marked up in red in accordance with the monthly review meeting; and three 11x17 copies incorporating the updated schedule information. 6.0 SCHEDULE SUBMITTALS In ample time for each to serve its purpose and function, the Contractor shall submit to the engineer such schedules, reports, drawings, lists, literature samples, instructions, directions, and guarantees as are specified or reasonably required for construction, operation, and maintenance of the work. 7.0 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE Within ten (10) calendar after receipt of the executed Contract and prior to the preconstruction conference, the Contractor shall submit for acceptance, three (3) 11x17 copies and one (1) CD copy of the construction schedule which outlines target completion dates for each segment of the work. The construction schedule shall be in the form of a tabulation, chart, or graph and shall be in sufficient detail to show the chronological relationship of all activities of the project including, but not limited to, estimated starting and completion dates of various activities, submittal of shop drawings to the engineer for approval, procurement of materials, and scheduling of equipment. The construction schedule shall recognize the requirements in the General Conditions, Section B Preliminary Matters, Part 6.0, "Site of the Work". The construction schedule shall reflect completion of all work under the Contract within the specified time and in accordance with these specifications. A. Cost Loaded Construction Schedule: Unless it is not required in the Special Conditions, the Contractor shall prepare a detailed costloaded construction schedule as set forth in this section. The costs shall be developed from the schedule of Values submitted concurrently with this submittal. This schedule shall essentially be the same as the final project construction schedule required to be submitted and maintained for this project. The construction schedule shall indicate the time of starting and completion of each major structure or phase of the work and such intermediate phases as will serve for well-defined control points. These phases and control points shall be placed in chronological order on the construction schedule. The schedule shall also indicate the anticipated date of receipt of major items of equipment, and all items of equipment receipt and installation of which is critical to the scheduled progress of the project. B. Project Management Software: Unless noted as being not required in the Special Conditions, the Contractor shall prepare the project schedule on a computer using project management software for IBM-compatible personal computers. The project management software used shall be the most recent version of: Microsoft Project, Primavera P3, Suretrak, etc. October 2017 124 PROGRESS OF THE WORK

8.0 POST-AWARD SCHEDULE Utilizing the timeline stated above, the Contractor shall submit to the engineer for approval its proposed baseline construction schedule in accordance with the General Conditions, Section I Progress of Work, Part 7.0, "Construction Schedule". If revisions are necessary, the engineer will return the post award baseline construction schedule to the Contractor for submittal section within five (5) calendar days. The Contractor shall modify the schedule to include any modifications, or changes resulting from alternatives selected by the District and final phasing and scheduling of work items or control points. All schedule submittals shall consist of three (3) 11 x17 color copies and one (1) CD copy per revision. The Contractor shall complete these modifications within five (5) calendar days from date the schedule is returned to him and shall resubmit it for review. Upon receiving written notice from the engineer that the schedule, as revised, has been accepted, it will then become the initial construction schedule which shall be discussed at the preconstruction conference, and by which the Contractor shall construct the work and shall be subject to progress reporting, revisions, and updating procedures implemented during the course of construction as specified elsewhere in the General Conditions. The initial baseline construction schedule shall contain no changes or delays in the Contract which may have occurred during the interim submittal period. Changes shall be entered at the first update revision as specified hereinafter under "Revisions to Construction Schedule". If the Contractor's progress has fallen behind the accepted construction schedule, the Contractor shall take such steps as may be required, including but not limited to, increasing the number of personnel, shifts, overtime operations, days of work, and amount of construction equipment until such time as the work is back on schedule. He shall also submit within five (5) calendar days of discovery, such supplementary schedule or schedules as may be deemed necessary to demonstrate the manner in which the approved rate of progress will be regained. 9.0 WEEKLY ACTIVITIES PLAN On the last working day of every week, the Contractor shall submit to engineer the Contractor's plan of activities for the following two weeks. The plan of activities shall describe the activity and location of the activity. 10.0 REVISIONS TO CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE The Contractor shall submit a revised construction schedule on a monthly basis with the Progress Pay Estimate, per General Conditions, Section G Payments to Contractor, Part 2.0 or within five (5) calendar days of the occurrence of any of the following: A. When delay in completion of any activity or group of activities indicates an overrun of the contract time or control point requirement, by thirty (30) working days or ten percent (10 percent) of the remaining duration, whichever is less. B. Delays in submittals, deliveries, or work stoppage are encountered which make preplanning or rescheduling of the work necessary. C. The schedule does not represent the actual prosecution and progress of the project as being performed in the field. Acceptance of the revised construction schedule and all supporting data is contingent upon compliance with other related requirements specified before in the General Conditions and any other conditions of the Contract or previous agreements or requirements with or by the engineer. The cost of revisions to the construction schedule resulting from Contract changes will be included in the cost for the change in the work, and will be based on the complexity of the revision or Change Order, man-hours expended in analyzing the change, and the total cost of the change. October 2017 125 PROGRESS OF THE WORK

The cost of revision to the construction schedule not resulting from authorized change in the work shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. All schedule submittals shall consist of three (3) 11 x17 color copies and one (1) CD copy per revision. October 2017 126 PROGRESS OF THE WORK

SECTION J SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL 1.0 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Need for Shop Drawings: Wherever called for in these specifications or on the drawings, or where required by the engineer, the Contractor shall furnish, at his sole expense, to the engineer for review, five (5) prints of each shop drawing. The term "shop drawing" as used herein shall be understood to include detail design calculations, fabrication and installation drawings, lists, graphs, operating instruction, etc. Unless otherwise required, said drawings shall be submitted at a time sufficiently early to allow review of same by the engineer, and to accommodate the rate of construction progress required under the Contract. Shop drawings and data shall be submitted to the engineer as specified in the Part 1.0, Shop Drawings Submittal During Construction and Part 2.0, Shop Drawings Transmittal Form: of this specification section. The submittal shall clearly indicate the specific area of the contract documents for which the submittal is made. The additional copies received by him will be returned to the Contractor's representative at the jobsite. The engineer's notations of the action which he has taken will be noted on the returned copies. B. Shop Drawing Submittal: All shop drawing submittals shall be accompanied by a transmittal form using the format provided later in this specification section, Part 2.0. Any shop drawing submittal not accompanied by such a form, or where all applicable items on the form are not completed, will be returned for resubmittal. The Contractor may authorize a material or equipment supplier to deal directly with the engineer with regard to shop drawings. However, ultimate responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the information contained in the submittal shall remain with the Contractor. C. Separate transmittal: Normally, a separate transmittal form shall be used for each specific item or class of material or equipment for which a submittal is required. Transmittal of shop drawings on various items using a single transmittal form will be permitted only when the items taken together constitute a manufacturer's "package" or are so functionally related that expediency indicated review of the group or package as a whole. At his option, the Contractor or Supplier may obtain from the engineer quantities of the shop drawing transmittal form at reproduction cost. D. Return of Submittals: Within fifteen (15) calendar days, excluding holidays and no work times as described in Special Conditions, Part 9.0, after receipt of said prints, the engineer will return prints of each drawing to the Contractor with the engineer s comments noted thereon. It is considered reasonable that the Contractor shall make a complete and acceptable submittal to the engineer by the second submission of the drawings. The District reserves the right to withhold moneys due the Contractor to cover additional costs of the engineer's review beyond the second submission. The returned Shop Drawing shall be marked as follows: 1. No Exceptions: If three (3) prints of the drawing are returned to the Contractor marked "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN", formal revision of said drawing will not be required. 2. Corrections Needed: If three (3) prints of the drawing are returned to the Contractor marked "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED", formal revision of said drawings will not be required. October 2017 127 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL

3. Amend/Resubmit: If three (3) prints of the drawing are returned to the Contractor marked "AMEND - RESUBMIT", the Contractor shall revise said drawing and shall resubmit seven (7) copies of said revised drawing to the engineer. 4. Rejected/Resubmit: If three (3) prints of the drawing are returned to the Contractor marked "REJECT - RESUBMIT", the Contractor shall revise said drawing and shall resubmit seven (7) copies of said revised drawing to the engineer. E. Commencement of Work After Submittal: Fabrication of an item shall not be commenced before the engineer has reviewed the pertinent shop drawings and returned copies to the Contractor marked "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" or "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED". Revisions indicated on shop drawings shall be considered as changes necessary to meet the requirements of the contract drawings and specifications and shall not be taken as the basis of claims for extra work. The Contractor shall have no claim for damages or extension of time due to any delay resulting from the Contractor's having to make the required revisions to shop drawings, or for any fabrication done by the Contractor prior to review and approval by the engineer, (unless review by the engineer of said drawings is delayed beyond a reasonable period of time and unless the Contractor can establish that the engineer's delay in review actually resulted in a delay in the Contractor's construction schedule). The review of said drawings by the engineer will be limited to checking for general agreement with the specifications and drawings, and shall in no way relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors or omissions contained therein nor shall such review operate to waive or modify any provision contained in the specifications or contract drawings. Fabricating dimensions, quantities of material, applicable code requirements, and other contract requirements shall be the Contractor's responsibility. F. Filing of Shop Drawings: The above drawings, lists, prints, samples, and other data shall become a part of the contract documents, and a copy of the same shall be kept with the jobsite contract documents, and the fabrications furnished shall be in conformance with the same. However, the engineer's review of the above drawings, lists, prints, specifications, samples, or other data shall in no way release the Contractor from his responsibility for the proper fulfillment of the requirements of this Contract nor for fulfilling the purpose of the installation nor from his liability to replace the same, should it prove defective or fail to meet the specified requirements. October 2017 128 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL

2.0 SHOP DRAWING TRANSMITTAL FORM The Contractor or supplier shall use this transmittal form for submittal of shop drawings to the engineer. The procedure governing shop drawings submittal is contained in the General Conditions of the specifications. Failure to comply with all requirements specified therein will constitute grounds for return of the shop drawings for proper re-submittal. Date: From: Submittal No. To: Lake Arrowhead Community Services District PO Box 700 PO Box 700, Lake Arrowhead, CA 92352 27307 State Highway 189 North Bay Road, Blue Jay, CA 92317 Attention: Aida Hercules-Dodaro Project Name: This is: An Original Submittal A Second Submittal Check one: Owner: A Submittal Subject of Submittal: Equipment Designation: Spec. Section(s): Complete either (a) or (b) following: (a) We have verified that the material or equipment contained in this submittal meets all the requirements specified or shown (no exceptions). (b) We have verified that the material or equipment contained in this submittal meets all the requirements specified or shown, except for the following deviations (list deviations): Check one: Contractor s or Supplier s Authorized Signature: October 2017 129 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL

3.0 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES Drawings of minor or incidental fabricated materials and equipment may not be required by the engineer. The Contractor shall furnish the engineer tabulated lists of such fabrications and equipment, showing the names of the manufacturers and catalog numbers, together with samples or general data as may be required to permit determination as to their acceptability for incorporation in the work. 4.0 QUALITY CONTROL All materials and equipment shall be new and of the specified quality and equal to the samples found to be acceptable by the engineer, if samples have been submitted. The work shall be done and completed in a thorough, workmanlike manner, notwithstanding any omission in the contract documents; and it shall be the duty of the Contractor to call the engineer's attention to apparent errors or omissions and request instructions before proceeding with the work. The engineer may, by appropriate instructions, correct errors and supply omissions, which instructions shall be as binding upon the Contractor as though contained in the original contract documents. At the option of the engineer, materials and equipment to be supplied under this Contract will be tested and inspected either at their place of origin or at the site of the work. The Contractor shall give the engineer written notification well in advance of actual readiness of materials and equipment to be tested and inspected at point of origin. Satisfactory tests and inspections at the point of origin shall not be construed as a final acceptance of the materials and equipment nor shall such tests and inspections preclude retesting or re-inspection at the site of the work. Materials and equipment which will require testing and inspection at the place of origin shall not be shipped prior to such testing and inspection. October 2017 130 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL

1.0 TEMPORARY FACILITIES SECTION K SITE CONTROL In addition to items stated in the Special Conditions (Part 2, Section III), the Contractor shall provide all temporary facilities and utilities required for completion of the work as well as safety precautions and programs. The following Items "A" through "J" are areas of concern to the District and are representative of the temporary facilities, utilities, and activities which are solely the Contractor's responsibility. No attempt is made to set out in detail the Contractor's means or methods necessary to accomplish the tasks involved. Recognition of these temporary facilities and activities is provided only to allow the Contractor to identify necessary additional costs in planning the work. A. Project Office: The Contractor shall maintain on the project site a suitable office or other protected area, as described in the Special Conditions, in which shall be kept project copies of the contract documents, project progress records, project schedule, shop drawings, and other relevant documents which shall be accessible to the District and engineer during normal working hours with telephone and email. No work shall begin until this office is in place and complete. B. Electrical Service: If required for the work, the Contractor shall arrange with the local utility to provide adequate temporary electrical service at a mutually agreeable location. The Contractor shall then provide adequate jobsite distribution facilities conforming to applicable codes and safety regulations. The Contractor shall provide at his own cost, all electric power required for construction, testing, general and security lighting, and all other purposes whether supplied through temporary or permanent facilities. C. Water: The Contractor shall pay for and shall construct all facilities necessary to furnish water for his use during construction. Water used for human consumption shall be kept free from contamination and shall conform to the requirements of the State and local authorities for potable water. The Contractor shall pay for all water used for the Contractor's operations, unless specified otherwise. The Contractor shall provide water for construction purposes and for domestic use during the construction period. Water for domestic use at the Construction site shall meet all requirements of the County and State Health Departments. Water for construction purposes must be free of impurities that would be detrimental in the construction process. Water for construction purposes shall be obtained by the Contractor from an existing remote source or reclaimed water if allowed and described in the Special Conditions. D. Heating and Ventilation: The Contractor shall provide means for heating and ventilating all work areas as may be required to protect the work from damage by freezing, high temperatures, weather, or to provide a safe environment for workers. Unvented, direct-fired heaters shall not be used in areas where freshly placed concrete will be exposed to the combustion gases until at least two hours after the concrete has attained its initial set. E. Sanitary Conveniences: The Contractor shall provide suitable and adequate sanitary conveniences for the use of all persons at the site of the work. Such conveniences shall include chemical toilets or water closets and shall be located at appropriate locations at the site of the work. All Sanitary conveniences shall conform to the regulations of the public authority having jurisdiction over such matters. At October 2017 131 SITE CONTROL

the completion of the work, all such sanitary conveniences shall be removed and the site left in a sanitary condition. State and County Public Health Service representatives shall have access to the work, whether it is in preparation or progress, and the Contractor shall provide facilities for such access and inspection. F. Accident Prevention: Precaution shall be exercised by the Contractor at all times for the protection of persons (including employees) and property. The safety provisions of applicable laws, including but not limited to, the California OSHA, and of building and construction codes shall be observed. First aid facilities and information posters conforming at least to the minimum requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration shall be provided in a readily accessible location or locations. The Contractor shall make all reports as are, or may be, required by any authority having jurisdiction, and permit all safety inspections of the work being performed under this Contract. Before proceeding with any construction work, the Contractor shall take the necessary action to comply with all provisions for safety and accident prevention. G. Construction Facilities: Construction hoists, elevators, scaffolds, stages, shoring, and similar temporary facilities shall be of ample size and capacity to adequately support and move the loads to which they will be subjected. Railings, enclosures, safety devices, and controls required by law or for adequate protection of life and property shall be provided. H. Barricades: Barriers shall be placed at each end of all excavations and at such places as may be necessary along excavations to warn all pedestrian and vehicular traffic of such excavations from one hour before sunset each day to one hour after sunrise of the next day until such excavation is entirely refilled, compacted, and paved. All excavations shall be barricaded in such a manner as to prevent persons from falling, walking, or otherwise entering any excavation in any street, roadway, parking lot, treatment plant, or any other area, public or private. I. Warning Devices and Barricades: The Contractor shall adequately identify and guard all hazardous areas and conditions by visual warning devices and, where necessary, physical barriers. Such devices shall, as a minimum, conform to the requirements of Cal/OSHA. Trenches and other essentially continuous excavations in plant roadways shall be marked at reasonable intervals by traffic cones, barricades, or other suitable visual markers during daylight hours. During hours of darkness trenches shall be barricaded with flashers, or other adequate lights, unless otherwise provided in the permits and the Special Conditions. At intersections or for pits and similar excavations, where traffic may reasonably be expected to approach head on, such excavations shall be protected by essentially continuous barricades lighted at close intervals during hours of darkness. 2.0 HAZARDS IN PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY In accordance with the General Conditions Section D Contractor s Responsibilities, Part 12.0, Safety and Protection", it is the Contractor's responsibility to comply with the following requirements and to make any adjustments necessary to provide a route around or through the work area that is clear of obstructions and is signed and delineated in accordance with standard industry practice, City or County traffic control permits, CALTRANS standards and the Work Area Traffic Control Handbook as applicable. October 2017 132 SITE CONTROL

A. The Contractor's operations shall cause no unnecessary inconvenience. The access rights of the public shall be considered at all times. Unless otherwise authorized, traffic shall be permitted to pass through the work or an approved detour shall be provided. B. Safe and adequate pedestrian and vehicular access shall be provided and maintained to fire hydrants, commercial and industrial establishments, churches, schools, parking lots, service stations, motels, fire and police stations, hospitals and establishments of similar nature. Access to these facilities shall be continuous and unobstructed unless otherwise approved by the engineer. C. Safe and adequate pedestrian zones and public transportation stops, as well as pedestrian crossings of the work at intervals not exceeding 30 feet (90 m), also shall be maintained unless otherwise approved by the engineer. D. Vehicular access to residential driveways shall be maintained to the property line except when necessary construction precludes such access for reasonable periods of time. If backfill has been completed to such extent that safe access may be provided, and the street is opened to local traffic, the Contractor shall immediately clear the street and driveways and provide and maintain access. E. The Contractor shall cooperate with the various parties involved in the delivery of mail and the collection and removal of trash and garbage to maintain existing schedules for these services. F. Grading operations, roadway excavation and fill construction shall be conducted by the Contractor in a manner to provide a reasonably satisfactory surface for traffic. When rough grading is completed, the roadbed surface shall be brought to a smooth, even condition satisfactory for traffic. G. Unless otherwise authorized, work shall be performed in only one-half the roadway at one time. One-half shall be kept open and unobstructed until the opposite side is ready for use. If one-half a street only is being improved, the other half shall be conditioned and maintained as a detour. Flag persons shall be used as required for the protection of the traveling public. 3.0 HAZARDS IN PROTECTED AREAS Excavations on project sites from which the public is excluded shall be marked or guarded in a manner appropriate for the hazard. 4.0 ABOVE GRADE PROTECTION On multi-level structures the Contractor shall provide safety protection that, as a minimum, shall meet the requirements of the California Department of Industrial Relations Safety Orders. 5.0 PROTECTION OF EXISTING ITEMS The Contractor shall protect all existing structures, trees, shrubs, and other items on the project site that are to be preserved, by substantial barricades or other devices commensurate with the hazard, from injury or destruction by vehicles, equipment, workers, or other agents. 6.0 PROJECT SECURITY The Contractor shall make adequate provision for the protection of the work area against fire, theft, and vandalism, and for the protection of the public against exposure to injury. October 2017 133 SITE CONTROL

7.0 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS Sufficient number of fire extinguishers of the type and capacity required to protect the work and ancillary facilities, shall be provided in readily accessible locations. 8.0 SPECIAL CONTROLS The Contractor shall take all reasonable means to minimize inconvenience and injury to employees of the District by dust, noise, diversion of storm water, etc. 9.0 DUST CONTROL The Contractor shall take whatever steps, procedures, or means as are required to prevent visible dust being caused by his operations in connection with the execution of the work; and on any unpaved road which the Contractor or any of his subcontractors are using, excavation or fill areas, demolition operations, or other activities. Control shall be by sprinkling, use of dust palliative, modification of operations, or any other means acceptable to agencies having jurisdiction. 10.0 DRAINAGE CONTROL During the excavation, fill, and grading operations care shall be taken to disturb the pre-existing drainage pattern as little as possible. Particular care shall be taken not to direct drainage water onto private property or into streets or drainage ways inadequate for the increased flow. Drainage means shall be provided to protect the work. 11.0 PROJECT CLOSEOUT It is the intent of these contract documents that the Contractor shall deliver a complete and operable facility capable of performing its intended functions and ready for use. 12.0 HARD HATS All visitors and Contractor's personnel, including but not limited to laborers, superintendents, foreman, office staff, company officers and company owner, are required to wear hard hats while onsite of any District construction projects, exclusive of inside the administrative offices. Violators of this section shall be removed from the project site and not allowed to return. 13.0 PAINTING NOTICE Contractor shall provide twenty-four (24) hours prior written notification to all employees at the affected facility that painting will be commencing. Contractor shall indicate when and where the painting will occur at the facility. A written strategy shall be submitted by the Contractor and should be approved by the engineer before commencing painting to avoid any paint over spray. The strategy shall also describe prevailing wind and any other conditions at the affected facility that could affect painting. The Contractor shall post signs at all entrances and in all parking areas at the affected facility to indicate that painting is in progress. 14.0 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS The Contractor shall maintain at the site, available to the District and engineer, one copy of the contract documents, drawings, shop drawings, change orders, and other modifications in good order and marked to record all changes made during construction. These documents shall be delivered in red ink to the engineer upon completion of the work. At the completion of all work, the Contractor shall furnish the engineer a complete set of as-built drawings marked with red ink. As-built drawings shall be prints of the contract drawings, marked to show all changes, additions, or modifications to the drawings brought about by the construction work. October 2017 134 SITE CONTROL

During the progress meetings, such record documents shall be reviewed to ascertain that all changes have been recorded as they occur. Final retention will not be released until all such As-builts are submitted and approved as being sufficient for the District s purpose. 15.0 CLEANING Throughout the period of construction, the Contractor shall keep the work site free and clean of all rubbish and debris, and shall promptly remove from the site, or from property adjacent to the site of the work, all unused and rejected materials, surplus earth, concrete, plaster, and debris, excepting select material which may be required for refilling or grading. 16.0 FINAL SITE CLEAN-UP Upon completion of the work, and prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall remove from the vicinity of the work all plant, surplus material, and equipment belonging to him or used under his direction during construction. Upon completion of construction activities, the Contractor shall return the site to as neat and safe condition as existed prior to mobilization. Wherever applicable, besides general broom cleaning, the following special cleaning shall be performed at completion of the work: A. Marks, stains, fingerprints, and other soil and dirt shall be removed from all work to the satisfaction of the engineer. B. All new equipment shall be cleaned and all stains, paint spots, and dust shall be removed. Before the facility goes on-line, all channels, pipes, basins, reservoirs, and tanks shall be cleaned. Where practicable, cleaning shall be by washing down, otherwise broom cleaning will be acceptable. The Contractor shall touch up or repair finished surfaces on structures, equipment, fixtures, or installations that have been damaged prior to final acceptance. Surfaces on which such touch-up or repair cannot be successfully accomplished shall be completely refinished or in the case of hardware and similar small items, the item shall be replaced. 17.0 WASTE DISPOSAL The Contractor shall dispose of all surplus materials, waste products, and debris and shall make all necessary arrangements for such disposal. The Contractor shall obtain all required permits and/or written permission from property owner prior to disposing surplus materials, waste products, or debris on private property. Ditches, washes, or drainage ways shall not be filled if this action may create water control problems. Disposal operations shall not create unsightly or unsanitary nuisances. The Contractor shall maintain the disposal site in a condition of good appearance and safety during the construction period. Prior to final acceptance of the work the Contractor shall have completed the leveling and clean-up of the disposal site. October 2017 135 SITE CONTROL

This page intentionally blank October 2017 136 SITE CONTROL

SECTION L FACILITY START UP AND PROJECT CLOSE OUT 1.0 EQUIPMENT START-UP After all acceptance tests have been completed by the Contractor and District but prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall recheck all equipment for proper alignment and adjustment, check oil levels, re-lubricate all bearings and wearing points, and in general assure that all equipment is in proper condition for regular continuous operation. 2.0 OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS The Contractor shall not install any item of machinery or process equipment until he has delivered to the engineer a copy of the manufacturer s installation instructions. Prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall furnish to the engineer the number of bound sets of the Operations and Maintenance Manuals as described in the Special Conditions, for all such equipment. 3.0 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS At the completion of all work, the Contractor shall furnish the engineer a set of as-built drawings. As-built drawings are prints of the contract drawings, marked to show all changes, additions, or modifications to the drawings brought about by the construction work. As-built drawings shall be submitted to the District prior to last progress payment request. 4.0 PLANT FACILITIES Before the facility goes on stream, if a 7-day test is not required, all channels, pipes, basins, reservoirs, and tanks shall be cleaned. Where practicable, cleaning shall be by washing down, otherwise broom cleaning will be acceptable. October 2017 137 FACILITY STARTUP AND PROJECT CLOSE OUT

This page intentionally blank October 2017 138 FACILITY STARTUP AND PROJECT CLOSE OUT

SPECIAL CONDITIONS 139

This page intentionally blank 140

1.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION It is the District's intent to have the Contractor construct the Headworks Fine Screen Replacement Project No. 139 as described in Section A Notice Inviting Bids and as described in the Specifications and shown on the Construction Drawings and as necessary to complete the project in its entirety. 2.0 SITE LOCATION The site of the work is located in: 27000 Pilot Rock Road Lake Arrowhead Ca 92352 3.0 SUMMARY OF WORK The work includes items as described in Specification Section 01010 Summary of Work. All material, supplies, equipment and labor, except those services expressly stipulated to be furnished by the District, shall be supplied by the Contractor. The Contractor shall leave the site in a neat and orderly condition. 4.0 CONTRACTOR S LICENSE REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall possess a valid Contractor's License issued by the State of California with a A Classification. All electrical work shall be performed under a valid Contractor s License issued by the State of California with a C-10 Classification. 5.0 SERVICES FURNISHED TO THE CONTRACTOR The District will provide the following services to the Contractor: 1. Material testing and compaction testing for specification compliance. The costs for retesting of work not conforming to the specifications shall be paid for by the Contractor. 2. Survey work required for execution of the project. The cost for additional staking to replace damaged, lost or otherwise missing stakes or hubs shall be paid for by the Contractor. 3. All easements and right-of-way. 6.0 WORK RESTRICTIONS All work shall be in compliance with the County of San Bernardino or USFS Noise Ordinance. 7.0 ENVIRONMENTAL Not Applicable 8.0 EARTHQUAKE INSURANCE Provisions on this type of insurance for coverage in excess of five (5) percent of the contract price, if required, are stipulated in the Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section B - Instructions to Bidders, "Earthquake and Tidal Wave Insurance". 9.0 SATURDAY, SUNDAY, HOLIDAY & NIGHT WORK No work shall be done between the hours of 5:00 p.m. and 7:30 a.m., nor on Saturdays, Sundays, or legal holidays except such work as is necessary for the proper care and protection of the work already performed, or except in case of emergency and, in any case, only with the written notice of the engineer. October 2017 141 SPECIAL CONDITIONS

The District will, without cost to the Contractor, provide inspectors during normal hours of work on an as needed basis. Normal hours of work shall be defined as hours between 7:30 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. any day, Monday through Friday of any week, provided, that all holidays observed by the District shall be accepted. If the Contractor elects to perform work at any time on the aforesaid holidays, at any time on a Saturday or a Sunday or after 5:00 p.m. and before 7:30 a.m. of any day Monday through Friday of any week, inspections will be provided by the District at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor shall submit a request to do so a minimum of 48 hours in advance. The amount to be charged to the Contractor for such inspectors will be the actual cost to the District as determined by the engineer. 10.0 CONTRACT DRAWINGS Drawing Nos. 01 through 12 (bound separately) accompany this specification and are made a part of the Contract Documents. 11.0 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The Contractor shall, as provided in the Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section A - Notice Inviting Bids, Part 10.0, "Liquidated Damages", pay to the District as fixed, agreed and liquidated damages for each calendar-day delay in completion of the work beyond the time agreed upon, the amount set forth in such section per calendar day. As provided in the Bidding and Contract Requirements, Section A Notice Inviting Bids, Part 10.1, "District Responsibility for Delays", Contractor will be compensated for damages incurred due to delays for which the District is responsible. The parties agree that determining Contractor s exact delay damages are and will continue to be impracticable and extremely difficult. As such, for each calendar day in excess of the time agreed upon completion of the work, the District shall pay to the Contractor the amount set forth in such section per calendar day. Such amount shall constitute the only payment allowed for any District caused delays and shall necessarily include all overhead, all profits, all administrative costs, all bond costs, all labor, materials, equipment and rental costs and any other costs, expenses and fees incurred or sustained as a result of such delays. Notice of requests for delay damages and additional days shall be provided to the District within five (5) calendar days from the commencement of the delays. 12.0 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A preconstruction conference will be convened after the construction schedule, as requested by General Conditions, Section I Progress of Work, Part 7.0,"Construction Schedule", necessary bonds and insurance certificates in proper form as required by the Bidding and Contract Requirements sections, including the Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Forms, Contract and Bond Forms have been delivered to and accepted by the Engineer. At the preconstruction conference, the Contractor shall provide the engineer and affected agencies with sufficient copies of a list of key or responsible personnel and how they may be reached at any time. The preconstruction conference shall be attended by the Contractor's superintendent, the District, the engineer or his representative, and representatives of utilities, major subcontractors, and others involved in the execution of the work. The purpose of this conference shall be to establish a working understanding between the parties and to discuss the construction schedule, shop drawing submittals and processing, cost breakdown of major lump sum items, applications for payment and their processing, and such other subjects as may be pertinent for the execution of the work. A Notice to Proceed shall be issued by the District after receipt of all required material and satisfactory completion of the preconstruction conference. The first workday of the project shall be as mutually agreed by the District and Contractor, but shall in no case exceed ten (10) working days October 2017 142 SPECIAL CONDITIONS

after the date of issuance of the Notice to Proceed. Irrespective of the first workday of the project, all work shall be completed within the specified number of calendar days as described in the Notice Inviting Bids. A. The Contractor shall provide a list of names, titles, addresses and telephone numbers of the Contractor's responsible personnel indicating those who may be reached outside of normal working hours. B. The Contractor's Superintendent shall be present at the meeting. 13.0 CONTRACTOR'S DAILY REPORTS The Contractor shall complete a daily report indicating manpower, major equipment, subcontractors, unusual occurrences, and etc., involved in the performance of the work. The daily report shall be completed on forms prepared by the Contractor and approved by the engineer, and shall be submitted to the resident engineer at the conclusion of each workday. 14.0 TRAFFIC CONTROL Not Required 15.0 EXISTING FACILITIES The Contractor shall take all precautionary measures necessary to protect all existing facilities which are to remain in-place from damage. Any existing facilities damaged by the Contractor's operations shall be expeditiously repaired or reconstructed to the engineer's satisfaction at the Contractor's expense without additional compensation. All District facilities shall remain in operation during construction, if applicable. 16.0 SHOP DRAWING TRANSMITTAL In accordance with the General Conditions, Section J Shop Drawing Submittal, Part 11.0, "Shop Drawings Submittal During Construction", shop drawings shall be submitted. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District P.O. BOX 700, Lake Arrowhead, CA 92352 27307 State Highway 189 Blue Jay, CA 92317 Ms. Aida Hercules-Dodaro (909) 336-7155 17.0 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS This Section includes procedural requirements for compiling and submitting operation and maintenance data required to complete the project. A. Service of Manufacturers Representative 1. Equipment furnished under Division 11, 13, 15 and 16 shall include the cost of a competent representative of the manufacturers of all equipment to supervise the installation, adjustment and testing of the equipment and to instruct the Owner s operating personnel on operation and maintenance. This supervision may be divided into two or more time periods as required by the installation program or as directed by the Engineer. 2. See the detailed specifications for additional requirements for furnishing the services of manufacturer s representatives. October 2017 143 SPECIAL CONDITIONS

3. A certificate in the form attached to this Section, from the manufacturer and signed by the Owner s representative stating that the installation of the equipment is satisfactory, that the unit has been satisfactorily tested, is ready for operation and that the operating personnel have been suitably instructed in the operation, lubrication and care of the unit shall be submitted for each piece of equipment indicated above. 4. For equipment furnished under other Divisions, furnish the services of accredited representatives of the manufacturer only when some evident malfunction or overheating makes such services necessary in the opinion of the Engineer. B. Operating Manuals 1. Six hard copies and two electronic (PDF) copies of complete sets of operation and maintenance instructions covering all equipment furnished under Divisions 11, 13, 15 and 16 shall be delivered directly to the Engineer. One set of originals must be part of the six sets of operation and maintenance instructions required, including original manuals covering components manufactured by others. The electronic version of the operations and maintenance instructions will include a PDF version of the instructions as well as all source files used to create the documents, such as Microsoft Word files and all associated graphics files (photographs, illustrations, CADD files, scanned images, etc.). All final CADD files must be bound, that is, include no x-ref file dependency. 2. The manual for each piece of equipment shall be a separate document with the following specific requirements: a. Contents: 1) Table of contents and index; 2) Brief description of each system and components, including all pertinent operating set points and parameters; 3) Starting and stopping procedures; 4) Troubleshooting guidelines and special operating instructions; 5) Routine maintenance procedures; 6) Manufacturer s operating and maintenance instructions, parts list, illustrations and diagrams; 7) One copy of each wiring diagram; 8) One copy of each approved shop drawing and each Contractor s coordination and layout drawing; 9) List of spare parts, manufacturer s price, and recommended quantity; 10) Name, address and telephone numbers of local service representatives. b. Material: 1) Loose leaf on 24 lb punched paper; 2) Holes reinforced with plastic cloth or metal; October 2017 144 SPECIAL CONDITIONS

3) Page size, 8-1/2-in by 11-in; 4) Diagrams, illustrations, and attached foldouts as required, of original quality, reproduced by dry copy method; 5) White, view binder 3-ring binders with inserted cover and spine labeling: oil, moisture and wear resistant 9-in x 12-in size. c. Submittals to the Engineer: C. Contents, Each Volume 1) Three preliminary copies of manuals shall be submitted to the Engineer no later than 15 calendar days following approval of the shop drawings for each piece of equipment. Provide six final copies of complete manuals prior to testing. 1. Table of Contents: Provide title of project, names, addresses and telephone numbers of Design Engineer, sub-consultants and Contractor with name of responsible parties; schedule of products and systems, indexed to content of the volume. 2. For Each Product or System: List names, addresses and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers; including local source of supplies and replacement parts. 3. Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts and data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information. 4. Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems, to show control and flow diagrams. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings. 5. Type Text: As required to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure, incorporating manufacturer s instructions specified. 6. Warranties and Bonds are as specified in Part I, Contract and Bidding Requirements. D. Manual for Materials and Finishes 1. Building Products, Applied Materials and Finishes: Include product data, with catalog number, size, composition and color and texture designations. Provide information for re-ordering custom manufactured products. 2. Instructions for Care and Maintenance: Include manufacturer s recommendations for cleaning agents and methods, precautions against detrimental agents and methods and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. 3. Moisture Protection and Weather Exposed Products: Include product data listing, applicable reference standards, chemical composition, and details of installation. Provide recommendations for inspections, maintenance and repair. 4. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual product specifications. 5. Provide a listing in Table of Contents for design data, is provided by Contractor, with tabbed flysheet and space for insertion of data. October 2017 145 SPECIAL CONDITIONS

E. Manual for Equipment and Systems 1. For each Item of Equipment and Each System provide the following: a. Overview of System and description of unit or system and component parts. Identify function, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions. Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests and complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. b. Panelboard Circuit Directories including electrical service characteristics, controls and communications and color coded wiring diagrams as installed. c. Operating Procedures: Include start-up, break-in and routine normal operating instructions and sequences; regulation, control, stopping, and shut-down and emergency instructions; and summer, winter and any special operating instructions. d. Maintenance Requirements: 1) Routine procedures and guide for trouble-shooting; disassembly, repair and reassemble instructions; and alignment, adjusting, balancing and checking instructions. 2) Servicing and lubrication schedule and list of lubricants required. 3) Manufacturer s printed operation and maintenance instructions. One set of six operation and maintenance instructions required must be the originals. 4) Sequence of operation by controls manufacturer. 5) Original manufacturer s parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams required for maintenance. e. Control diagrams by controls manufacture as installed. f. Contractor s coordination drawings, with color coded piping diagrams as installed. g. Charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve, keyed to flow and control diagrams. h. List of original manufacturer s spare parts, current prices and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. i. Test and balancing reports as specified. j. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual product specification. 2. Provide a listing in Table of Contents for design data, if provided by Contractor, with tabbed flysheet and space for insertion of data. F. Instruction of Owner Personnel 1. Before final inspection, instruct Owner s designated personnel in operation, adjustment and maintenance of products, equipment and systems, at agreed upon times. Where specified in technical specification for specific equipment or systems, the Contractor shall have instructions videotaped while they are being given to Owner s personnel. Videotaping shall be performed by a person or organization experienced in the production of tapes and shall include the entire October 2017 146 SPECIAL CONDITIONS

instruction session(s) and all questions and answers. All video shall clearly identify the scope and intent of the training in a clear video and audio format. All videotaping shall be recorded in a Hi8 or digital video format and be provided to the Owner on equipment or system specific compact discs. Tapes shall become the property of the Owner. 2. For equipment requiring seasonal operation, perform instructions for other seasons within six months. 3. Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. 4. Prepare and insert additional data in Operation and Maintenance Manual when need for such data becomes apparent during instruction. 18.0 SPECIAL PERMITS AND PLAN REVIEW The Contractor is responsible for checking with all Federal, State, and Local jurisdictions to acquire all applicable permit application forms, investigate and fill out and submit these forms and pay necessary fees for these permits. These shall include, but will not be limited to, encroachment, inspection, lane closure, fire sprinkler landscaping, and etc. permits. The Contractor shall also be responsible for preparing applications for Notice of Intent (NOI) to Obtain Coverage under the State NPDES General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction and for preparing a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) for the project. These will be prepared by the contractor for signature and submittal to the State by the ENGINEER. 19.0 POTHOLING FOR EXISTING UTILITIES It shall be the Contractor s responsibility to determine the exact location and depth of all utilities and service connections. He shall also determine the type, material, and condition of any utility which may be affected by or affect the work. The Contractor shall have all utility companies field locate all underground line before start of construction. In order to provide sufficient lead time to resolve unforeseen conflicts, order materials and take other appropriate measures to ensure that there is no delay in work, the Contractor shall expose ("Pothole") all utility mains that must be crossed or closely paralleled at least five (5) working days in advance of commencing construction. Contractor shall then immediately provide the location and depth of the potholed utilities to the engineer. The Contractor shall expose all service connections before excavation in the area. All cost incurred in exposing utilities shall be included in the appropriate bid item(s) listed on the Bidding Sheets. The Owner reserves the right to make minor adjustments in pipeline alignment and grade, all at no additional cost to the owner. Failure of the Contractor to comply with these provisions will result in an order to suspend work until these provisions are complied with, and no additional compensation will be allowed as a result of such suspension. 20.0 WORK BY OTHERS The District, utilities, and other contractors may be working within the project area while the Work is in progress. If so, the Contractor shall schedule his work so as to minimize interference with other projects and to make necessary connections with minimum cost and time delays. October 2017 147 SPECIAL CONDITIONS

The new screen will be tied into the existing SCADA system (Allend Bradley PLCs) with hardwired inputs to an existing PLC. The Owner will provide information on where to land these points. The Owner will also update the SCADA screens. The Contractor shall cooperate to make the necessary connections at a minimum cost and time delay for all involved. In the event of lack of agreement, the Engineer will determine how and where the interface shall be made and his decision shall be final. 21.0 RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR If any part of the Work depends on proper execution or results upon the work of others, the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Engineer any apparent discrepancies or defects in such work of others that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor to so inspect and report shall constitute an acceptance of the work of others as fit and proper except as to defects which may develop in the work of others after execution of the Work by the Contractor. October 2017 148 SPECIAL CONDITIONS

DIVISION 1 GENERAL

This page intentionally blank

DIVISION 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 01010 Summary of Work...01010-1,-1 01340 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples...01340-1,-1 01510 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls...01510-1,-6

This page intentionally blank

SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF THE WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGREEMENT Removal and disposal of existing step screen, control panel, fiberglass enclosure, and ancillary equipment; installation of new step screen, wash press w/screw conveyor, control panels, electrical work, and electrical work; and all incidental work as required by the Specifications and Construction Drawings; the District s Standard Specifications and Drawings; and permits or regulatory agency requirements to complete the project in its entirety. 1.02 COORDINATION Contractor shall plan, schedule and coordinate its operations and the contract work in a manner which will facilitate the simultaneous progress of Owner's operations and work included under other contracts outside the scope of these Contract Documents. 1.03 CONTRACTOR NOTIFICATIONS TO SUB-CONTRACTORS Contractor shall be solely responsible for notifying all his subcontractors regarding the provisions of the specifications that may affect their work or services to be provided under the contract. END OF SECTION 01010 Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\DIV1.DOC Summary of Work Section 01010-1

This page intentionally blank

PART 1 - GENERAL SECTION 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 1.01 SUMMARY This Section includes the preparation and submission of shop drawings, product data, and samples as specified herein and in the various sections of these specifications. The requirements specified herein are in addition to requirements for shop drawings, product data, samples, materials lists, substitutions of materials, or other submittals specified elsewhere in these specifications. The Conditions of the Contract and the other sections of Division 1 apply to this section as fully as if repeated herein. (Refer to "Special Provisions"). 1.02 GENERAL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. SCHEDULING: Extension of Contract time will not be granted because of the Contractor's failure to make timely submittals. Do not purchase materials or equipment or begin construction activities covered by the required submittals until submittals have been reviewed, approved, and returned. B. TRANSMITTAL: Accompany each submittal with a dated, signed and sequence numbered transmittal on forms prescribed by the Owner. Include information required by this form including project identification, name and address of Contractor and of subcontractor or supplier, a list of items included in the submittal, and identification of drawing numbers, specification section and paragraph numbers to which the submittal pertains, and space for Contractor's and Engineer's review and approval stamp. C. SETS AND COPIES: Provide for approval a minimum of three (3) paper copy sets of each required submittal or one (1) electronic submittal. 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA A. SHOP DRAWINGS: The term "shop drawings" as used herein includes fabrication and installation, layout and setting drawings; wiring and control diagrams; and other drawings. 1. Check and verify all field measurements and submit for review, with such promptness as to cause no delay in the Work or in that of any other contractor or subcontractor, all shop or setting drawings and schedules required for the construction activities of the various trades. 2. Drawings shall show all information required by the applicable technical section and shall be in sufficient detail as may be required Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\DIV1.DOC Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples Section 0340-1

to show that fabricated materials, equipment or systems, and the positions thereof conform to the Contract Documents. 3. Shop drawings shall establish the actual detail of fabricated items, indicate proper relation of adjoining construction, amplify design details of mechanical and electrical equipment in proper relation to physical spaces in the structure, and incorporate minor changes of design or construction to suit actual conditions. Shop drawings shall be drawn to scale and shall be completely dimensioned. 4. Prepare shop drawings on sheet of same size as contract drawings or on 8-1/2" x 11" three-hole punched vellum-type sheets suitable for both xerox and ozalid reproduction. 5. Each shop drawing shall have a title block containing the following information: (a) Name and location of the Project. (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) Name and address of the Contractor. Name and address of the subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor as applicable. Name and address of Owner. Date, scale of drawings and identification number. Space for the Contractor's review and approval stamp. 6. Submit seven (7) blue or black line prints and one reproducible transparency of each shop drawing. B. PRODUCT DATA: The term "product data" as used herein includes manufacturer's standard drawings, certificates of conformance, substantiating calculations and other data. 1. The data shall include all information required by the applicable technical section and shall be in sufficient detail to show that manufactured materials and equipment conform to the Contract Documents. 2. Catalog Cuts: Clearly mark each copy to indicate the product or model as well as optional sizes, finishes or other features proposed for use. Delete inapplicable data. 1.04 SAMPLE Furnish for review samples of the various materials, together with the finish thereon, as specified for and intended to be used on or in the Work. Submit samples to the Engineer for review before purchasing, fabricating, applying, or installing such materials and finishes. Submit samples, other than field samples, in duplicate. A cover letter shall accompany the sample and shall list all items being transmitted, designating their particular usage and location in the Work and shall be identified as to manufacturer, trade name, style, model. One approved sample will be returned to the Contractor. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\DIV1.DOC Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples Section 0340-2

Approval of a sample shall not be taken in itself to change or modify any contract requirement. Materials, finishes, and workmanship in the completed building shall be equal in every respect to that of the approved sample. 1.05 ENGINEER'S ACTION A. The Engineer will review the submittals with reasonable promptness, fourteen (14) calendar days maximum, and will affix the Engineer's initials or signature as follows: 1. Submittals stamped "NO EXCEPTION TAKEN" require no further action, and fabrication or construction may proceed. The Engineer will forward to the Contractor two (2) stamped copies of shop drawings, brochures, schedules, materials lists, and other product data, except where required otherwise for the Engineer's review, approval and distribution to the Contractor. 2. Submittals stamped "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED" or "APPROVED AS NOTED" require no further action, and fabrication or construction may proceed contingent upon all corrections being made as noted. Quantities returned will be as specified in paragraph 1.05.A.1. 3. Submittals stamped "REJECTED" or "REVISE AND RESUBMIT" require the Contractor to resubmit them with reasonable promptness, and no fabrication or construction may begin. The Engineer will return to the Contractor two (2) marked copies of shop drawings, brochures, schedules, materials lists, and other product data (all stamped). B. RESUBMITTALS: If first or subsequent submittal is stamped "REJECTED" or "REVISE AND RESUBMIT", corrective action shall be taken and resubmittal procedure shall be the same as for first submittal. Upon resubmitting, the Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than those corrections requested by the Engineer on the returned, original submittal or shop drawings. C. The Engineer will check and take action on such drawings and schedules only for conformance with the design concept of the Work and compliance with information given in the Contract Documents. When so directed by the Engineer or the Owner, the Contractor shall make corrections required. D. The Engineer's and Owner's review of shop drawings will be general only and shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors of any sort, for deviations from Drawings or Specifications, or for conflict with the construction activities of others that may result from such deviations. Engineer's and Owner's review of a separate item does not indicate a review of an assembly in which the item functions. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\DIV1.DOC Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples Section 0340-3

1.06 CONTRACTOR'S ACTION A. DISTRIBUTION COPIES: The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining required prints and for distribution to subcontractors. Distribution copies shall be made from the transparency bearing the Engineer's stamp. B. The Contractor shall check the drawings of his suppliers and subcontractors as well as his own drawings before submitting them. In particular, the Contractor shall ascertain that the drawings meet all requirements of the Contract Drawings and Specifications and conform to the structural and space conditions. If such shop drawings show variations from Contract Documents, whether because of standard shop practice or other reasons, the Contractor shall clearly describe such variations including other changes required to correlate the construction in his letter of transmittal. C. Each submittal by the Contractor shall have the following Certification Statement, signed by the Contractor: "Certification Statement: By this submittal, I hereby represent that I have determined and verified all field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, dimensions, catalog numbers and similar data and I have checked and coordinated each item with other applicable submittals and other requirements of the contract documents." D. Submittals shall be complete in all respects. If the submittals show any deviations from the requirements of the contract documents because of standard shop practices or other reasons, the deviations and the reasons therefor shall be set forth in the letter of transmittal. E. By submitting the submittals, the Contractor represents that the material, equipment, and other work shown thereon conforms to the contract documents, except for the deviations set forth in the letter of transmittal. END OF SECTION 01340 Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\DIV1.DOC Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples Section 0340-4

SECTION 01510 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION This Section includes the requirements for temporary facilities for the project work. Contractor shall provide the temporary facilities for the entire duration of the project work at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.02 FIRST AID AND PROTECTIVE FACILITIES First aid facilities and supplies shall be kept on the jobsite. Instructions in first aid shall be given, and Contractor shall provide emergency first aid treatment and supplies for his employees sufficient to comply with all legal requirements. 1.03 FACILITIES FOR EMPLOYEES Contractor shall, at his own expense, provide all labor, materials, equipment, and facilities which may be required to carry out effectively the provisions of these specifications. 1.04 POWER Provide all necessary power required for operations under the contract. The Contractor shall provide and maintain in good order such modern power equipment and installation as shall be adequate, in the opinion of the Owner, to perform in a safe and satisfactory manner the work required by the Contract. 1.05 SANITATION All parts of the work shall be maintained in a neat, clean, sanitary condition. Fixed and portable toilets, which are made inaccessible to flies, shall be provided wherever needed for use of employees, and their use shall be strictly enforced. All waste and refuse from sanitary facilities provided by the Contractor or from any source related to Contractor's operations shall be disposed of in a sanitary manner, satisfactory to the Owner, and in accordance with the laws and regulations pertaining thereto. Contractor shall rigorously prohibit and prevent committing of nuisance within the work site area or upon the Owner's right-of-way or adjacent to private property. Contractor shall furnish all facilities and means for proper sanitation of the work, and shall protect and safe harmless the Owner, its officers and employees from any liability resulting from improper or insufficient sanitation. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\DIV1.DOC Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls Section 01510-1

1.06 CONTRACTOR ACCESS AND WORK AREA A. CONTRACTOR'S ACCESS: The Contractor's access to the project site shall be through the public streets as shown on the Contract Drawings. The Contractor will not have access to private properties or private street except as specifically noted otherwise in these Contract Documents. No material stockpiling or staging will be allowed within public streets or public right-of-way unless materials that are to be installed on that day are stockpiled within the Contractor's work area only on that day. B. PROJECT LIMITS: the use of the project area will not be available beyond the limits of the project site as identified on the drawings. The Contractor must operate entirely within the limits of the project site unless specifically shown otherwise. C. ADDITIONAL WORK AREAS: The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and paying all cost in connection with any additional work area, storage sites, or access to the site, which may be required for proper completion of the work within the time of completion. D. RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT: It shall be understood that responsibility for protection and safekeeping of equipment and materials on or near the site will be entirely that of the Contractor and that no claim shall be made against the Owner or the Owner's authorized representatives by reason of any act. It shall be further understood that should any occasion arise necessitating access to the sites occupied by these stored material or equipment, the Engineer shall direct the Contractor owning or responsible for the stored materials and equipment to immediately move the same. E. CONTINUOUS ACCESS: The Contractor shall maintain continuous site access to all commercial and residential properties as well as public and private property. The Contractor shall install steel plates over open trenches to allow safe access as required. 1. Provide access to the properties in the work area at all times during construction. 2. Notify Owner in advance of any necessary closure to adjacent property and provide six hours notice to that affected properties. 3. Provide temporary structures as required for reasonable access to the adjacent properties. 4. At least one (1) lane on cross streets shall be available at all times for use of vehicles and emergency equipment. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\DIV1.DOC Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls Section 01510-2

1.07 DOCUMENTATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION A. PRE-CONSTRUCTION SURVEY: The Contractor shall perform a preconstruction survey of existing improvements within three days prior to construction. The survey shall include the following at a minimum: 1. Photographs of existing alignments and project site. 1.08 PROJECT CLEANUP A. CLEANUP REQUIREMENTS: 1. Maintain project site(s) in a neat and clean condition at all times. 2. Abate dust nuisance by cleaning, sweeping and sprinkling with water; and other means as necessary. 3. Prevent spillage on haul routes. 4. Immediately remove excess excavated material from pipe trench except for sufficient backfill material. 5. Remove forms and lumber from site immediately after stripping. 6. Do not discharge smoke, dust or other air contaminants into the atmosphere in such quantity as will violate the regulations of any legally constituted authority. B. COMPLIANCE: Failure of the Contractor to comply with the Owner's cleanup orders may result in an order to suspend work until the condition is corrected. No additional compensation will be allowed as a result of such suspension. C. FINAL CLEANUP: Upon completion of work and before the final estimate is submitted, the Contractor shall, at his own expense and cost, satisfactorily dispose of or remove from the vicinity of the work all plants, buildings, rubbish, unused materials, concrete forms, and other equipment and materials belonging to him or used under his direction during the construction, and in the event of his failure to do so, the same may be removed and disposed of by the Owner at the Contractor's expense. 1.09 TRAFFIC CONTROL A. CONTROL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES: Provide traffic warning signs, barricades, flagmen, and other control devices as required to maintain two-way traffic, over roadways in project work area. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\DIV1.DOC Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls Section 01510-3

B. AGENCY REQUIREMENTS: Investigate and adhere to traffic control and equipment of various agencies having jurisdiction over the right-ofway in the work area. C. COMPLIANCE: Costs for compliance with all traffic control provisions shall be considered as included in the bid unit price for various items, and no other compensation shall be made therefore. 1.10 TEMPORARY FENCING The Contractor shall provide temporary chain link fencing, as approved by the Owner, to secure and protect the project site. 1.11 SURFACE AND STORM WATER CONTROL The Contractor shall divert or otherwise control surface water and waters flowing from existing projects or structures from coming onto its work areas. The method of diversions or control shall be adequate to ensure the safety of stored materials and of personnel using these areas. Following completion of work under the Contract, ditches, dikes, or other ground alterations made by the Contractor shall be removed and the ground surfaces shall be returned to their former condition, or as near as practicable, in the opinion of the Owner. Surface and storm water that enters the Contractor's work area shall be controlled, treated, and disposed in a lawful manner. 1.12 DUST CONTROL The Contractor shall provide effective measures to prevent operations from producing dust in amounts damaging to personnel, property, Metropolitan plant operations, plants, or animals, and to prevent causing a nuisance to persons living or occupying buildings in the vicinity. Areas used by the Contractor for construction roads or other purposes in connection with the work shall be given an approved dust inhibiting surface treatment to avoid production of dust. This surface condition shall be continuously maintained during the entire construction period. The Contractor's construction facilities shall be operated in a manner ensuring minimum dust production. 1.13 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL The Contractor shall not discharge smoke, dust, or other air contaminants into the atmosphere in a quantity that exceeds the legal limit. The Contractor shall maintain equipment in proper mechanical adjustment to minimize the volume of exhaust emissions. 1.14 NOISE CONTROL The Contractor shall conduct operations to abate noise wherever possible and to minimize noise where complete abatement is not possible. To limit noise, construction Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\DIV1.DOC Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls Section 01510-4

vehicle equipment shall be kept in proper working order for the duration of the construction activities. 1.15 PROTECTION OF NEW AND EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS A. EXISTING FACILITIES: The general locations of existing utility installations shown on the drawings are those that are known to exist, but this listing shall not be construed as complete. B. PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES: Where existing piping, utilities, and structures are to remain in place, these facilities shall be temporarily supported and protected until the work has been completed, and compacted backfill has been placed to fully support them. Facilities adjacent to the work shall be protected in place when excavating in their vicinity. The support system shall prevent movement, dislocation, and deflection of the piping, utilities, and structures at all times. Supports and protection shall be designed by a civil engineer currently registered in the State of California and shall be acceptable to the owner of the improvement. C. UTILITY POTHOLING: The Contractor shall pothole to determine depth and location of existing pipelines and utilities underground. The Contractor shall determine clearance for aboveground utilities. D. MAINTAINING OF UTILITY SERVICE: Except as otherwise specified, the pipelines and utilities whose initial or subsequent alignment will be temporarily changed during construction shall be supported and maintained in operation throughout the Contract period. 1. The support system shall prevent movement, dislocation, and deflection of the piping and utilities at all times during the work. Supports and protection shall be designed by a civil engineer currently registered in the State of California. 2. Pipelines with temporary alignment may be relocated by the Contractor during construction for convenience; however, the pipelines shall remain in service at all times after initial installation except for the time required for relocation. 3. The Contractor shall notify the Owner a minimum of 7 working days in advance of each relocation of a pipeline. E. SURFACE PROTECTION FOR IMPROVEMENTS: The Contractor shall cover and protect finished surfaces of new or existing improvements with plywood, falsework, or other protective temporary works, as necessary. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\DIV1.DOC Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls Section 01510-5

F. NOTIFICATIONS: The following agencies shall be notified by the Contractor at least 2 working days in advance of performing work in the vicinity of their facilities. 1. Owner 2. All agencies having existing facilities in vicinity of project work. 1.16 RESTORATION OF IMPROVEMENTS Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall reconstruct existing roads to a condition equivalent to that which existed before the start of work. 1.17 SECURITY The Contractor shall be responsible for providing security within the work site as the Contractor deems necessary for the protection of its own equipment, materials, or work from vandalism or theft. The Owner will not be responsible for theft or damage to the Contractor's equipment, materials, or work. END OF SECTION 01510 Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\DIV1.DOC Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls Section 01510-6

DIVISION 2 SITE WORK

This page intentionally blank

DIVISION 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 02050 Demolition...02050-1,-7

This page intentionally blank

SECTION 02050 DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS A. This specification section covers the requirements for the demolition of various concrete structures and all mechanical and electrical equipment associated with the structures to be demolished 1.02 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this Section: 1.03 DEFINITIONS 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): A10.6, Safety Requirements for Demolition Operations. 2. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), U.S. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Title 29 Part 1926 Occupational Safety and health Regulations for Construction. 3. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), U.S. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Title 40: a. Part 61 National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants. b. Part 82 Protection of Stratospheric Ozone. c. Part 273 Standards for Universal Waste Management. A. ACM: Asbestos-containing material. B. DEMOLITION: Dismantling, razing, destroying, or wrecking of any fixed building or structure or any part thereof and the debris shall be removed from the jobsite. C. SALVAGE/SALVAGEABLE: Remove and deliver, to the specified location(s), the equipment, building materials, or other items so identified to be saved from destruction, damage, or waste; such property to remain that of Owner. Unless otherwise specified, title to items identified for demolition shall revert to Contractor. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\DIV2.DOC Demolition Section 02050-1

D. MODIFY: Provide all necessary material and labor to modify an existing item to the condition indicated or specified. E. RELOCATE: Remove, protect, clean and reinstall equipment, including electrical, instrumentation, and all ancillary components required to make the equipment fully functional, to the new location identified on the Drawings. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS: 1. Submit proposed Demolition/Renovation Plan, in accordance with requirements specified herein, for approval before such Work is started. 2. Submit copies of any notifications, authorizations and permits required to perform the Work. 3. Submit a shipping receipt or bill of lading for all containers of ACM shipped. 4. Submit a shipping receipt or bill of lading for all universal waste shipped. 1.05 REGULATORY AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. The work shall be accomplished by the Contractor in strict compliance with Cal/OSHA, and when applicable, demolition Work shall be accomplished in strict accordance with 29 CFR 1926-Subpart T. B. Comply with federal, state, and local hauling and disposal regulations. In addition to the requirements of the General conditions, contractor's safety requirements shall conform to ANSI A10.6. C. Furnish timely notification of this demolition project to applicable federal, state, regional, and local authorities in accordance with 40 CFR 61-subpart M. 1.06 DEMOLITION PLAN A. Demolition Plan shall provide for safe conduct of the Work and shall include: 1. Detailed description of methods and equipment to be used for each operation; 2. The contractor's planned sequence of operations, including coordination with other work in progress; Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\DIV2.DOC Demolition Section 02050-2

3. Procedures for removal and disposition of materials specified to be salvaged. 1.07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. The Work of this Specification shall not commence until the Contractor's Demolition Plan and schedule has been approved by Owner. B. The Work shall not commence until the contractor has obtained all federal, state and local permits required by law to undertake the Work and shall provide evidence of the permits to the Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXISTING FACILITIES TO BE DEMOLISHED OR SALVAGED A. FACILITIES: 1. All existing structures as indicated on the project plans. B. UTILITIES AND RELATED EQUIPMENT: 1. Notify Owner or appropriate utilities to turn off and/or cap affected services at least 48 hours before starting demolition activities. 2. Remove existing utilities as indicated and terminate in a manner conforming to the nationally recognized code covering the specific utility and approved by Engineer. 3. When utility lines are encountered that are not indicated on the Drawings, immediately notify Owner prior to any further work in that area. 4. Remove valves, meters and related equipment on affected water utilities and deliver to a location as determined by the Owner. C. STRUCTURE DEMOLITION: Only specified structures and facilities within the boundaries of Owner's property or easement shall be demolished and the debris shall be removed from the jobsite and transported to an appropriate waste disposal facility. D. PIPING AND EQUIPMENT DEMOLITION: Specified piping and equipment shall be severed, plugged and removed, at which time they shall become the property of the Contractor. Contractor is responsible to make proper arrangements with each affected utility prior to disconnection. Contractor shall properly cap any severed pipe facility at the limits of the demolition area, where it is to be abandoned in place. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\DIV2.DOC Demolition Section 02050-3

3.02 PROTECTION A. Contractor shall coordinate all demolition activities with the Owner and their designated representative. The remaining facilities at the site shall remain in service during demolition. Removal and plug of waterlines and drain lines shall be conducted during times of minimal impact to the operations at the site and with the approval of the Owner. B. NOISE CONTROL: 1. Operations shall be performed in a manner to minimize unnecessary noise generation and minimize disturbance to the neighboring residents while meeting all Owner and County noise abatement ordinances. All control measures shall be included in the Contractor s bid price for mobilization, and the measures to be used in noise suppression shall include (but are not limited to) 1. Equipping all internal combustion engines with critical residential silencers. 2. Shielding noise-producing equipment from nearby areas of human occupancy, and by locating equipment in positions which will direct the greatest noise emissions away from these areas. C. DUST AND DEBRIS CONTROL: 1. Prevent the spread of dust and debris and avoid the creation of a nuisance or hazard in the surrounding area. Do not use water if it results in hazardous or objectionable conditions such as, but not limited to, flooding or pollution. The use of water for dust control shall be in conformance with the local water quality control authority requirements. 2. All of Contractor s demolition activities shall comply with all State and County air quality rules and regulations, as well as other applicable state and federal dust control and air quality laws and regulations. 3. Sweep pavements as often as necessary to control the spread of debris that may result in foreign object damage potential to vehicular traffic. D. TRAFFIC CONTROL SIGNS: Where pedestrian and driver safety is endangered in the area of removal work, use traffic barricades with flashing lights. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\DIV2.DOC Demolition Section 02050-4

E. EXISTING WORK: 1. Survey the site and examine the Drawings and Specifications to determine the extent of the work before beginning any demolition or renovation. 2. Take necessary precautions to avoid damage to existing items scheduled to remain in place, to be reused, or to remain the property of Owner; any Contractor-damaged item/facilities shall be repaired or replaced as directed by Engineer. 3. Provide temporary weather protection during interval between removal of existing exterior surfaces and installation of new, to ensure that no water leakage or damage occurs to structure or interior areas of existing building. 4. Ensure that structural elements are not overloaded as a result of, or during performance of the work. Responsibility for additional structural elements, or increasing the strength of existing structural elements as may be required as a result of any work performed under this Contract shall be that of the Contractor. Repairs, reinforcement, or structural replacement must have the approval of an engineer registered in California. 5. The Contractor shall not overload pavements to remain. F. WEATHER PROTECTION: For portions of the building scheduled to remain, protect building interior and materials and equipment from weather at all times. Where removal of existing roofing is necessary to accomplish the work, have materials and workmen ready to provide adequate and temporary covering of exposed areas so as to ensure effectiveness and to prevent loss. G. TREES: Protect trees within site, which might be damaged during demolition or are indicated to be left in place, with a temporary fence (six feet high). The fence shall be securely erected a minimum of 5 feet from the trunk of individual trees or follow the outer perimeter of branches (drip line) of the tree or clumps of trees. Any tree designated to remain that is damaged during the work, shall be replaced in kind and size, as approved by Engineer. H. FACILITIES: 1. Protect electrical and mechanical services and utilities. Where removal of existing utilities and pavement is specified or indicated, provide approved barricades, temporary covering of exposed areas, and temporary services or connections for electrical and mechanical utilities. 2. Floors, roofs, walls, columns, pilasters, and other structural elements that are designed and constructed to stand without lateral support or shoring, and are determined by Contractor to be in Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\DIV2.DOC Demolition Section 02050-5

stable condition shall remain standing without additional bracing, shoring, or lateral support until demolished, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. 3. Protect all facility elements not scheduled for demolition. 4. Provide interior shoring, bracing, or support to prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of structure or element to be demolished and adjacent facilities. I. PROTECTION OF PERSONNEL: 1. During demolition, continuously evaluate the condition of the structure being demolished and take immediate action to protect all personnel working in and around the demolition site. 2. Provide temporary barricades and other forms of protection to protect Owner's personnel and the general public from injury due to demolition work. 3. Provide protective measures as required to provide free and safe passage of Owner's personnel and the general public to occupied portions of the structure. 3.03 DISPOSAL AND RECYCLING All items removed from the site shall be transported in a legal manner and disposed of at a legal disposal site. Asbestos-cement pipe shall be disposed of in accordance with all applicable laws, regulations and codes. The Contractor will be fully responsible for proper handling of this material. Proof of proper disposal will be required by the Owner before final payment is made. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper removal, handling and disposal of hazardous materials in accordance with all applicable laws, codes and regulations. 3.04 ABANDONMENT Where shown on the drawings, where specified herein, or as approved by the Owner, Contractor may select to abandon in place those existing facilities that are not required to remain in service and that will not otherwise interfere with execution of this Contract. 3.05 BACKFILL A. Clean demolition debris may be used for backfill material as approved by the Owner s geotechnical representative. B. Fill all excavated/disturbed areas with applicable fill material to the existing ground level. Area shall be graded so that the graded area blends Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\DIV2.DOC Demolition Section 02050-6

into the existing surrounding grade and complies with the Site drainage pattern. 3.06 DISPOSITION OF MATERIAL A. Do not remove equipment and materials without approval of Contractor's Demolition Plan by Owner. B. Remove salvaged items in a manner to prevent damage, and pack or crate to protect the items from damage while in storage or during shipment. Properly identify containers as to contents. C. Repair or replace items damaged during removal or storage. 3.07 UNSALVAGEABLE MATERIAL A. All material shall be disposed of off the site. 3.08 CLEANUP A. Debris and rubbish shall be removed and transported in a manner that prevents spillage on streets or adjacent areas. Local regulations regarding hauling and disposal shall apply. END OF SECTION 02050 Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\DIV2.DOC Demolition Section 02050-7

This page intentionally blank

DIVISION 9 FINISHES

This page intentionally blank

DIVISION 9 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 09871 Painting and Protective Coatings...09871-1,-12

This page intentionally blank

SECTION 09871 PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION The work included in this section consists of the furnishing of all labor, materials, apparatus, scaffolding, and all appurtenant work in connection with painting. A. WORK INCLUDED: In general, the following surfaces are to be painted or coated: 1. Exposed piping and other ferrous metal surfaces, interior and exterior. 2. All structural and miscellaneous steel. 3. All specifically designated concrete surfaces. 4. Equipment furnished without factory finished surfaces. 5. Recoating equipment to a specific color assignment. 6. All pumps, piping, gear heads and motors. 7. All equipment furnished with a factory applied or specified fusion bonded epoxy and intended outdoor use, shall be prepared and overcoated with a U.V. resistant coating as specified herein (System P2) whether specifically indicated or not. B. RELATED WORK NOT INCLUDED: In general, the following surfaces shall not be painted: 1. Non-ferrous metals and fiberglass unless otherwise noted or indicated. (Galvanized metal shall not be considered a non-ferrous metal.) 2. Concrete surfaces subject to pedestrian traffic (unless otherwise designated). 3. Electrical and mechanical equipment furnished with baked enamel surface and exempted by the Owner (unless otherwise designated). Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 9.doc Painting and Protective Coatings Section 09871-1

C. PAINT REQUIRED: In no case shall any concrete, wood, metal, or any other surface requiring protection be left unpainted even though not specifically defined herein. D. SCAQMD COMPLIANCE: The Contractor shall determine and the Owner (Inspector) shall verify that the products used on this project are in compliance with all current South Coast Air Quality Management Owner's requirements including volatile organic chemicals (VOC). E. PROTECTION OF THE WORK: 1. The Contractor shall take the necessary steps to protect the work of others during the time his work is in progress. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all damage to the work. 2. Motors, pumps, and other equipment that might be damaged by sandblasting and that are furnished with approved, factory-applied finish shall be solvent cleaned, lightly sanded to break the glaze, and given one (1) coat of painting System "P2" per Section 2.01 herein. The Owner shall be the final judge as to which equipment the above requirement applies. Color shall be as determined by the Owner. Paint shall not be applied while equipment is operating. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MATERIALS: 1. P-1, P-2 Paint: All materials specified by name and/or manufacturer, or selected for use under these specifications shall be delivered unopened at the job site in their original containers and shall not be opened until inspected by the Owner. Whenever a manufacturer's brand name is specified, it is intended to define the general type and quality of paint desired. Other coatings of the same type and of equal quality may be used only with prior written approval of the Owner. No coating, paint, varnish, epoxy or stain shall be reduced or applied in any way, except as herein specifically called for or if not specifically called for, then it shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's published recommendations. 2. P-11 Powder Epoxy: Epoxy shall be spray applied as a powder to heated metal by the Electrostatic Method, as specified herein. a. The fluidized bed or dipped method shall not be used. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 9.doc Painting and Protective Coatings Section 09871-2

b. Electrostatic Application Method: The powder shall be spray applied to the heated, grounded metal part which has been electrostatically charged by means of a current of approximately 1 1/2 amperes at 400 volts. After spray application of the epoxy powder, the part shall be reheated to the temperature and for the elapsed time specified by the coating manufacturer to ensure complete fusion and cure. Particular care shall be taken to protect non-ferrous masked parts. The finished product shall be carefully examined for epoxy interference on working parts and threaded holes or studs from receiving coating that will interfere with operation of the coated part. c. Fusion epoxy powder to be used in contact with potable water shall be in compliance with NSF-61. d. Thickness of Coating: The minimum dry coating thickness shall be 12 to 14 mils provided, however, that the thickness of coating in the grooves for valves of fittings designed to receive a rubber gasket shall be approximately 5 mils. 3. Liquid Epoxy: Where the size of the valve, part or other item is too large to be coated by the powder epoxy method with the written approval of the Owner, it shall be prepared in accordance with the requirements specified herein for System P12 and coatings shall conform to the following requirements. a. Preparation: The surface shall be prepared per SP-10. b. Thickness of Coating: The liquid epoxy shall be applied in multiple spray coats to a minimum total dry film thickness of 12 mils. c. Application and Cure: The first coat of liquid epoxy shall be spray applied to the prepared surface within four (4) hours after completion of sandblasting. All items to be coated and the epoxy to be applied shall be at a minimum temperature of 50 F. and a maximum surface temperature of 100 F. at time of application. The first coat shall be air-dried with adequate ventilation for five (5) days at a minimum temperature of 65 F. Subsequent coats shall be applied per the recoat specification of the manufacturer. B. COLOR SELECTION: All color sections shall be subject to approval of submittals by the Owner. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 9.doc Painting and Protective Coatings Section 09871-3

C. REJECTION: The completed coating will be inspected for quality, cure and mil thickness when received. Any color transfer, with or without acetone or MEK test would consider the P11 coating improperly or incompletely cured. Any deficiency in these areas as outlined in this specification will be cause for rejection. Recoating over existing deficient coating in the P11 system is not permitted. Removal of deficient coating, re-prep and recoating to meet the specification requirements is at the Contractor's expense and no additional cost to the Owner. D. PRIMER AND INTERMEDIATE COATS: Primer and intermediate coats of paint shall be unscarred and completely integral at the time of application of each succeeding coat. Each coat shall be subject to the inspection and approval of the Owner before the next succeeding coat is applied, and defective work of any kind shall be deemed sufficient cause for recoating the entire surface involved. 1.03 SUBMITTALS Sufficient time shall be allowed between coats to insure proper drying, unless these specifications or manufacturer's recommendations specifically state otherwise. Excessive time or exposure between coats shall not occur in cases where such excessive time or exposure will impair the bond between coats. Refer to manufacturer's product data sheets. Submit samples of field-applied paint and coating finishes, colors, and covering at least 60 days prior to start of such finishing operations. A. IDENTIFICATION: Label or tag each sample or set of samples identifying the manufacturer's name and address, brand name, catalog number, project title, and intended use. B. COLORS, PATTERNS, AND TEXTURES: For items required to be of selected and approved colors, patterns, textures, or other finish, submit sufficient samples to show the range of shades, tones, values, patterns, textures, or other features corresponding to the instructions and requirements specified. C. FACTORY FINISH COLORS: Colors of material specified to be furnished with a factory finish are subject to approval. Submit duplicate samples of factory finishes showing the full range of available colors for selection and approval. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 9.doc Painting and Protective Coatings Section 09871-4

PART 2 - PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS 2.01 PROTECTIVE COATING MATERIALS NSF P1 Epoxy Primer Tnemec Series L69 ICI Paints BAR-RUST 231 P1A Organic Zinc Primer Tnemec Series 90-97 (Shop Primer) Series 94 H20 (Field) CATA-Coat 302H Reinforced Inorganic Zinc P2 Polyurethane Finish Tnemec Series 1081 ICI Paints DEVTHANE 378H P3 Rubber primer Polyken Plicoflex P4 PVC 20-mil tape Polyken tape Plicoflex tape Denso Tape Systems P5 Coal Tar Epoxy Tnemec 46 H-413 ICI Paints DEVTAR 5A-HS P6 Coal Tar Mastic Tnemec 46-H 413 ICI Paints - DEVTAR 5A-HS P7 Epoxy Universal Primer Tnemec Series 27B ICI Paints DEVRAN 203 P8 Grease Chevron E.P. Roller Grease or Texaco Rust Inhibitive Grease P9 Heat Resistant Devoe HT-12 High Heat Silicone Silicone Aluminum Coating Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 9.doc Painting and Protective Coatings Section 09871-5

Thermox 230 P10 Vinyl Wash Primer Tnemec-Not required. See Tnemec Technical Memo #98-09 P11 Epoxy Coating - Powder 3M Scotchkote 134 P11A FBE Repair Coating 3M Scotchkote 314 P12 Epoxy Coating - Liquid Keysite 750 (White) Tnemec 20 or Series N140F P13 Waterproofing Regular Rainguard Regular Penetreat-50 Rainproof Okon Tnemec's Chemprobe dura Pel GS, Series 626 P14 Acrylic Latex ICI Paints DEVFLEX 4216HP Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 9.doc Painting and Protective Coatings Section 09871-6

Lake Arrowhead Community Services District Section 09871-7 Painting and Protective Coatings G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 9.doc 2.02 SURFACE PREPARATION AND COATING THICKNESS MIN. TOTAL DRY SURFACE FIRST SECOND THIRD FILM THICKNESS ITEM PREPARATION COAT COAT COAT (MILS) 1. Ferrous Metal Surfaces A. Exposed SP6 P1A P1 P2 11.0 B. Submerged SP10 P5 P5 -- 20.0 C. Underground SP3 P6 P6 -- 32.0 D. Subjected to High Temp. (300 +F.) SP6 P9 P9 -- 2.0 E. Wearing Surfaces None P8 -- -- 50.0 2. Steel Pipe A. Interior (if not CML) SP10 P11 -- -- 14.0 B. Exterior/Buried (if concrete encased) SP6 P7A -- -- 5.0 C. Exterior/Buried (if not CMC or concrete encased) P3 P4 (Coated and wrapped per current AWWA C-203) D. Exterior/Above Grade SP6 P1A P1 P2 (1) 11.0 3. Ferrous Metal Valves (AS DESCRIBED FOR ITEM 1) A. Exterior SP10 P11 or -- -- 12.0 B. Interior SP10 P12 (3) P12 P12 (1) 12.0 4. Black Steel Pipe (Buried) SP3 P3 P4 -- 40.0 5. Galvanized Surfaces A. Coated in addition to galv. SP3 P10 P1 P2 9.0 (Acid Wash & Wash Prime) (4) B. Buried SP3 P3 P4 -- 40.0 6. Structural Steel A. Shop Primed SP6 P1A P1 P2 10.0 B. Not Shop Primed SP6 P1A P1 P2 10.0 7. Mech. Equip. w/factory Finish Spot A. Field Applied Touch-up SP2 P7 P2 -- 5.0 (2) (1) Where required by manufacturer to meet minimum DFT requirement. (2) Check for coating compatibility with existing factory finish. (3) Only if necessitated by conditions. (4) If required by coating manufacturer.

2.03 COLOR AND PAINT SCHEDULE PROCESS DESCRIPTIVE MANUFACTURERS' PIPE SYSTEM COLOR CODING COLOR DESIGNATION LABEL All exposed piping not Desert Sands 04BR (as approp.) within building or structures Air, Low Pressure Light Green PPA30 Compressed Air (as approp.) psig Air, High Pressure Light Green PA30/ Compressed Air (over 50 psi) w/yellow Bands SC 01 (as approp.) psig Gas & LPG Light Yellow SC 01 Gas Wash Water Red 06 SF Wash Water Potable Water Light Blue 25 BL Water Supply Oil Lines Light Gray 10-1009 Supply Oil Drain Oil Lines Dark Gray 10-1092 Drain Oil Engine Cooling Lines Orange 03 SF Engine Cooling Water Sewage Pump Facility Green 09 SF All Piping Raw/Recycled/Irrig. Water Facility Purple 14 SF Al Piping The Owner reserves the right to make modifications to the color identifications schedule outlined above. Color designations indicated are per Tnemec and may be cross referenced. Contractor shall submit color charts to Owner for approval. 2.04 IDENTIFICATION OF PIPING A. PIPING SYSTEMS: Identification of piping systems shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A13.1, "Scheme for the Identification of Piping System," unless otherwise specified herein. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 9.doc Painting and Protective Coatings Section 09871-8

B. COLOR IDENTIFICATION: All exterior exposed and/or unburied pipe outside of a structure, including tubing, galvanized pipe, polyvinyl chloride pipe and fiberglass reinforced pipe, shall be painted "Desert Sands". Stainless steel pipe and all other pipe not readily receptive to a painted finish maybe left natural. Markers shall be adhesive type with extra strength and suitable for continuous duty at 250 and UV resistant. All markers shall have a protective silicone film. All piping within a structure shall be coated in the color indicated in the table above. Each utility shall be clearly labeled with 1" high lettering on piping 2" in diameter and larger; on pipes 1/2" to 2" in diameter the lettering height shall be 1/2 of the pipe diameter; on piping/tubing smaller than 1/2" diameter. A sheet metal band shall be formed around the pipe and extend 1" beyond on front and back to form a "Flag". The sheet metal "Flag Band" shall be 1" wide and made of a material that is not detrimental to the host piping. The front and back Flag shall be riveted together at each end to affix permanently to the host pipe. The lettering height on the "Flag" shall be 1/2". C. The unit suction/discharge piping, pumps, discharge heads and electric motors shall be painted light blue for potable water; green for sewage and purple for raw or recycled water (see "Color and Paint Schedule" in Section 2.03); and shall show flow arrows. Contractor shall submit color charts to Owner for approval. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. PAINT: 1. Surface Preparation: The Contractor shall examine carefully all surfaces to be finished and before beginning any of his work shall see that the work of the other trades has been left or installed in a workmanlike condition to receive paint. Metals shall be clean, dry, and free from mill scale, rust, grease, and oil. Except as otherwise provided, all preparation of metal surfaces shall be in accordance with Specifications SP-1 through SP-10 of the Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC). Grease and oil shall be removed by wiping with mineral spirits or naptha per Specification SP-1. Rust, scale, welding slag, and spatter shall be removed and the surface prepared by hand tool cleaning, power Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 9.doc Painting and Protective Coatings Section 09871-9

tool cleaning, or blast cleaning in accordance with the appropriate Specification SP-2 through SP-10. 2. Mixing: Paint containers shall be new, factory sealed and opened only when required for use. Paint shall be mixed only in designated rooms or spaces in the presence of the Owner. Paint shall be thoroughly stirred or agitated to uniformly smooth consistency suitable for proper application. In all cases, paint shall be prepared and handled in a manner to prevent deterioration and inclusion of foreign matter. B. LIQUID EPOXY COATINGS: Prior to coating preparation, all oil and grease shall be removed from the metal by caustic degreasing or steam cleaning. The surface shall be sandblasted to near-white metal in accordance with SSPC-SP10. In order to obtain maximum adhesion of epoxy coating, the grit used for blasting shall be coarse enough to impact a tooth in the metal equal to 25% of the thickness of the coating to be applied. The metal shall be cleaned, after sandblasting, with clean, dry compressed air. Use of rags to remove residual dust after sandblasting will not be permitted. Epoxy coatings shall be mixed only as needed and any material not used during manufacturer's published "pot life" shall be discarded. C. VENTILATION: The Contractor shall not permit painting to begin in enclosed places until a forced draft ventilation system of sufficient air volume has been placed in operation. D. POWDER EPOXY: The Contractor shall specifically verify the coating applicator's qualifications before subcontracting the work to him. Where the size of the valve or other item is not too large, it shall be coated by the electrostatically sprayed powder epoxy method. Application of powder epoxy shall conform to the following requirements: E. PREPARATION: Prior to coating preparation, all oil and grease shall be removed from the metal by caustic degreasing or steam cleaning. The surface shall be sandblasted to near-white metal in accordance with SSPC- SP10. In order to obtain maximum adhesion of epoxy coating, the grit used for blasting shall be coarse enough to impact a tooth in the metal equal to 25% of the thickness of the coating to be applied. The metal shall be cleaned, after sandblasting, with clean, dry compressed air. Use of rags to remove residual dust after sandblasting will not be permitted. F. PREHEATING: Areas that are not to be coated shall be masked using 500 F. masking tape, similar to Permacel, as manufactured by Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company. The part to be coated shall be placed in an oven and preheated to the temperature specified by the epoxy manufacturer. An accurate temperature measuring device such as a Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 9.doc Painting and Protective Coatings Section 09871-10

pyrometer shall be used to determine the substrate temperature. The epoxy powder shall then be applied by the electrostatic spray method. G. CURING: Then the coated piece shall be reheated in the oven to the temperature and for the duration prescribed by the coating manufacturer. The powder epoxy shall be applied to the full DFT in one coat. Once the coating process is complete, the DFT will be verified by the coating applicator's quality control personnel and documented. The documentation shall be made available to the Owner. The coating quality and thickness will be verified by the Owner at the coating facility or at the site after delivery. Should the DFT be insufficient or substandard in any way, the original FBE coating will be completely removed and the part recoated to specifications at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.02 APPLICATION OF PAINT. The applicator of the paint shall be qualified and have had past experience in successfully applying the type or types of coatings and under similar conditions that he will be required to meet in this contract. The Contractor shall verify the paint applicator's qualifications before subcontracting the work to him. No painting shall be done under windy or dusty conditions, during or immediately after a rain, during rainy weather, or when the temperature is less than 50 F. Except that prime coats shall be applied by brush and well worked into the surface, paint may be applied by brush, roller, or spray, unless the manufacturer's recommendations or these specifications call for some particular type of application. Where spray application is used, each coat of paint shall be applied to a thickness equivalent to a brush coat application at a coverage not greater than that specified by the manufacturer for a brush coat application. All work shall be done in workmanlike manner, leaving the finished surfaces free from drops, runs, waves, holidays, laps, voids, or brush marks. Drop cloths, masking and other coverings shall be so placed at all times as to protect floors and other surface from spatter and droppings. Hardware, switch-plates, lighting fixtures, nameplates, brass fittings and similar articles which are not to be painted shall be masked off or removed completely. After completion of painting, any spatter or droppings shall be removed. The number of coats or mils specified is the minimum to be applied. Irregular spots and holidays between coats shall be touched up, and additional coats shall be provided if required to produce a finished surface of solid, even color, free from overspray and defects. The total thickness of the coating shall be as specified. Additional coats of paint shall be added if necessary to bring the total thickness up to not less than that specified. No holidays shall be left in the finished product. Particular care shall be used to assure that the specified coverage is secured on the edges and corners of all surfaces. Additional brush coats shall be applied if necessary to cover the edges and corners. The Contractor shall control and check the dry film thickness of the coatings on metal surfaces with a correctly calibrated thickness meter and shall check for holidays with a low-voltage Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 9.doc Painting and Protective Coatings Section 09871-11

holiday detector. The Owner may use the Contractor's meter and detector for additional checking. Damaged paint or scratched painted surfaces shall be sanded smooth before repainting. Sanding areas to be repainted shall be done to such a degree and in such a manner that all evidence of the scratches or damages are obscured and the proper DFT is achieved. 3.03 CLEAN-UP Upon completion of his work, the painting contractor shall remove his surplus materials. All paint spills shall be removed entirely and completely and the entire premises shall be free from rubbish, debris, etc. caused by his work. He shall present the work clean and free from blemish so that it is acceptable in every way. Spills and cleanup residue must be prevented from penetrating the soil. 3.04 PAINT TO BE PROVIDED TO OWNER At the end of the project, the Contractor shall turn over to the Owner; one unopened gallon can of each type and color of paint, catalyst primer, thinner, or other coating used in the field painting. If the manufacturer packages the material concerned in gallon cans, then it shall be delivered in unopened labeled cans as it comes from the factory. If the manufacturer does not package the material in gallon cans, and in the case of special colors, the materials shall be delivered in new gallon containers, properly closed with typed labels indicating brand, type, color, etc. The manufacturer's literature describing the materials and giving directions for their use shall be furnished in three (3) bound copies. A typewritten inventory list shall be furnished at the time of delivery. 3.05 WARRANTY INSPECTION Warranty inspections shall be conducted during the eleventh (11th) month following completion of all coating work. All personnel present at the pre-job conference shall be present at this inspection. All defective work shall be repaired in strict accordance with this specification and to the satisfaction of the Owner. END OF SECTION 09871 Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 9.doc Painting and Protective Coatings Section 09871-12

DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT

This page intentionally blank

DIVISION 11 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 11330 Fine Screen and Washing System...11330-1,-14

This page intentionally blank

SECTION 11330 FINE SCREEN AND WASHING SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall furnish and install the Step Screen(s) (Model SSF-HE 3000x426x6) and Wash and Press (WAP-2) screenings washer as shown in the design drawings. The screen and screenings washer shall be manufactured from 316 Ti (DIN 1.45711 stainless steel shapes and sheets and shall both be produced by the same manufacturer to ensure compatibility. The step screen shall not operate on a continuous basis. The screen controls shall enable the screen to be operated based on the differential between the water levels upstream and downstream of the screen. Ultrasonic level detectors shall be located upstream and downstream of the step screen to monitor water levels in the channel and initiate an operating cycle through the PLC. B. The step screen shall discharge the screenings to a WAP screenings washer. The screenings washer shall reduce the putrescible organic content of the screenings and shall dewater, compact, and transport the screenings to a dumpster furnished by the Owner. Controls for the screen and screenings washer shall be incorporated in a single duplex control panel. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publications: 1. Section A36: Structural Steel Specifications. 2. Section A48: Gray Iron Casting Specifications 3. Section A322: Carbon and Alloy Steel Bar Specifications. B. Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association (AFBMA): 1.03 SUBMITTALS 1. Standard 9-90 Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings. 2. Standard 11-90 Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings, A. The following information shall be submitted to the Engineer, In accordance with General Conditions, copies of all materials required to establish compliance with this Section. Submittals shall include the following: Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 11.doc Fine Screen and Washing System Section 11330-1

B. Product Data: Include the following: 1. Descriptive literature, brochures, and/or catalogs of the equipment. 2. Motor characteristics and performance information. 3. Gear reducer data including service factor, efficiency, torque rating, and materials. 4. Parts list including a list of recommended spare parts. C. Shop Drawings: Include the following: 1. Manufacturer's certified shop and erection drawings. 2. Wiring and schematic diagrams. D. Operations and maintenance manual: See General Conditions. E. Installation reference list. F. Equipment weights and lifting points. G. Recommendations for short and long term storage. H. A copy of the manufacturer's warranty. I. Failure to include all drawings applicable to the equipment specified in this section will result in rejection of the entire submittal with no further review. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. To ensure quality, conformance, and reliability with regard to the manufacturing and production of the machinery described in this section, the equipment manufacturer shall meet the requirements listed in this section: B. All operations and manufacturing functions shall comply with IS0 9000 Certification. C. All operations and manufacturing functions shall comply with IS0 14001 Certification. D. The screen and screenings washer shall be the product of one manufacturer to establish "system responsibility". E. Screens and screenings washers are the manufacturer's standard cataloged product and modified to provide compliance with the drawings, specifications, and the service conditions specified. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 11.doc Fine Screen and Washing System Section 11330-2

F. All welding is performed in accordance with American Welding Society (AWS) D1.l Structural Welding Code, or equivalent. G. The screen manufacturer shall provide the screen, wash press, motors, gear reducers, controls, control panels, and lifting attachments as a complete integrated package to ensure proper coordination, compatibility, and operation of the system. H. Provide services of a factory-trained Service Technician, specifically trained on the type of equipment specified. Service Engineer requirements include, but are not limited to the following: 1. The Service Technician must be present on as described in Section 3.02 Field Inspection and Testing. The man-hours on site are exclusive of travel time and do not relieve Contractor of the obligation to place equipment in operation as specified. 2. Inspect and verify the location of anchor bolts, placement, leveling, alignment, field erection of equipment, as well as control panel operation and electrical connections and at the installation. 3. Provide classroom and/or field training on the Operation and Maintenance of the equipment to operating personnel. These instructions may include the use of slides, videos, literature, and or oral presentations. 4. The manufacturer shall provide field service rates to the Owner and the Contractor. In the event that the field service time required by this section is not sufficient to properly place the equipment into operation, additional time shall be purchased by the Contractor to correct deficiencies in installation, equipment, or material without additional cost to the Owner. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. All equipment shall be shipped and delivered fully assembled, except where partial disassembly is required in order to conform to transportation regulations or for the protection of components. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the unloading of the machinery and must have equipment on-site available at the time of delivery that is capable of hoisting the units from an open-top container. 1.06 ENGINEER'S APPROVAL A. Equipment manufacturers must submit a pre-approval package to the Engineer two (2) weeks prior to the Bid date to be considered an acceptable bidder. The Contractor will be responsible to provide all additional engineering including modified drawings showing a proposed, successful installation that can be Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 11.doc Fine Screen and Washing System Section 11330-3

approved by the engineer. In addition, the Contractor will be responsible for any and all additional costs to install the approved equal equipment, including any and all mechanical, air, and electrical connections. In order to gain Approval, the manufacturer shall submit the following information and supporting documentation: 1. Standard equipment drawings showing the equipment meeting the specifications in this section. If the proposed equipment does not meet these specifications, the deviations from the specification must be noted. All of the deviations shall be listed on a single document. 2. Detailed installation drawings illustrating how the proposed screen and screenings washer fit in the channel. The drawings shall include plan, elevation, and sectional views of the installation. The drawing shall include details of the intermediate chute between the step screen and the screenings washer, details of the seal between the screen and the side walls, details of the screen linkage arrangement, and details of the anchor bolt locations. 3. Hydraulic calculations and flow curves for the proposed screen, which verify that the screen is capable of processing the peak flow. 4. Chains and sprockets are not permitted. If a manufacturer's design includes chains and sprockets, the minimum sprocket elevation must be identified on the detailed installation drawing in the elevation and sectional views. 5. Motor characteristics and performance information. 6. An installation reference list including contact names and phone numbers 7. A complete bill of materials for all equipment 8. A description of the surface preparation process including the manufacturer's pacifying process for the stainless steel welds. 9. Details of the torque overload device. 10. A list of the required maintenance for all equipment including an approved list of lubricants and the required quantities. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 11.doc Fine Screen and Washing System Section 11330-4

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Screen 1. Vertical Step Screen, Model SSF-HE 3000x426x6 as manufactured by Huber Technology, Inc., or Approved Equal. 2. Engineer Approved alternate manufacturers, as described in 1.06 Engineer's Approval B. Screenings Washer 1. Wash and Press, Model WAP-2, as manufactured by Huber Technology, Inc., or Approved Equal. 2. Engineer Approved alternate manufacturers, as described in 1.06 Engineer's Approval. 2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. The Step Screen shall be capable of processing domestic wastewater given the design conditions shown in the drawings. There shall be no less than 1 ft of freeboard when installed in the headworks channel. B. The effective screen area shall have a minimum of 75% free open area for water flow. The open space between the screening blades shall be 1/4" inches (6 mm). The step screen shall transport screenings to an intermediate discharge chute without the use of brushes or spray washers. The discharge chute shall direct the screenings into the Wash and Press hopper. The base of the screenings washer shall be mounted at an elevation as shown on the Drawings. C. The step screen shall be capable of processing the peak flow without exceeding the maximum upstream water level based on a 35% reduction of the screen's free open-area. D. The Wash and Press screenings washer shall be capable of processing 35 ft 3 /hr of screenings. The dewatered screenings shall contain less than 65 % moisture content and shall be discharged at an elevation as shown on the drawings. E. The equipment specified herein shall be standard equipment manufactured for use in a municipal wastewater treatment plant, specifically to separate suspended debris (screenings) from the raw influent and subsequently reduce the amount of fecal matter associated with the screenings. The Step screen and screenings washer shall be fabricated by the same manufacturer to ensure compatibility and provide system responsibility. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 11.doc Fine Screen and Washing System Section 11330-5

2.03 STEP SCREEN DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS A. MATERIALS 1. The step screen shall be manufactured from 316 Ti (DIN 1.4571 1 austenitic stainless steel shapes (rods, angles, and channels), pipes, and sheets. Welded fabrications involving plates thicker than 5/8" thick shall be manufactured from 316 L (DIN 1.4404) stainless steel. All mechanical parts shall be designed to handle the forces that may be exerted on the screen during fabrication, shipping, erection, and operation. 2. The step screen shall undergo a pickling and/or pacification process to ensure maximum resistance to corrosion. B. FRAME 1. The frame shall be fabricated from 1/5" (5 mm) thick 316 Ti (DIN1.4571) stainless steel. The screen frame shall accommodate the step blade packages, step blade support bars, channel sealing strips, covers, eccentrics, and drive unit including gear motor and drive shaft. 2. The frame shall be accurately set into position in the channel and shall be capable of supporting the entire screening assembly when suspended from the pivot shaft attached to the support legs. The screen shall be set at an angle of 50 degrees from the horizontal. 3. The frame sides shall form the supports for cover panels at the sides, the front, and the back of the screen. The frame sides also shall be fully welded to the base sole plate, the stationary step blade cross member brackets and the drive console. The drive console shall be designed to accommodate and protect the drive mechanism for the moveable step blade package. C. STEP SCREEN BLADES 1. The moveable step blades shall be cut from 1/12" (2 mm) thick cold-rolled stainless steel sheets. The front-face of the step blade shall have 3 1/2" risers and 2" treads offset by 90 degrees in a continuous pattern inclined at a 30 degree angle from the rear-face of the step blade. The rear-face of the moveable step blade shall have a series of saw-tooth patterns cut into the straight edge of the step blade to slice through any debris that may accumulate on the cross member supports for the stationary step blades. Each saw-tooth pattern shall consist of ten (10) angular cuts in succession, resulting in a 7 7/8" (200 mm) long serrated edge along the rear-face of the step blade. Each cut shall consist of a 13/16" (20 mm) straight length Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 11.doc Fine Screen and Washing System Section 11330-6

angled 14 degrees off the rear step blade straight edge followed by a 1/5" (5 mm) cut perpendicular to the straight edge. 2. The front-face of the toe of the moveable step blade shall have six (6) angular cuts resulting in a saw-tooth pattern similar to those described in 2.01 C.1. The upper discharge end of the moveable step blade shall be fitted with a two piece plastic jacket to provide additional support to the screenings to be discharged. The resulting tolerance between the plastic jacket and the adjacent stationary step blade shall be 0.04" (1 mm). The moveable step blades shall be mounted in a series of cross member brackets anchored to the moveable side plate. 3. The stationary step blades shall be manufactured from 1/12" (2 mm) thick cold-rolled stainless steel sheets. The toe of the stationary step blades shall be extended forward to fasten the step blade in the alignment comb located at the top of the bottom step face plate. The toe of the stationary step blades shall be reinforced on both sides using a 7" (178 mm) long by 1 1/4" (32 mm) tall piece of stainless steel 1/12" (2 mm) thick. The stationary step blades shall be mounted in a series of cross member brackets anchored to the step screen frame. 4. The effective screening area of the step screen shall be produced by alternating stationary step blades with moveable step blades and spacing the step blades 1/4" (6 mm) apart. The open space between the lamina is maintained by 3 inch long HDPE inserts mounted along the length of the moveable step blades at a distance not less than 2 ft apart. The resulting effective screening area shall have a minimum of 75% free open-area. 5. The movable step blades lift the screenings to the next higher stationary step with each rotation cycle of the gear motor. The number of rotation cycles performed in each operating cycle is dependent upon the hydraulic conditions in the channel. After completion of an operating cycle, the step blades shall come to rest in the home position such that the horizontal surface of the step blades are aligned across the width of the channel. A proximity sensor shall send a signal to the PLC when the moveable step blades are in their home position causing the gear motor to stop step blades and hold them in alignment. D. HOME-POSITION PROXIMITY SENSOR 1. The home-position proximity sensor shall send a signal to the PLC that shall cause the gear motor to stop the rotation of the moveable step blade package, when it is aligned with the stationary step blade package. The signal shall be generated when the metal flag attached to the eccentrically rotated block passes the frame mounted sensor. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 11.doc Fine Screen and Washing System Section 11330-7

2. The mounting mechanism of the sensor shall be adjustable to enable the moveable step screen package to be stopped in the proper location. 3. The proximity sensor shall be a normally open inductive proximity sensor with voltage limits ranging from 20 to 264 volts. 4. The proximity sensor shall be a Telemecanique Model XS2-M18MA230, or approved equal. E. LINKAGE SYSTEM 1. The step screen shall be designed with a linkage system on each side of the unit that transfers the rotation of the gear motor to the moveable step blade package. Each linkage system shall consist of an eccentrically rotated rectangular block, a flange bearing, eccentric pin with upper cable connection, lower cable connection to lower linkage arms with and bushings. Chain drives are not acceptable. 2. The rectangular stainless steel block shall be approximately 6" long by 3 112" high by 2" thick with two (2) 2" diameter clamping connections and associated keyways bored through the block. One connection is clamped to the drive shaft of the gear motor, thereby causing the rectangular block to eccentrically rotate around the drive shaft. The other connection is clamped to the flange bearing stub shaft mounted on the moveable side plate. 3. The moveable side plate shall carry the moveable step blade package through the circular step motion imparted by the eccentrically rotated rectangular block. The circular motion of the moveable side plate is stabilized by the lower linkage arms as it follows its travel path. 4. Each moveable side plate shall be maintained in position and connected to the step screen frame through two sets of lower linkage mechanisms (left and right side). On each side of the lower end of the step screen, two linkage arms rotating around a common shaft piece to make a knee joint connecting to the pulling cable. The other end of one lower linkage arms rotates around a stub shaft bolted to the moveable side plate. The other end of the second linkage arm rotates around stub shafts bolted to the step screen frame. Chain drives shall not be accepted. F. GEAR MOTOR DRIVE MECHANISM 1. The drive unit shall be a gear motor rated for continuous duty and shall be selected to match the requirements of the particular screen. The drive motor shall be totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC) unit, sized and designed for the application in a Class 1, Division 2 area. The motor shall be a Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 11.doc Fine Screen and Washing System Section 11330-8

constant speed unit rotating at 1680 rpm, and shall be powered by 2301460 VAC, 60 Hz, 3 phase power. 2. The drive unit shall be direct coupled to the screen drive shaft through the gear box. The gear box housing shall be constructed from ASTM A-48, Class 30 cast iron. The drive unit shall be sealed from the screenings transport area with a stainless steel plate, which is welded to the frame and forms the drive console. 3. Nominal and minimum motor efficiencies shall comply with NEMA MG 1. The gear box shall be designed for AGMA Class 11, 24 hour duty. 4. The screen shall be equipped with electronic overload protection to stop the screen and initiate an alarm in the event of a current overload. G. COVERS 1. The step screen shall include 316 Ti (DIN 1.45711) stainless steel covers for odor control and general plant safety. The covers shall extend from the deck level to the top of the screen. The covers on the front of the screen shall be easily removable and shall include a keyed locking mechanism. The covers on the sides and the back of the screen shall be fastened in place by screws. 2.04 SCREENINGS WASHER DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS A. MATERIALS 1. The Wash and Press (WAP) screenings washer shall be manufactured from 316 Ti (DIN 1.4571) austenitic stainless steel shapes (rods, angles, and channels), pipes, and sheets. Welded fabrications involving plates thicker than 5/8" (16 mm) thick shall be manufactured from 316 L (DIN 1.4404) stainless steel. All mechanical parts shall be designed to handle the forces that may be exerted on the screenings washer during fabrication, shipping, erection, and operation. 2. The screenings washer shall undergo a pickling and pacification process to ensure maximum resistance to corrosion. All stainless steel components and structures shall be "pickled", or soaked in a chemical bath of nitric acid and hydrofluoric acid maintained at a temperature of 120 degrees Celsius to remove any residues that may be present on the material as a result of forming, manufacture, or handling. After removal from the pickling bath, the equipment must be washed with a high-pressure wash of cold water to remove any remaining surface debris and promote the formation of an oxidized passive layer which is critical to the long life of the stainless steel. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 11.doc Fine Screen and Washing System Section 11330-9

B. SCREENINGS WASHER BODY 1. The screenings washer body shall be fabricated from 1/8" (3 mm) thick 316 Ti (DIN 1,4571) stainless steel. Washer body shall include a nominal 4' x 1' (1200 mm x 30mm) trough opening for screenings deposit. A level mounting flange shall be provided around the trough for the transitional hopper that directs the screenings into the trough of the screenings washer. The hopper shall be fabricated from 1/10" thick stainless steel. 2. The screenings washer body shall house the center-washing shafted screw, shall include two (2) 3/4" diameter wash water connections in the washing zone, one (1) 3/8" diameter connection in the screenings trough, and shall include connections to mount the drain pan to collect the spent wash water. 3. The screenings washer body shall include 1/5" (5 mm) diameter perforations spaced 2/5" center-to-center in a vertical alignment in the washing and compaction zones to drain the excess wash water and filtrate water pressed from the screenings to the drain pan. 4. The screenings washer body shall be equipped with not less than six (6) guide bars made of Hardox 400 Abrasion resistant plate. The guide bars shall be bolted from the outside of the tube for easy access and removal. The guide bars shall be at least 6 inches long and the thickness shall be not less than 3/8 inches. Welded guide bars shall be not allowed. C. SHAFTED SCREW 1. The shafted screw shall transport the screenings from the trough area into the main washing zone and shall force the compacted screenings out the discharge pipe. The shafted screw shall be fabricated from 316 Ti (DIN 1.4571 1 stainless steel. The shaft shall accept wash water from the manifold and shall discharge into the washing zone through four (4) 115" (5 mm) diameter openings. 2. The screw flights shall have a minimum thickness of 1/5" (5 mm) in the trough area, a thickness of 2/5" (10 mm) in the perforated washing zone, and a thickness of 4/5" (20 mm) in the compression zone. The screw includes a 6 inch flight pitch in the trough area and washing zone, and a 4 inch pitch in the compaction zone. The last flight of the screw shall have a 10 mm thick flight made from Hardox 400 abrasion resistant plate welded to the surface of the 10 mm thick stainless steel flight to reduce wear resulting from compaction of the screenings. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 11.doc Fine Screen and Washing System Section 11330-10

3. A stainless steel backed brush with nylon bristles shall be attached to the shafted screw with stainless steel holder clips and fasteners for the full length of the perforated washing zone. D. PLANT WATER MANIFOLD 1. The screenings washer shall be equipped with a manifold to provide plant water to the different washing inlet locations. The screenings washer shall be provided with not less than three (3) separate connections for injecting wash water into the screenings. One of the three injection locations must be from the center shaft of the screw to ensure that the wash water penetrates the entire screenings plug. The unit shall be designed to accept wash water from the facility's non-potable water system, which is sourced from final plant effluent. 2. Wash water connections shall be sized and positioned by the unit manufacturer. Maximum water consumption for the unit shall be 25 gallons per minute. Water pressure required at the connection to the unit for proper unit operation shall be not less than 50 psig. 3. The main wash water supply line to the wash and press unit shall be provided with three (3) 1" diameter Burkert Type 5282 normally-closed solenoid valves with maximum operating pressure of 125 psig. The solenoid valves shall be independently controlled by the PLC in the control panel. One solenoid valve shall supply wash water directed against the rotation of the screw flights in the inlet hopper. The second solenoid valve shall direct wash water into the wash press manifold, and the third solenoid valve shall supply wash water to the drain pan beneath the screenings washer body. 4. The drain pan shall collect the spent wash water and filtrate water squeezed from the screenings. The drain pan shall be fabricated from 1/10" thick stainless steel and shall connect to the screenings washer body shall with stainless steel clasps for easy removal. 5. The drain pan shall include a 3/4" threaded inlet connection for wash water from the manifold to flush the trough for cleaning purposes. A 3 inch drain shall be provided to discharge the drained water into the channel on the downstream side of the screen. E. DISCHARGE PIPE 1. The discharge pipe shall be made of stainless steel and shall be connected to the screenings washer body by an 8" diameter ANSI flange. The diameter of the straight section of the discharge pipe shall increase in size to ease the transport of the screenings. The diameter of the discharge pipe Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 11.doc Fine Screen and Washing System Section 11330-11

straight section shall increase from 9 to 12. The bend fittings on the unit's discharge pipe shall have a radius that is three times (3x) larger than the pipe diameter. F. GEAR MOTOR DRIVE MECHANISM 1. The drive unit shall be a gear motor rated for continuous duty and shall be selected to match the requirements of the particular screen. The drive motor shall be totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC) unit, sized and designed for the application in a Class 1, Division 2 area. The motor shall be a constant speed unit rotating at 1680 rpm, and shall be powered by 2301460 VAC, 60 Hz, 3 phase power. 2. The drive unit shall be direct coupled to the screen drive shaft through the gear box. The gear box housing shall be constructed from ASTM A-48, Class 30 cast iron. The shaft mounted geared motor shall have a torque support bolted to the body of the screenings washer. Units without a torque support shall not be allowed. 3. Nominal and minimum motor efficiencies shall comply with NEMA MG 1. The gear box shall be designed for AGMA Class 11, 24 hour duty. G. FREEZE PROTECTION 1. Manufacturer shall provide freeze protection for the screen, wash press, and screw conveyor in the form of a constant wattage heating cable. Entire system shall be provided by manufacturer and consist of, but not limited to the following: (i) 3 watt/120 volt constant wattage heating cable w/stainless steel braid good for up to 400ºF (ii) High temperature tape (iii) (iv) Line sensing thermostat Ambient sensing controller (Protherm SZ Series or approved equal). 2. Manufacturer shall provide power supply for the freeze protection system as part of the step screen and screening washer control panel(s). 2.05 CONTROLS DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS A. CONTROL PANEL 1. The controls for the step screen and screenings washer shall be incorporated into a single duplex control panel. The controls shall be housed in a NEMA 4X corrosion-resistant fiberglass enclosure with Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 11.doc Fine Screen and Washing System Section 11330-12

minimum external dimensions of 2'-8" wide by 3'4" long by 1'-0" deep. The enclosure shall be a Hoffman ULTRX Type 4X, or approved equal. 2. Thermal magnetic molded case circuit breakers Square D along with a door-mounted operating mechanism capable of being padlocked in the "Off' position when the door is opened. 3. The controls shall include a programmable controller with a minimum of 2.5K of EEPROM program memory and shall include two built-in RS232C communication ports and four external potentiometers for adjustments. The programmable controller shall be an Allen Bradley or approved equal. The panel shall include AC input modules with a minimum of 16 inputs, 4 channel 4-20 ma analog current input modules, relay output modules, and an operator interface that includes pushbuttons with LED'S, control pushbuttons and an LCD display. 4. The control panel shall include a 3-pole Non-reversing contactor and overload relay with screw clamp terminals for the step screen and a 3-pole reversing contactor and overload relay with screw clamp terminals for the screenings washer. The panel shall also include a 460/120 volt control power transformer. The contactors transformer shall be Square D, or approved equal. 5. The panel shall include two (2) non illuminated 3 position selector switch operators (H-0-A). One operator shall be for the step screen and one shall be for the screenings washer. The panel shall include a non-illuminated emergency stop mushroom head push button and a non-illuminated alarm reset pushbutton by Square D, or approved equal. 6. The panel shall include 5 pilot lights with protected LED'S. Two (2) pilot lights shall be green and shall signal when the screen or the screenings washer are operating. Three (3) pilot lights shall be red. Two red pilot lights shall signal an overload condition for the screen or the screenings washer, and one red pilot light shall signal a jam in the step screen. 7. The control panel shall include an Emotron M20 Power Monitor to detect over-current power consumption by the step screen motor. The power monitor shall measure the input power and display shall show values for: 3-phase current, 3-phase voltage, power (kw), energy consumption (kwh), power factor, Torque (Nm), elapsed time, and motor thermal capacity. The unit shall allow for Inhibit Pre-Alarm Signal setting as well as Auto Setting and will provide an analogue output that can be used to stop the operation of the unit in the event of a jam. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 11.doc Fine Screen and Washing System Section 11330-13

B. ULTRASONIC LEVEL MONITOR PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION 1. In automatic mode, the step screen shall operate based on the water level differential from upstream to downstream of the screen. Ultrasonic level monitors shall be installed upstream and downstream of the step screen, and shall conform to section 17123, Ultrasonic Level Transmitter. A. Installation of the equipment shall be in strict accordance with the contract documents and the manufacturer's instructions and shop drawings. The manufacturer shall furnish the anchor bolts for the equipment. It is the Contractors responsibility to install the anchor bolts in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. The Contractor shall be responsible to verify the accuracy of all dimensions in the field and to ensure compatibility with the specifications and equipment. C. The manufacturer shall furnish the services of a factory-trained service technician for one trip including three (3) days to inspect the installation, observe start up, and provide operator training. 1. The equipment shall not be energized, or "bumped" to check the electrical connection for motor rotation without the service technician present. 2. The service technician shall check and verify all necessary adjustments and settings to the controls. In particular, the service technician shall verify the measurement relay setting and the initial water level differential setting for the step screen. 3. The Service technician shall demonstrate the proper step screen and screenings washer sequence of operation. The step screen shall operate automatically based on the water level differential. The screenings washer shall not operate with each step screen cycle. The screenings washer shall be set up to initiate after a successive number of screen cycles, as determined by the service technician. END OF SECTION 11330 Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 11.doc Fine Screen and Washing System Section 11330-14

DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL

This page intentionally blank

DIVISION 15 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 15000 Piping Components...15000-1,-10 15044 Pressure Testing of Piping...15044-1,-5

This page intentionally blank

SECTION 15000 PIPING COMPONENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall furnish and install all piping systems shown and specified, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Each system shall be complete with all necessary fittings, hangers, supports, anchors, seismic restraints, expansion joints, flexible connectors, valves, accessories, heat tracing, insulation, lining and coating, testing, disinfection, excavation, backfill and encasement, to provide a functional installation. B. The piping shown in the drawings is intended to define the general layout, configuration, routing, method of support, pipe size, and pipe type. The drawings are not pipe construction or fabrication drawings. It is the Contractor's responsibility to develop the details necessary to construct all mechanical piping systems, to accommodate the specific equipment provided, and to provide and install all spools, spacers, adapters, connectors, and other appurtenances for a complete and functional system. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 15044 Pressure Testing of Piping. 1.03 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS A. UNIFORM MECHANICAL CODE B UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE C. UNIFORM FIRE CODE D. COMMERCIAL STANDARDS: All equipment, products, and their installation shall be in accordance with the following standards, as applicable, and as indicated in each Section: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) 4. American Water Works Association (AWWA) Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 15.doc Piping Components Section 15000-1

5. American Welding Society (AWS) 6. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) 7. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) E. The following standards have been referenced in this Section: 1. ANSI/ASME B1.20.1 Pipe Threads, General Purpose (inch) 2. ANSI B16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, NPS 1/2 through NPS 24 3. ANSI/AWWA C207 Steel Pipe Flanges for Water Works Service, Sizes 4 in. through 144 in. 5. ANSI/AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code Steel 6. ASTM A 307 Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSI Tensile Strength 7. ASTM A 325 Specifications for High-Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints 8. ASTM A 563 Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts 9. ASTM D 2000 Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive Applications 1.04 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall submit complete shop drawings and certificates, test reports, affidavits of compliance, of all piping systems for review by the Engineer in accordance with the submittal requirements specified in the General Conditions, and as indicated in the individual piping sections. The shop drawings shall include dimensions and details on pipe joints, fitting specials, harnessed joints, valves, and appurtenances, and shall include design calculations and material lists. The submittals shall include detailed layout, spool, or fabrication drawings which show all pipe spools, spacers, adapters, connectors, fittings, and pipe supports necessary to accommodate the equipment and valves provided in a complete and functional system. B. The Contractor shall submit information containing the following: 1. Manufacturer's product data. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 15.doc Piping Components Section 15000-2

2. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 3. Manufacturer's certification of compliance. 4. Statement from the pipe fabricator certifying that all pipe will be fabricated subject to a Quality Control Program. 5. Outline of Quality Control Program. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. INSPECTION: All pipe shall be subject to inspection at the place of manufacture. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of the date for the start of each phase of pipe production and the dates for the proof of design tests. The notification shall be given at least 14 days prior to the start of the pipe manufacture. During the manufacture of the pipe, the Engineer shall be given access to all areas where manufacturing is in progress and shall be permitted to make all inspections necessary to confirm compliance with the Specifications. B. TESTS: Except where otherwise indicated, all materials used in the manufacture of the pipe shall be tested in accordance with the applicable specifications and standards. Welds shall be tested as indicated. The Contractor shall perform all tests at no additional cost to the Owner. Copies of all test reports shall be furnished to the Engineer. C. WELDING REQUIREMENTS: All welding procedures used to fabricate pipe shall be pre-qualified under the provisions of ANSI/AWS D1.1. Welding procedures shall be required for, but not necessarily limited to, longitudinal and girth or spiral welds for pipe cylinders, spigot and bell ring attachments, reinforcing plates and ring flange welds, and plates for lug connections. D. WELDER QUALIFICATIONS: Certified under Section IX, Part A of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code or in accordance with AWWA C206, Section 3. Machines and electrodes similar to those used in the Work shall be used in qualification tests. The Contractor shall furnish all material and bear the expense of qualifying welders at no increased cost to the Owner. 1.06 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE A. Where the assistance of a manufacturer's service representative is advisable in order to obtain perfect pipe joints, supports, or special connections, the Contractor shall furnish such assistance at no additional cost to the Owner. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 15.doc Piping Components Section 15000-3

1.07 MATERIAL DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. All piping materials, fittings, valves, and accessories shall be delivered in a clean and undamaged condition and shall be stored off the ground to provide protection against oxidation caused by ground contact. All defective or damaged materials shall be replaced with new materials. PART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 GENERAL A. All pipes, fittings, and appurtenances shall be furnished in accordance with the requirements of the applicable Sections of Divisions 2 and 15 and this Section and as indicated on the Drawings. B. PRESSURE RATING: All piping systems shall be designed for the maximum expected pressure as defined in Section 15044 Pressure Testing of Piping, or as indicated on the piping schedule. 2.02 PIPE FLANGES A. FLANGES: Unless specifically indicated otherwise, all flanges shall conform to either ANSI/AWWA C207 Class E or ANSI B16.5 150-pound class. Where the design pressure is greater than 150 psi as specifically noted, up to a maximum of 275 psi, flanges shall conform to either ANSI/AWWA C207 Class E, Class F, or ANSI B16.5 300-pound class. Flanges shall have flat faces and shall be attached with boltholes straddling the vertical axis of the pipe unless otherwise shown. Attachment of the flanges to the pipe shall conform to the applicable requirements of ANSI/AWWA C207. Wax tape wrap all buried flanges and nuts and bolts per Specification Section 09952. B. BLIND FLANGES: Blind flanges shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C207. A blind flanges for pipe diameters 12-inches and over shall be provided with lifting eyes in form of welded or screwed eye bolts. C. FLANGE COATING: All machines faces of metal blind flanges and pipe flanges shall be coated with a temporary rust-inhibitive coating to protect the metal until the installation is completed. D. INSULATING FLANGES: Insulated flanges shall have boltholes ¼-inch diameter. E. INSULATING FLANGE SETS: Insulating flange sets shall be provided where shown on the Drawings. Each insulating flange set shall consist of an insulating gasket, insulating sleeves and washers and a steel washer. Insulating sleeves and washers shall be one piece when flange bolt diameter is 1-1/2 inches or smaller Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 15.doc Piping Components Section 15000-4

and shall be made of acetal resin. For bolt diameters larger than 1-1/2 inches, insulating sleeves and washers shall be two-piece and shall be made of polyethylene or phenolic. Steel washers shall be in accordance with ASTM A 325. Insulating gaskets shall be full-face. F. INSULATING FLANGE MANUFACTURERS, OR EQUAL: 1. Calpico, Inc. 2. Farwest 3. PSI Products, Inc., Gardena, California. G. FLANGE GASKETS: Gaskets shall be full face, 1/8-inch thick, cloth-inserted rubber, with a Shore "A" hardness of 75 to 85. Gaskets shall be suitable for a working pressure of 200 psi at a temperature of 180 F. Gaskets shall have "nominal" pipe size inside diameters not the inside diameters per ANSI B16.21. Products: Garlock Style 19 or Owner approved equal. Blind flanges shall have gaskets covering the entire inside face of the blind flange and shall be cemented to the blind flange. Ring gaskets will not be permitted. 2.03 BOLTS AND NUTS FOR STEEL OR DUCTILE IRON FLANGES A. Bolts and nuts for Class 150 flanges (including AWWA C207, Class E) located indoors, outdoors, above ground, and in vaults and structures shall be carbon steel, ASTM A 307, Grade B. B. Bolts and nuts for AWWA C207 Class F flanges and ANSI B16.5 and B16.47 Class 300 flanges located indoors, outdoors above ground, and in vaults and structures shall conform to ASTM A 193, Grade B7, with nuts conforming to ASTM A 194, Grade 2H. C. Bolts and nuts for Class 150 flanges and Class 150 flanges exposed to water or buried shall be Type 316 stainless steel conforming to ASTM A 193, Grade B8M, for bolts and ASTM A 194, Grade 8M, for nuts. D. Bolts and nuts for Class 300 flanges shall be Type 316 stainless steel conforming to ASTM A 193, Grade B8M, Class 2, for bolts and ASTM A 194, Grade 8M, for nuts. E. Bolts used in flange insulation kits shall conform to ASTM A 193, Grade B7. Nuts shall conform to ASTM A 194, Grade 2H. F. Bolts and nuts for above ground installation shall be cadmium-plated. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 15.doc Piping Components Section 15000-5

G. All bolt threads shall be lubricated with graphite and oil. Lubricant for stainless steel bolts and nuts shall be chloride free and shall be TRX-Synlube by Ramco, Anti-Seize by Ramco, Husk-It Husky lube O'Seal, or owner approved equal. H. Provide washers for each nut. Washers shall be of the same material as the nuts. 2.04 THREADED INSULATING CONNECTIONS A. GENERAL: Threaded insulating bushings, unions, or couplings, as appropriate, shall be used for joining threaded pipes of dissimilar metals and for piping systems where corrosion control and Cathodic protection are involved. B. MATERIALS: Threaded insulating connections shall be of nylon, Teflon, polycarbonate, polyethylene, or other nonconductive materials, and shall have ratings and properties to suit the service and loading conditions. C. MANUFACTURERS: Isojoint or approved equal. 2.05 VICTAULIC COUPLINGS A. COUPLINGS FOR GROOVED AND SHOULDERED JOINTS: Couplings shall be cast of ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536 with synthetic rubber gasket. Nuts and bolts shall be in accordance with ASTM A 183. B. Couplings for pipe smaller than 24-inches shall be flexible type, square cut groove, such as Victaulic Style 77, Gustin-Bacon Figure 100, or equal. Use Victaulic Style 44, or equal, couplings with Type "D" collars for pipe 24-inches and larger. C. The grooves and shoulders for pipe shall conform to AWWA C606, latest revision. D. All rings for shouldered joints shall be provided by the coupling manufacturer. 2.06 FLANGED COUPLING ADAPTERS A. Flanged coupling adapters shall conform to AWWA C100-541. Bodies shall be of ASTM Class 30 cast iron (30,000 psi minimum tensile strength). Bolts and nuts shall be composed of T-316 stainless steel. Flanged coupling adapters shall be Dresser Style 127 or Owner approved equal. Flange ends shall match the flange of the connecting pipe. Adapters shall be fusion bonded epoxy lined. Wax tape wrap all buried flanged coupling adapters and nuts and bolts per Specification Section 09952. 2.07 PIPE THREADS Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 15.doc Piping Components Section 15000-6

A. All pipe threads shall be in accordance with ANSI/ASME B1.20.1. 2.08 LINK SEALS A. Contractor shall furnish and install complete link seal assemblies of size and location as shown on the drawings. Link Seal Assemblies shall be as follows: 1. Wall opening sizes (i.e. cored hole) shall be selected according to manufactured recommendations based on most recent Link Seal catalog or approved equal. 2. Calculations shall be provided to determine sufficient quantity and type of Link Seal are provided to effectively provide a hydrostatic seal. 3. Each individual link shall be clearly and permanently shown with the name of the manufacturer and model number. B. Link Seals shall be modular, mechanical type, consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill the annular space between the pipe and the wall opening. The elastomeric element shall be sized and selected per manufacturer's recommendations and have the following properties as designated by ASTM: EPDM = ASTM D2000 M3 BA510. C. References to installation guidelines shall be latest published edition of Link Seal Selection Guide for the service intended. D. APPROVED MANUFACTURER'S: 2.09 Y-STRAINERS 1. Thunderline/Link Seal, or Owner approved equal. A. Unless otherwise indicated, y-type strainers shall be sized and installed as indicated in the Contract Drawings and shall conform to the following requirements:; 1. Cast iron bodies 2. NPT screwed ends 3. Type 304 stainless steel screen with 1/32 inch perforations 4. Steel screen drain plug 5. Unit shall be suitable for minimum pressure of 250 psi Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 15.doc Piping Components Section 15000-7

B. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: 2.10 PIPE UNIONS 1. Fisher Controls Company, Type 260C, or Owner approved equal A. Screw unions may be employed on pipelines 2-1/2 inches in diameter and smaller. Pipes and fittings made of non-ferrous metals shall be isolated from ferrous metals by nylon insulating pipe bushings, unions or couplings manufactured by Smith- Blair, Pipe Seal and Insulator Co. or approved equal. 2.11 RED BRASS PIPE A. Brass pipe shall conform to the requirements of the "Specifications for Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Standard Sizes" (ASTM B43). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All pipes, fittings, and appurtenances shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of Divisions 2 and 15. The lining manufacturer shall take full responsibility for the complete, final product and its application. All pipe ends and joints at screwed flanges shall be epoxy-coated, to assure continuous protection. B. Where core drilling is required for pipes passing through existing concrete, core drilling locations shall be determined by radiograph of concrete construction to avoid damage to embedded raceways and rebars. 3.02 INSTALLING COUPLINGS OR ADAPTERS A. Clean oil, grease, scale, and dirt from pipe ends. Repair any damage or holidays in the shop applied coating before installing couplings or adapters. Clean gaskets in flexible pipe couplings, transition couplings, and flanged coupling adapters before installing. B. Clean sleeve bolts and nuts by wire brushing before installing in end rings. Lubricate threads of bolts and nuts with oil or graphite prior to installation. Tighten nuts uniformly and in a progressive diametrically opposite sequence, and torque with a calibrated torque wrench. C. If couplings or adapters leak under pressure testing, loosen or remove the nuts and sleeve bolts, reset or replace the gaskets, reinstall or retighten the bolts and nuts, and retest the coupling or adapter. Couplings and adapters shall be watertight. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 15.doc Piping Components Section 15000-8

D. After testing, wrap sleeve bolts and nuts of buried couplings or adapters with wax tape coating per Specification section 09868. E. Wrap buried couplings and adapters with polyethylene material per Specification Section 09867. 3.03 INSTALLING FLANGED JOINTS A. Set pipe with the flange bolt holes straddling the pipe horizontal and vertical centerline. Install pipe without springing, forcing, or stressing the pipe or any adjacent connecting valves or equipment. Before bolting up, align flange faces to the design plane within 1/16-inch per foot measured across any diameter. Align flange bolt holes within 1/8-inch maximum offset. B. Clean bolts, nuts, washers and flange faces by wire brushing before installing gasket and adjoining flange. Inspect gasket seating surfaces, gasket, each bolt, nut, washer, and facing on which the nuts will rotate. Replace any damaged item. C. Lubricate threads of carbon steel bolts and nuts with oil and graphite prior to installation. Assemble all bolts, nuts, and washers in the flange, then tighten nuts in a progressive diametrically opposite sequence, and torque with a calibrated torque wrench. All clamping torque shall be applied to the nuts only. D. Bolt lengths shall extend completely through their nuts. Any which fail to do so shall be considered acceptably engaged if the lack of complete engagement is not more than one thread. E. Do not use more than one gasket between contact faces in assembling a flanged joint. F. Place washers under all nuts. Place washers under bolt heads where the flanges have been fusion bonded epoxy coated. Do not damage coated surfaces during installation. G. If flanges leak under pressure testing, loosen or remove the nuts and bolts, reset or replace the gasket, reinstall or retighten the bolts and nuts, and retest the joints. Joints shall be watertight. Replace galled, cracked, or distorted bolts and nuts. H. After testing, coat exposed surfaces of bolts, nuts, and washers to be buried with primer for wax tape coating per Specification Section 09952. 3.03 PAINTING AND COATING Coat flexible pipe couplings, transition couplings, flanged coupling adapters and joint harnesses located aboveground, or in vaults and structures, the same as the adjacent pipes and per Specification Division 9. Do not apply flame spray coating to fusion-bonded Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 15.doc Piping Components Section 15000-9

epoxy coated couplings. Apply finish coats in the field. Color of finish coat shall match color of the adjacent piping. 3.04 PRESSURE TESTING Test coupling and adapters at the same time that the connecting pipelines are pressure tested. See Specification Section 15044 for pressure testing requirements. Repair leaks in piping and retest. END OF SECTION 15000 Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 15.doc Piping Components Section 15000-10

SECTION 15044 PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION This section specifies the hydrostatic and leakage testing of pressure piping. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit test bulkhead locations and design calculations, pipe attachment details such as temporary vents, valves and drains, and methods to prevent excessive pipe wall stresses. B. Submit six copies of the test records to the Engineer upon completion of the testing. 1.03 TESTING RECORDS A. Provide records of each piping installation during the testing. Test records shall include: 1. Date of test. 2. Identification of pipeline, or pipeline section, tested or retested. 3. Identification of pipeline material. 4. Identification of pipe specification. 5. Test fluid. 6. Test pressure. 7. Remarks: Leaks identified (type and location), types of repairs, or corrections made. 8. Certification by Contractor that the leakage rate measured conformed to the specifications. 9. Test duration 10. Allowable losses. 11. Actual losses. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 VENTS AND DRAINS FOR ABOVE GROUND PIPING Install vents on the high points of above ground piping, whether shown on the Plans or not. Install drains on low points of above ground piping, whether shown on the Plans or not. Provide a valve at each vent or drain point. Valves shall be 3/4 inch for piping 3 inches and larger and 1/2 inch for piping smaller than 3 inches. Valves shall be allbronze ball valves, unless otherwise shown on the Plans. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 15.doc Pressure Testing of Piping Section 15044-1

2.02 MANUAL AIR-RELEASE VALVES FOR BURIED PIPING Where necessary, provide temporary manual air-release valves for pipeline test. Construct the pipe outlet in the same manner as for a permanent air valve and after use, seal with a blind flange, pipe cap, or plug and coat equal to the adjacent pipe. 2.03 TEST BULKHEADS Design and fabricate test bulkheads per Section VIII of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Materials shall comply with Part UCS of said code. Design pressure shall be at least 2.0 times the specified test pressure for the section of pipe containing the bulkhead. Limit stresses to 70 percent of yield strength of the bulkhead material at the bulkhead design pressure. Include airrelease and water drainage connections. 2.04 TESTING FLUID For potable water pipelines, obtain and use only potable water for hydrostatic testing. 2.05 TESTING EQUIPMENT Provide new, calibrated, 6 inch diameter face pressure gauges and a chart recorder, pipes, bulkheads, pumps, and calibrated meters to perform the hydrostatic testing. Use laboratory calibrated test gauges and meters, which shall be calibrated by a certified laboratory prior to the test. Submit proof of calibration. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 TESTING PREPARATION A. Place and anchor pipes before commencing pressure testing. B. Conduct pressure tests on exposed and above ground piping after the piping has been installed and attached to the pipe supports, hangers, anchors, expansion joints, valves, and meters. C. Conduct pressure tests on buried piping after the trench has been completely backfilled. D. Provide any temporary piping needed to carry the test fluid to the piping that is to be tested. Water shall not be obtained directly through in-line valves---an air gap or approved RP backflow device must be utilized. After the test has been completed and demonstrated to comply with the specifications, disconnect and remove temporary piping. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 15.doc Pressure Testing of Piping Section 15044-2

E. Provide temporary drain lines needed to carry testing fluid away from the pipe being tested. Remove such temporary drain lines after completing the pressure testing. 3.02 CLEANING A. In pipelines less than 24 inches in diameter, before conducting hydrostatic tests, flush pipes with water to remove dirt and debris. Maintain a flushing velocity of at least 3 fps for water testing. Flush pipes for the minimum time period as given by the formula below and as required to thoroughly clear the pipeline of dirt and debris. T = 2L 3 in which: T = flushing time (seconds) L = pipe length (feet) B. In pipes 24 inches or larger in diameter, clear the pipe using high-pressure water jet, sweeping, scrubbing, or equally effective means. All water, sediment, dirt, and foreign material accumulated during this cleaning operation shall be discharged, vacuumed, or otherwise removed from the pipe. 3.03 TESTING AND DISINFECTION SEQUENCE OF POTABLE WATER PIPING A. Perform required chlorination subsequent to hydrostatic testing, except when pipeline being tested is connected to a potable waterline. B. Locate and install test bulkheads, valves, connections to existing pipelines, and other appurtenances in a manner to provide an air gap separation between existing potable water pipelines and the pipeline being tested, or provide approved RP backflow device. 3.04 LENGTH OF TEST SECTION FOR BURIED PIPING The maximum length of the test section for buried pipe is 2,500 feet, or the distance between valves, whichever is greater. 3.05 INITIAL PIPELINE FILLING FOR HYDROSTATIC TESTING Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 15.doc Pressure Testing of Piping Section 15044-3

Control maximum rate of filling to prevent water velocity in pipeline from exceeding 1 fps. Filling may be facilitated by removing automatic air valves and releasing air manually. 3.06 HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF ABOVE GROUND OR EXPOSED PIPING Open vents at high points of the piping system to purge air while the pipe is being filled with water. Venting during system filling may also be provided by temporarily loosening flanges. Subject the piping system to the test pressure specified herein. Maintain the test pressure for a minimum of 24 hours. Examine joints, fittings, valves, and connections for leaks. The piping system shall show zero leakage or weeping. Correct leaks and retest until zero leakage is obtained. Air and vacuum valves shall be in place and working in case of pipe failure during testing. 3.07 HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF BURIED PIPING A. Where any section of the piping contains concrete thrust blocks or encasement, do not pressure test until at least 7 days after the concrete has been poured. When testing cement mortar lined piping, fill the pipe to be tested with water and allow it to soak for at least 48 hours to absorb water before conducting the pressure test. B. Apply and maintain the test pressure by means of a hydraulic force pump. C. Maintain the test pressure for the following duration by restoring the pressure whenever it falls an amount of 5 psi: Pipe Diameter (inches) Hours 18 and less 4 20 to 36 6 Greater than 36 8 D. After the test pressure is reached, use a meter to measure the additional water added to maintain the pressure. This amount of water is the loss due to leakage in the piping system. The allowable leakage rate is defined by the formula: in which: L = HND(P) 1/2 Lake Arrowhead Community Services District C H = specified test period (hours) L = allowable leakage (gallons) N = number of rubber-gasketed joints in the pipe tested D = diameter of the pipe (inches) P = specified test pressure (psig) G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 15.doc Pressure Testing of Piping Section 15044-4

C = 7,400 1. The allowable leakage for welded steel pipe with fully welded joints shall be zero gallons. 2. The allowable leakage for buried piping having threaded, brazed, or welded (including solvent welded) joints shall be zero gallons. E. Repair and retest any pipes showing leakage rates greater than that allowed in the above criteria. 3.08 TEST PRESSURE All pipe shall be pressure tested to at least 150% of the pipe class rating: i.e. Class 150 = 225 psi test pressure, as measured near the low point of the section of pipe being tested. 3.09 REPETITION OF TEST If the actual leakage exceeds the allowable, locate and correct the faulty work and repeat the test at the Contractor's expense. Restore the work and all damage resulting from the leak and its repair. Eliminate visible leakage. 3.10 BULKHEAD AND TEST FACILITY REMOVAL After a satisfactory test, remove test bulkheads and other test facilities, restore the pipe lining and coatings, and fill the pipeline section tested with water and maintain it full until disinfection of pipeline at the completion of the contract. The Contractor shall assume all responsibility for any damage to the pipeline as a result of pressure imposed during the operations of filling the pipeline with water and conducting the tests. END OF SECTION 15044 Lake Arrowhead Community Services District G:\2016\16-0148\Specifications\Tech Specs\Div 15.doc Pressure Testing of Piping Section 15044-5

This page intentionally blank

DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL

This page intentionally blank

DIVISION 16 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 16000 General Electrical Requirements 16000-1,10 16060 Electrical Demolition 16060-1,3 16111 Conduits 16111-1,6 16123 600 Volt Class Cable 16123-1,5 16124 Instrumentation Class Cable 16124-1,2 16130 Outlet, Pull and Junction Boxes 16130-1,6 16141 Wiring Devices 16141-1,6 16170 Grounding 16170-1,5 16190 Supporting Devices 16190-1,5 16195 Electrical Identification 16195-1,6 16950 Electrical Testing 16950-1,10

This page intentionally blank

SECTION 16000 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. It is the intent of this part of the Contract Documents to cover the work and materials necessary for erecting a complete electrical system, tested and ready for continuous use. The system shall be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents, and Federal, State, and Local codes and regulations. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. The Contractor shall coordinate the work with other trades, and furnish and install the equipment in accordance with the manufacturers requirements. B. The Related Work can be found in other Divisions of these specifications, such as, but not limited to: Division 0 Division 1 Division 2 Division 9 Division 11 Division 15 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract General Requirements Sitework Finishes Equipment Mechanical 1.03 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Minimum sizes of equipment, and electrical devices, are indicated but it is not intended to show every offset and fitting, nor every structural or mechanical difficulty that will be encountered during the installation of the work. B. Work indicated on the Plans is approximately to scale, but actual dimensions and detailed Plans should be followed as closely as field conditions permit. Field verification of scale dimensions on Plans is governed by field conditions. Installation of systems and equipment is subject to clarification as indicated in reviewed shop drawings and field coordination. C. Discrepancies indicated on different Plans, between Plans and actual field conditions, or between Plans and Contract Documents shall be promptly brought to the attention of the Engineer for clarification, prior to purchasing and installing equipment. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16000 General Electrical Requirements.doc General Electrical Requirements Section 16000-1

D. The alignment of equipment and conduit shall be adjusted to accommodate architectural changes, or to avoid work of other trades, without extra expense to the Owner. E. The Contractor shall furnish and install the parts and pieces necessary to the installation of equipment, in accordance with the best practice of the trade, and in conformance with the requirements of these Contract Documents. F. Items not specifically mentioned in these Contract Documents, or noted on the Plans, or indicated on reviewed shop drawings, but which are obviously necessary to make a complete working installation, shall be deemed to be included herein. G. The Contractor shall layout and install electrical work prior to placing floors and walls. Furnish and install sleeves and openings through floors and walls, required for installation of conduits. Sleeves shall be rigidly supported and suitably packed, or sealed, to prevent ingress of wet concrete. Spacers shall be installed in order to prevent conduit movement. Dimensions indicated for electrical equipment and their installation are restrictive dimensions. H. The Contractor shall furnish and install inserts and hangers required to support conduits and other electrical equipment. If the inserts, hangers, sleeves, or other mounting hardware are improperly placed, or installed, the Contractor shall do necessary work, at their own expense, to rectify the errors. I. Electrical equipment shall be capable of operating successfully at full-rated load, without failure, at an ambient air temperature of 40 degrees C, and specifically rated for the altitude indicated on the Plans. Electrical equipment not rated for operation at that temperature shall be provided with air conditioning to meet the manufacturers operating temperature. J. If any contradictions, contrasts, nonhomogeneity, or inconsistency appears, the most strict criteria noted and the collective requirements in any and all of the project documents shall apply. K. The Contractor shall perform necessary saw cutting, core drilling, excavating, removal, shoring, backfilling, and other work required for the proper installation of conduits, whether inside, or outside of the buildings and structures. The Contractor shall repair and patch where demolition has taken place in a manner to match existing original structure. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16000 General Electrical Requirements.doc General Electrical Requirements Section 16000-2

1.04 REGULATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS A. Electrical work, including connection to electrical equipment integral with mechanical equipment, shall be performed in accordance with the latest published regulations, codes, and standards, of the following: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC) 2. State and local codes 3. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) 4. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 5. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 6. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) 7. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Standards 8. Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) 9. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) B. When applicable, the material used in the performance of the electrical work shall be listed by the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) for the class of service for which they are intended. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. It is the obligation of the Contractor to organize their work, so that a complete electrical, instrumentation, and control system for the facility will be provided, and will be supported by accurate shop and record drawings, and O&M manuals. B. The Contractor shall submit detailed shop drawings and data prepared and organized by the suppliers. The quantity of submittal sets required shall be as specified in the Contract Documents. C. The submittals shall be neatly grouped and organized by specification section number, and sub-section. Related information shall be highlighted, and the specific product shall be marked. All submittals shall be complete, and presented in one package. Incomplete submittals will be returned without review. If a portion of the project requires a fast track schedule, that portion only may be submitted earlier under a separate cover letter. The following shall be submitted to the Engineer and returned, reviewed to the Contractor before fabrication is started. 1. A complete list of the equipment and materials, including the manufacturer's name, product specification, descriptive data, technical literature, performance charts, catalog cuts, installation instructions, and spare part recommendations for each different item of the equipment specified. The above shall clearly show all the specified requirements as described in the Specifications including but not limited to specific U.L. and NEMA rating, technical Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16000 General Electrical Requirements.doc General Electrical Requirements Section 16000-3

capabilities, test result verifications, Seismic Zone rating, and acceptance letters. 2. Drawings containing complete wiring and schematic diagrams, control diagrams, and any other details required to demonstrate that the system has been coordinated and will operate as intended. Drawings shall also show proposed layout, anchoring, support, and appurtenances of equipment, and equipment relationship to other parts of the work including clearances for maintenance and operations. 3. Any exceptions to these specifications, with the reasons for requesting such exceptions, with calculations and drawings for redesign of related components, including detail drawings showing internal and assembly details, with installation instructions. Proposed layout showing any modifications or exceptions to related work made necessary by this work, with calculations and drawings showing such modifications or exceptions. 4. Prior to project acceptance, The Contractor shall submit Record Drawings of the electrical, control, and instrumentation, along with step-by-step procedure manuals for the installation, operation start-up, and maintenance of the equipment. Each set shall include installation, operating, troubleshooting, and maintenance and overhaul instructions in complete detail. It shall also include possible breakdowns and repairs, and troubleshooting guides, as well as simplified wiring and control diagrams of the system installed. This shall provide the Owner with comprehensive information on all systems and components to enable operation, service, maintenance and repair. Exploded or other detailed views of all equipment, devices, assemblies, and accessory components shall be included, together with complete parts lists and ordering instructions. 5. Record Drawings: a. The Contractor shall maintain a marked up set of Contract Document Plans showing actual installed circuit numbers, conduit sizes, cable tray routing, number of conductors, conductor sizes (larger than #12 AWG), and all other deviations from the design Plans. b. Underground conduit and concealed items shall be dimensioned on the Plans from permanent, visible, building features. c. The Contractor shall provide actual motor size, starter size, and overload heater size, along with all other protective equipment for all 480 V and motor circuits as part of the one-line record drawings. d. The Contractor shall revise all conductor identification and panel schedules to indicate as-built conditions. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16000 General Electrical Requirements.doc General Electrical Requirements Section 16000-4

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL MATERIALS AND METHODS A. Materials, equipment, and parts comprising any unit, or part thereof, specified or indicated on the Plans, shall be new and unused, of current manufacture, and of highest grade consistent with the state of the art. Damaged or dirty materials, equipment, and parts, are not considered to be new and unused, and will not be accepted. B. Field verification of scale dimensions on Plans is directed, since actual locations, distances, and levels will be governed by actual field conditions. The Contractor shall also review architectural, structural, yard, mechanical, and other Plans, and the accepted electrical and mechanical shop drawings, and shall adjust their work to conform to the conditions indicated therein. C. The fabricator of major components, such as distribution panelboards, switchgear, and motor control centers, shall also be the manufacturer of the major devices therein. Where possible, the major components shall be manufactured and supplied by the same fabricator. D. Refer to various Division sections for individual equipment manufacturers. Indicated manufacturers are subject to strict compliance with the specifications and complete project documents. The reference to a particular manufacturer does not relieve the Contractor from conforming to the specified requirements. 2.02 NAMEPLATES A. Where indicated elsewhere in these specifications, or on the Plans, the Contractor shall furnish and install nameplates, which shall be white laminate with black letters. The nameplates shall be fastened to the various devices with round head stainless steel screws. Each disconnecting means for service, feeder, branch, or equipment conductors shall have nameplates indicating its purpose. 2.03 EQUIPMENT ASSEMBLIES A. Equipment assemblies, such as Service Entrance Sections, Switchgear, Switchboards, Control and Distribution Panels, and other custom fabricated electrical enclosures shall bear a UL label as a complete assembly. The UL label on the individual components making up the assembly will not be considered sufficient to meet the present requirement. Whenever a generic UL label does not apply for the assembly, a serialized UL label shall be affixed to the assembly, and the serial number shall be submitted with the assembly record shop drawings. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16000 General Electrical Requirements.doc General Electrical Requirements Section 16000-5

B. Custom fabricated electrical control panels, and enclosures shall bear a serialized UL label affixed by a local inspector, and the serial number shall be submitted with the assembly record shop drawings. 2.04 SEISMIC RESTRAINT A. The construction area is classified by the Uniform Building Code (UBC) as Seismic Zone III. The Code requires that not only the structures, but also major electrical components be designed and installed in a manner which will preclude damage during a seismic event. All electrical equipment shall be securely anchored and seismic braced in accordance with regulations contained in the most recent adopted edition of the UBC, and the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor s National Association (SMACNA) "Guidelines for Seismic Restraints of Electrical Systems". B. Units mounted and secured directly to structure shall be provided with connectors of sufficient strength to meet the restraining criteria. C. All electrical equipment which is securely anchored (hard mounted) to the building or structure shall have supports designed to withstand lateral and vertical "G" loadings equal to or greater than UBC requirements and SMACNA guidelines. D. Shop drawings are required for all equipment anchors, supports and seismic restraints. Submittals shall include weights, dimensions, load/deflection data, center of gravity, standard connections, manufacturer's recommendations, and behavior problems (vibration, thermal, expansion, etc.) associated with equipment. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 UTILITY SERVICE AND EQUIPMENT A. The Contractor shall be responsible for contacting and coordinating the electrical utility work with the electrical utility company. The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing and installing equipment and material required to bring electrical power service to the service location in conformance with the electrical utility requirements. The Contractor may have to provide the following for the electrical utility company's primary (from utility power line to the utility transformer) and secondary (from utility transformer to the service) electrical lines in accordance with the electrical utility company s specifications and requirements: 1. Conduits and cables (verify quantity and sizes) Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16000 General Electrical Requirements.doc General Electrical Requirements Section 16000-6

2. Trenching, backfill, and compacting (verify trench size(s), backfill material, and compaction percentage requirements) 2. Concrete pad(s) (for pad mounted transformer(s)) 3. Cable protection along the vertical drop at the utility company s pole (if pole mounted transformer(s)) 4. Other items required by the power utility company s specifications 5. The Contractor shall also submit copies of service entrance shop drawings to the utility, per utility submittal requirements, prior to submittal to the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain written approval from the power utility company that the service entrance equipment is acceptable prior to release the order to the supplier for fabrication. A copy of the approval letter from the utility shall be transmitted to the Engineer along with the submittal. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. Coordinate the installation of electrical equipment with other trades. 1. Arrange for the building in of equipment during structure construction. 2. Where equipment cannot be built-in during construction, arrange for sleeves, box-outs, and other openings, as required to allow installation of equipment after structure construction is complete. B. Verify that equipment will fit support layouts indicated. C. Equipment Dimensions and Clearances: 1. Do not use equipment that exceeds the indicated dimensions. Except as approved in writing by the Engineer. 2. Do not use equipment or arrangements of equipment that reduce required clearances or exceed the space allocation. D. Install equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. E. Equipment Access: 1. Install equipment so it is readily accessible for operation and maintenance. 2. Equipment shall not be blocked or concealed. 3. Do not install electrical equipment such that it interferes with normal maintenance requirements of other equipment. F. Equipment shall be installed plumb, square and true with the building construction, and shall be securely fastened. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16000 General Electrical Requirements.doc General Electrical Requirements Section 16000-7

G. Outdoor wall-mounted equipment, and indoor equipment mounted on earth, or water bearing walls, shall be provided with corrosion-resistant spacers to maintain ¼-inch separation between the equipment and the wall. H. Screen or seal all openings into outdoor equipment to prevent the entrance of rodents and insects. I. Equipment fabricated from aluminum shall not be imbedded in earth or concrete. J. Provide all necessary anchoring devices and supports. 1. Use supports as detailed on the Plans and as specified. 2. Supports and anchoring devices shall be rated and sized based on dimensions and weights verified from approved equipment submittals. 3. Hardware shall be stainless steel. 4. Do not cut, or weld to, building structural members. 5. Do not mount safety switches and external equipment to other equipment enclosures, unless enclosure mounting surface is properly braced to accept mounting of external equipment. K. Contractor shall verify exact rough-in location and dimensions for connection to electrical items furnished by others. 1. Shop drawings shall be obtained from those furnishing the equipment. 2. Proceeding without proper information may require the Contractor to remove and replace work that does not meet the conditions imposed by the equipment supplied. 3. Provide sleeves wherever openings are required through new concrete or masonry members. Place sleeves accurately and coordinate locations with the Engineer. 4. Should any cutting and patching be required on account of failure of the Contractor to coordinate penetrations, such cutting and patching shall be done at the expense of the Contractor. a. The Contractor shall not endanger the stability of any structural member by cutting, digging, chasing, or drilling and shall not, at any time, cut or alter the work without the Engineer's written consent. 1) Provide additional reinforcing if required. 2) Cutting shall be done neatly using proper tools and methods. b. Subsequent patching to restore walls, ceilings, or floors to their original condition shall be done by the Contractor. L. Provide concrete foundations or pads required for electrical equipment as indicated or specified. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16000 General Electrical Requirements.doc General Electrical Requirements Section 16000-8

1. Floor-mounted equipment shall be mounted on a 3-inch concrete housekeeping pad unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Pad shall be poured on top of the finished floor or slab. Contractor shall verify the distance to all equipment from the finished floor meets the current NEC requirements. All modifications shall be made to the electrical equipment as required. 2. All conduits penetrating concrete floors shall have a 3-inch concrete housekeeping pad unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Conduits should be grouped as allowed to limit the number of housekeeping pads required. 3.03 TEMPORARY POWER A. The Contractor shall furnish, install, and maintain, temporary power and lighting systems needed for construction. This temporary system shall include weatherproof panel(s) for the Contractor s main breakers and distribution system. Ground fault interrupting equipment shall be installed. Connections shall be watertight, with wiring done with Type SO portable cable. After construction is completed, the Contractor shall remove temporary power equipment and devices. 3.04 CUTTING AND REPAIRING A. Where it becomes necessary to cut into existing work for the purpose of making electrical installations, core drills shall be used for making circular holes. Other demolition methods for cutting or removing shall be reviewed by the Engineer prior to starting the work. B. The Contractor shall repair damage caused by construction, or demolition work, and restore damaged areas to original condition. 3.05 CORROSION PROTECTION A. Wherever dissimilar metals, except conduit and conduit fittings, come in contact, the Contractor shall isolate these metals, as required, with neoprene washers, 9 mil polyethylene tape, or gaskets. Where fastening conduit, electro plated, or equivalent fasteners and stainless steel bolts shall be used. B. Factory finishes damaged during shipping, or construction, shall be restored to original new condition. Rust shall be removed, and bare metal surfaces shall be primed and painted to match the original surrounding finish. C. Electrical panels, switchgear, motor control centers, and other electrical equipment, shall be shipped in sealed dust and moisture proof plastic sheet enclosures, and the seal maintained until units are installed. Said units shall be new and free of any dirt, dust, water, grease, rust, damaged parts or components. Relays, starters, circuit breakers, switches, contacts, insulators, mechanisms, and Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16000 General Electrical Requirements.doc General Electrical Requirements Section 16000-9

buses shall be free of dust, dirt, oil, moisture, metal shavings, and other debris before testing and energizing. D. Equipment shall be protected at all times with plastic sheet covers until the area is free of dirt, dust, paint spray, water, heat, and other trades. Heat shall be provided to eliminate condensation. All repairs due to storage will be the responsibility of the contractor. 3.06 COORDINATION OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM A. The Contractor shall verify actual equipment, and motor full-load, and locked-rotor current ratings. The necessary minimum equipment, wire, and conduit sizes are indicated on the Plans. If the Contractor furnishes equipment of different ratings, the Contractor shall coordinate the actual current rating of equipment furnished with the branch circuit conductor size, the overcurrent protection, the controller size, the motor starter, and the branch circuit overcurrent protection. The branch circuit conductors shall have a current carrying capacity of not less than 125 percent of the actual full-load current rating. The size of the branch circuit conductors shall be such that the voltage drop from the overcurrent protection devices, up to the equipment, shall not exceed 2 percent, when the equipment is running at full-load and rated voltage. 3.07 TESTING A. The electrical work shall be free from improper grounds, and from short circuits. The correctness of the wiring shall be verified first by visual comparison of the conductor connections with connection diagrams. Next, individual circuit continuity checks shall be made by using electrical circuit testers. Last, the correctness of the wiring shall be verified by the actual electrical operation of the electrical and mechanical devices. Any deviation from the wiring indicated on the Plans, or accepted Drawings, shall be corrected and indicated on the record drawings. B. Each conductor shall be identified as required by the Contract Documents. This identification shall be indicated on the record drawings to enable rapid and accurate circuit tracing by maintenance personnel. 3.08 ONE-LINE DIAGRAMS A. One-line diagrams, as indicated on the Drawings, show circuit voltages, circuit protection rating, and other pertinent data. Where conflicts exist on the Drawings, the one-line diagrams shall take precedence. Grounding conductors are not necessarily indicated. See grounding requirements specified elsewhere herein. END OF SECTION 16000 Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16000 General Electrical Requirements.doc General Electrical Requirements Section 16000-10

SECTION 16060 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Demolition of existing electrical shall be as indicated on the Plans or as indicated elsewhere herein. B. Demolition information shown on the Plans is based on visual field examination and existing record drawings. The Contractor is responsible for verification of all items indicated or not. All items affected that are not indicated on the plans shall be brought to the Engineer's attention before demolition for direction. C. The Contractor shall confine demolition work to the item specifically identified on the plans. The Contractor shall be liable for any other damage he may inflict to the existing installations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Care shall be taken in demolition or removal of items as indicated on plans as being returned to the Owner. The Contractor shall notify the Owner prior to removing existing equipment. B. Whether indicated on the plans or not, the Contractor shall provide patching material to fill voids where demolition has taken place. Patching materials shall match, as nearly as practical, the existing original structure material for each surface being patched. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 COORDINATION A. The Contractor shall verify existing field conditions, measurement, circuitry etc. as indicated on Plans prior to performing any demolition. B. The Contractor shall verify that abandoned or removed wiring and electrical equipment serve only abandoned facilities. If demolished or abandoned electrical is necessary for proper operation of facilities to remain in service, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer for direction. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16060 Electrical Demolition.doc Electrical Demolition 16060-1

C. Demolition shall not be performed without coordinating with new construction to limit down time and ease of switchover. The Contractor must coordinate with the Engineer and the Owner prior to any demolition. D. Prior to performing any demolition work, the Contractor shall provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction. Temporary wiring shall conform to the National Electrical Code. 3.02 PERFORMANCE A. General: The means and methods of performing electrical demolition and removal operations are the sole responsibility of the Contractor. However, equipment used, and methods of demolition and removal will be subject to approval of the Engineer. 1. Remove exposed abandoned conduit systems, including abandoned conduit systems in false ceilings. 2. Remove wiring in abandoned conduit systems to source of power supply, where indicated. 3. In exposed through-structure conduit or foundation locations, cut conduits and foundation below the finished structure surfaces in order to perform adequate surface patching. 4. Maintain electrical continuity of existing electrical installations that remain active. Modify installations as necessary to maintain continuity and provide adequate access as required by the National Electrical Code. 5. Extend existing installations using materials and methods compatible with existing electrical installations, and as specified elsewhere herein. 6. Disconnect and remove electrical devices and equipment serving utilization equipment that has been removed or demolished. B. Cutting: Perform cutting work of existing structure materials by such methods as will prevent extensive damage beyond the immediate area of cutting. C. Unless otherwise indicated existing, electrical equipment, conduit, wire, etc. indicated for demolition shall be removed and disposed of in a lawful manner, off site. D. The Contractor shall move existing electrical equipment required to be returned to the Owner, to locations as directed by the Owner. Care shall be taken to ensure existing electrical equipment being returned to the Owner does not become damaged. The Contractor shall provide a means for storing and or stacking of the returned equipment prior to moving to final location, if necessary. E. Items Abandoned in Place: Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16060 Electrical Demolition.doc Electrical Demolition 16060-2

1. All items to be abandoned in place shall be de-energized. 2. Connections shown or otherwise indicated as disconnected shall be removed with lugs left in place and with all conduit and cable openings properly plugged and sealed as required by the NEC. 3. Any abandoned in-place equipment damaged by Contractor shall be repaired and restored to its original condition. END OF SECTION 16060 Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16060 Electrical Demolition.doc Electrical Demolition 16060-3

This page intentionally blank

SECTION 16111 CONDUITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install conduits as required, and as shown on the Plans. Materials employed shall be as shown on the Plans. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product literature including manufacturer part number, model number, material, size, and specifications. Material shall not be installed until the Engineer has reviewed the submittal data. B. If changes from the Plan are proposed, shop drawings shall be submitted for review and acceptance showing routing, conduit size, and number and size of wires in each conduit before installation of conduit and any related work. C. Proposed routing of conduits buried under floor slabs-on-grade. D. Identify conduit by tag number of equipment served or by circuit schedule number. E. Proposed routing and details of construction including conduit and rebar embedded in floor slabs, columns, etc. F. Proposed location and details of construction for openings in slabs and walls for raceway runs. G. Refer to Section 16000 for further submittal requirements. 1.03 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): C80.1, Rigid Steel Conduit - Zinc-Coated. B. National Electric Manufacturers Association (NEMA): RN-1, Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit. C. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL): 1. 1, Flexible Metal Conduit. 2. 6, Rigid Metal Conduit. 3. 360, Liquid-Tight Flexible Steel Conduit. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16111 Conduits.doc Conduits Section 16111-1

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 RACEWAYS 4. 467, Grounding and Bonding Equipment. 5. 514, Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes, Flush-Device Boxes and Covers. 6. 651, Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit. 7. 870, Wireways, Auxiliary Gutters, and Associated Fittings. 8. 884, Underfloor Raceways and Fittings. 9. 886, Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations. A. Exposed conduits in an unclassified, non-corrosive area shall be galvanized rigid steel (GRS) unless specifically indicated otherwise on the Plans. Conduits in corrosive, hazardous, or damp areas shall be PVC coated GRS unless otherwise indicated. Underground and/or concrete encased conduits shall be PVC, unless otherwise indicated. All conduits concealed in block walls or steel framing shall be EMT with compression fittings unless otherwise indicated. Set screw type fittings in EMT conduit will not be accepted. All wiring, except as otherwise noted, shall be in conduit. Conduit size shall not be less than the National Electrical Code (NEC) size required for the conductors therein and shall not be smaller than 3/4-inch. No underground conduit shall be less than one inch. B. Condulets type fittings shall be Crouse-Hinds, Appleton, or equal with wedge nut covers. All condulets located outdoors, damp or wet locations shall be weather tight. C. In unclassified areas, flexible conduit shall be grounding type, weatherproof, corrosion resistant, and watertight. D. Couplings, connectors, and fittings shall be standard types specifically designed and manufactured for the purpose. They shall be installed to provide a firm mechanical assembly and electrical conductivity throughout. Conduit systems shall be water tight. E. Expansion fittings shall be OZ type AX with jumper for exposed locations and type DX at structural expansion joints, Spring City, or equal. Conduits shall have expansion fittings in accordance with NEC. F. The conduits and fittings shall be supported per NEC requirements as a minimum. G. Sealing fittings shall be provided for classified areas per the NEC requirements in hazardous or corrosive areas. Fittings shall be poured after the final walk-thru unless otherwise directed in writing by the engineer. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16111 Conduits.doc Conduits Section 16111-2

2.02 GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL (GRS) A. Conduits and couplings shall be hot-dipped galvanized with zinc coated threads and outer coating of zinc bichromate, in accordance with ANSI C80.1 standards, as manufactured by Jones & Laughlin Steel Corporation, Allied Tube & Conduit Corporation, Triangle PWC, or equal. B. Steel conduit shall not be buried in earth without concrete encasement and additional corrosion protection. A half-lapped wrapping of 20 mil PVC based corrosion protection tape shall be used. 2.03 PVC COATED GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL (PVC-GRS) A. PVC coated GRS conduit shall be installed where shown on the Plans or elsewhere specified and shall conform to NEMA RN-1 and ANSI C80.1 standards. B. The zinc surface of the conduit shall remain intact and undisturbed on both the inside and the outside of the conduit throughout the preparation and application processing. A Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) coating shall be bonded to the galvanized outer surface of the conduit. The bond between the PVC coating and the conduit surface shall be greater than the tensile strength of the plastic. The thickness of the PVC coating shall be a minimum of 0.040-inch (40 mil). C. A loose coupling shall be furnished with each length of conduit. A PVC coating shall be bonded to the outer surface of the coupling and a PVC sleeve equal to the outside diameter of the uncoated conduit shall extend beyond both ends of the coupling approximately one pipe diameter or 1-1/2 inches, whichever is smaller. The wall thickness of the coating on the coupling and the sleeve shall be a minimum of 0.055-inch (55 mil). D. A PVC coating shall be bonded to the inner and outer surface of all conduit bodies and fittings and a PVC sleeve shall extend from all hubs. The wall thickness of the coating on conduit bodies and fittings and the sleeve walls shall be identical to those on couplings in length and thickness. The covers on all conduit bodies shall be coated on both sides and shall be designed to be completely interchangeable. The inside of conduit bodies shall remain undisturbed in the processing. E. Type 304 stainless steel screws shall be furnished and used to attach the cover to the conduit body. All coated material shall be installed and patched according to the manufacturer's recommended installation and patching instructions. F. Conduit straps shall be PVC coated or stainless steel. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16111 Conduits.doc Conduits Section 16111-3

G. PVC coated conduits and fittings shall be as manufactured by Kor Kap Corporation, Occidental Coating Company, Rob-Roy, or equal. H. PVC coated flexible conduits shall be liquid and vapor-tight and manufactured in accordance with UL 360 standards. 2.04 RIGID NONMETALLIC - PVC A. Where specifically indicated on the Plans, or elsewhere specified, conduit may be high density Schedule 40, 90 degrees C, heavy-duty PVC. The conduit shall be manufactured from virgin polyvinyl chloride compound which meets ASTM D1784, NEMA TC-2, ANSI C33.91, and UL 651 standards. Smoke emissions shall be limited to less than 6 grams per 100 grams of material tested. B. Where conduit concrete encasement is indicated on the Plans, conduit supports shall be installed at five-foot intervals. PVC conduit shall be manufactured by Carlon, Triangle Conduit & Cable, or equal. 2.05 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit shall be liquid and vapor-tight, oil and ultraviolet ray resistant and manufactured in accordance with UL 360 standards. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit shall be formed of a continuous, spiral wound, galvanized steel core with an extruded PVC jacket. The PVC jacket shall be rated for high ambient heat applications, 90 degrees Celsius. B. For corrosive locations, liquidtight flexible metal conduit shall be formed of a continuous, spiral wound, aluminum core with an extruded PVC jacket. The PVC jacket shall be impervious to corrosive liquids and vapors. C. An external bonding conductor shall be required for flexible conduit connections containing circuits rated at 60 amps or greater and for sizes 1 1/2 " or larger. Flexible conduits and connectors for 1 1/4 " and smaller shall be listed for grounding. D. Connectors for liquidtight flexible conduit shall be galvanized, furnished with a sealing ring and locknut. In corrosive areas, connectors shall be PVC coated. 2.06 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) A. Per UL Standard for Electrical Metallic Tubing No. 797. Galvanized mild steel with interior coat of enamel. B. Fittings shall be steel set-screw type. Cast type, indenter type or compression steel fittings are not acceptable. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16111 Conduits.doc Conduits Section 16111-4

C. Approved for plan specified locations only. Approved for conduits concealed in block walls and concealed in steel framed walls. Not approved for process areas where wash down or high humidity conditions exist. 2.07 ALUMINUM CONDUIT A. Aluminum conduit is approved for wet and corrosive areas only. Prior approval from the engineer must be obtained when substituting for PVC coated. B. Aluminum hardware and conduit shall be isolated from all dissimilar materials as appropriate. 1. Isolation from dissimilar metals in channel or support by a single layer of scotch #33+ or approved equal. 2. Isolation from concrete shall be by neoprene gaskets. 3. Aluminum shall not be used for concrete penetrations. C. Aluminum conduit shall contain less than 0.4% copper PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Conduit runs are schematic only, and shall be modified as required to suit field conditions, subject to review and acceptance by the Engineer. B. Conduit shall run continuously between outlets and shall be provided with junction boxes where connections are made. Couplings, connectors, and fittings shall be acceptable types designed and manufactured for the purpose, and shall provide a firm mechanical assembly, and electrical conductivity throughout. C. Conduit runs shall be straight and true. Elbows, offsets, and bends shall be uniform and symmetrical. Changes in direction shall be made with long radius bends, or with fittings of the condulet type. D. Conduit runs in buildings and structures shall be concealed where possible except as specifically noted, or accepted by the Engineer. E. Conduit runs shall not interfere with the proper and safe operation of equipment, and shall not block or interfere with ingress or egress, including equipment removal hatches. F. Exposed conduits shall be securely fastened with clamps, or straps, intended for conduit use. All exposed conduit shall be run on the walls and ceiling only and shall be parallel to the planes of the walls or ceiling. No diagonal runs will be Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16111 Conduits.doc Conduits Section 16111-5

permitted. Flexible conduit shall be used only for short lengths required to facilitate connections between rigid conduit to vibrating equipment such as motors, fans, and transformers. The maximum length of flexible conduit shall be 3 feet, unless approved in writing by engineer. Flexible conduit shall not be used for electricians convenience where rigid conduit could be used. G. Conduit runs on water-bearing walls shall be supported one inch away from the wall on an accepted channel. When channel galvanizing, or other coating, is cut or otherwise damaged, it shall be field coated to original condition. No conduit shall be run in water-bearing walls, unless specifically designated otherwise. H. Conduit shall be thoroughly reamed to remove burrs. IMC or GRS shall be reamed during the threading process, and Rigid Nonmetallic PVC shall be reamed before applying fittings. A zinc rich cold galvanizing shall be used to restore corrosion protection on field cut threads. I. Bushings and lock nuts or hubs shall be used at conduit terminations. Conduit, bushings, locknuts, and enclosures shall be fastened to the conduit system prior to pulling wire. Splitting the bushings for installation will not be accepted. Hubs shall be used in all process areas outside of electrical rooms unless otherwise specified. The total number of bends in any run between pull points shall not exceed 360 degrees. Junction boxes and pull boxes shall be installed at points acceptable to the Engineer. Conduit ends shall be plugged to prevent the entrance of moisture or debris during construction. All spare conduits shall be adequately capped and shall contain a suitable pull string. Splices shall be made in junction boxes only. Splices in conduit bodies will not be accepted. J. Joints shall be set up tight. Hangers and fastenings shall be secure, and of a type appropriate in design, and dimensions, for the particular application. K. Conduit runs shall be cleaned and internally sized (obstruction tested) so that no foreign objects, or obstructions remain in the conduit prior to pulling in conductors. L. After installation of complete conduit runs 2 inches and larger, conduits shall be snaked with a conduit cleaner equipped with a cylindrical mandrel of a diameter not less than 85 percent of the nominal diameter of the conduit. Conduits through which the mandrel will not pass shall not be used. Test results should be submitted to the engineer. M. Expansion fittings shall be installed across all expansion joints and at other locations where necessary to compensate for thermal expansion and contraction. N. Provide trenching, backfill, and compaction for conduits installed underground. END OF SECTION 16111 Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16111 Conduits.doc Conduits Section 16111-6

SECTION 16123 600 VOLT CLASS CABLE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This section covers the furnishing and installation of 600 Volt Class cables and conductors, terminations and splicing, and pulling lubricants. B. SO & SJO Conductors are specified elsewhere in these specifications. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Products shall be submitted in accordance with Section 16000, and elsewhere in the Contract Documents, prior to installation. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Insulated Cable Engineers Association/National Electrical Manufacturers Association (ICEA/NEMA): 1. S-68-516/WC 8, ethylene-propylene rubber-insulated wire and cable for the transmission and distribution of electrical energy. 2. S-61-402/WC 5, thermoplastic-insulated wire and cable for the transmission and distribution of electrical energy. 3. S-66-524/WC 7, cross-linked thermosetting-polyethylene-insulated wire and cable for transmission and distribution of electrical energy. B. Underwriters Laboratory, Inc. 1. 44, rubber insulated wires and cables. 2. 83, thermoplastic-insulated wires and cables. 3. 486A, wire connectors and soldering lugs for use with copper conductors. 4. 486B, wire connectors for use with aluminum conductors. 5. 510, insulating tape. C. National Electric Code D. Insulated Cable Engineers Association Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16123 600 Volt Class Cable.doc 600 Volt Class Cable Section 16123-1

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTED MANUFACTURERS A. Conductors and Multi Conductor Cables (MCC), subject to compliance with Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are acceptable: American Insulated Wire Corporation, Cablec Corporation, Okonite Company, Southwire Company, or equal. 2.02 CONDUCTORS A. Wire sizes shall be American Wire Gauge (AWG) sizes with Class B stranded construction. Number 2 AWG and smaller shall be factory color coded with a separate color for each phase and neutral, which shall be used consistently throughout the system. Larger cables shall be coded by the use of colored tape. Conductors #6 AWG or smaller shall be THWN or XHHW. Conductors #2 AWG or smaller shall be XHHW. Conductors #1 AWG or larger shall be XHHW-2. The minimum power or ground conductor size shall be #12 AWG. B. Individual or multiple conductor cables for power, control, and alarm circuits of 480 volts or less shall be insulated for not less than 600 volts and shall have insulation type as indicated on the Plans. THHW shall conform to ICEA S-61-402/NEMA WC 5 and UL 83 and XHHW shall conform to ICEA S-66-524/NEMA WC 7 and UL 44. Where wire size is not indicated, they shall be of the size required by the NEC, except that no wire external to panels and motor control centers shall be less than No. 12 AWG, unless specifically noted on the Plans. Panel control wiring shall not be less than No. 14 AWG. C. Multi-conductor tray cables shall be rated 600 volts, listed by UL as Type TC cable or ITC for instrumentation cable only per Article 340 of the NEC. The individual conductors shall be UL listed as Type XHHW, with a sunlight-resistant overall jacket. Conductor sizes shall be the same as for power and lighting wire and control wire above. Connectors/Terminators shall be water tight and manufactured of the same material as the cabling system referenced elsewhere in division 16. D. Multi-conductor tray cables to be installed in classified areas shall be armored, rated 600 volts, listed by UL as Type MC-HL cable per Article 340 of the NEC. The individual conductors shall be UL listed as Type XHHW, with a sunlightresistant overall jacket. Conductor sizes shall be the same as for power and lighting wire and control wire above. Connectors/terminators shall be rated for classified areas and submitted upon accordingly. E. All wiring shall be as indicated on the Plans. Wires shall be new and shall be soft drawn copper with not less than 97 percent conductivity. The wire and cable shall have size, grade of insulation, voltage, and manufacturer's name permanently Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16123 600 Volt Class Cable.doc 600 Volt Class Cable Section 16123-2

marked on the outer covering at not more than 2-foot intervals. All wires shall conform to the latest Standards of the ASTM, and ICEA, and shall be tested for their full length by these Standards. Insulation thickness shall be not less than that specified by the National Electrical Code. 2.03 TERMINATIONS AND SPLICES A. Cable shall be rated 600 volts. Other parts of cable systems such as splices and terminations shall be rated at not less than 600 volts. Splicing shall join conductors mechanically and electrically to provide a complete circuit prior to installation of insulation. B. Splices in wires No. 10 AWG and smaller shall be made with an insulated, solderless, pressure type connector, Type I, Class 1, Grade B, Style G, or Type II, Class 1 of FS W-S-610 and conforming to the applicable requirements of UL 486A. C. Splices in wires No. 8 AWG and larger shall be made with noninsulated, solderless, pressure type connector, Type II, Class 2 of FS W-S-610, conforming to the applicable requirements of UL 486A and UL 486B. They shall then be covered with an insulation and jacket material equivalent to the conductor insulation and jacket. D. Insulated conductor splices below grade or in wet locations shall be sealed type conforming to ANSI C119.1 or shall be waterproofed by a sealant-filled, thick wall, heat shrinkable, thermosetting tubing or by pouring a thermosetting resin into a mold that surrounds the joined conductors. E. Bare conductor splices in wet locations or below grade shall be of the exothermic type. 2.04 PULLING LUBRICANT A. All cables shall be properly coated with pulling compound (Aqua Gel, Polywater, or equal) before being pulled into conduits so as to prevent mechanical damage to the cables during installation. Yellow 77 is not acceptable. B. Other lubricants to be substituted must be accompanied by a statement from the cable manufacturer as to its acceptable use with the cable being installed. 2.05 IDENTIFICATION A. All conductors shall be numbered with "tube sleeve" type tags with heat impressed letters and numbers. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16123 600 Volt Class Cable.doc 600 Volt Class Cable Section 16123-3

B. Color code all wiring as follows: PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION 1. Lighting and power wiring: 120/208 VAC 480VAC 12V DC 24V DC 120 VAC Control/ Power a. Phase 1 Black Brown Orange Blue Red b. Phase 2 Red Orange c. Phase 3 Blue Yellow d. Neutrals White White Grey Blue/White White 2. Color code ends of feeder phase conductors only. A. The pulling tension and side-wall pressures, as recommended by the cable manufacturer, shall not be exceeded. B. As far as practical, all circuits shall be continuous from origin to termination without splices in intermediate pull boxes. Sufficient slack shall be left at the termination to make proper connections. In no case shall a splice be pulled into the conduit. Conductor splicing shall not be permitted without the Engineer's approval. Conductor splices shall not be made in underground junction boxes or manholes unless specifically noted on the plans. C. Install all cables in conduit. Manufacturer s cables and SO cord may be installed without conduit where approved and noted on the plans. D. Each feeder and branch circuit shall be installed in its own individual conduit unless combining feeder and branch circuits is permitted as defined in the following: 1. As specifically indicated on the Plans. 2. For lighting, multiple branch circuits may be installed in a conduit as allowed by the NEC and with the wire ampacity de-rated in accordance with the requirements of the NEC. Conduit fill shall not exceed the limits established by the NEC. 3. When field conditions dictate and written permission is obtained from the Engineer. E. Feeder and branch circuits shall be isolated from each other and from all instrumentation and control circuits. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16123 600 Volt Class Cable.doc 600 Volt Class Cable Section 16123-4

F. Control circuits shall be isolated from all other feeder, branch and instrumentation circuits, except as noted above. 1. 12 V DC, 24 V DC and 48 V DC control circuits may be combined in common conduit. 2. 120/208/240 V AC control circuits shall be isolated from all DC control circuits. 3. 277/480 V AC circuits shall be isolated from all other voltages. G. Single conductor cable in cable trays shall be No. 1/0 or larger and shall be of a type listed and marked for use in cable trays. Tray cable smaller than 1/0 shall be multi-conductor, with outer jacket. H. Make splices only at pull or junction boxes. 1. Crimp or indented-type connectors are not allowed, unless approved by engineer. END OF SECTION 16123 Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16123 600 Volt Class Cable.doc 600 Volt Class Cable Section 16123-5

This page intentionally blank

SECTION 16124 INSTRUMENTATION CLASS CABLE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This section covers cable use for process signal and controls. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Products shall be submitted in accordance with Section 16000, and elsewhere in the Contract Documents, prior to installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with Contract Documents, the instrumentation cable shall be as manufactured by Belden, Okonite, or equal. 2.02 INSTRUMENTATION CABLE A. Instrument cable shall be Type TC, and have the number of individually shielded twisted pairs indicated on the Plans and shall be insulated for not less than 600 volts. Unless otherwise indicated, conductor size shall be No. 18 AWG minimum. Shielded, grounded instrumentation cable shall be used for all analog and low voltage digital signals. B. The jacket shall be flame retardant with 90 degrees C temperature rating. The cable shield shall be a minimum of 2.3 mil aluminum or copper tape overlapped to provide 100 percent coverage and a tinned copper drain wire. C. The conductors shall be bare soft annealed copper, Class B, 7 strand minimum concentric lay with 15 mils nominal thickness, nylon jacket, 4 mil nominal thickness, 90 degrees C temperature rating. One conductor within each pair shall be numerically identified. D. Pairs shall be assembled with a nominal 2-inch lay and shall then be group shielded with a minimum of 1.3 mil aluminum or copper tape overlapped to provide 100 percent coverage. All group shields shall be completely isolated from each other. E. Pairs installed in a cable tray shall have a UV resistant jacket, and shall have a jacket intended for cable tray use. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16124 Instrumentation Class Cable.doc Instrumentation Class Cable Section 16124-1

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Feeder and branch circuits shall be isolated from each other, and from instrumentation and control circuits. Instrumentation cables shall be installed in separate raceways from other cables and wiring. This includes portions running through manholes. Instrumentation cable shall be continuous between instruments or between field devices and instrument enclosures. There shall be no intermediate splices or terminal boards, unless otherwise shown on the Plans. B. Maintain electrical continuity of the shield when splicing twisted shielded pair conductors. Drain wires shall be terminated inside enclosures at grounded terminal blocks. Only one end of each instrument loop cable drain wire shall be grounded. Ground drain wires of shielded conductors at one end only. C. Terminate instrumentation and control wiring, including spare wires, at control panels and motor control centers on terminal boards mounted inside the equipment. 1. Contractor shall supply terminal boards as required. 2. Do not field wire directly to devices. END OF SECTION 16124 Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16124 Instrumentation Class Cable.doc Instrumentation Class Cable Section 16124-2

SECTION 16130 OUTLET, PULL, AND JUNCTION BOXES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Outlet, pull and junction boxes. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. Division 1 General Requirements. Section 16000 General Electrical Requirements. Section 16111 Conduits. Section 16141 Wiring Devices. Section 16170 Grounding. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1.03 SUBMITTALS 1. Refer to Section 16000. A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 16000. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. See Section 16000. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Galvanized steel boxes: a. Appleton Electric Co. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16130 Outlet, Pull and Junction Boxes.doc Outlet, Pull, and Junction Boxes Section 16130-1

b. Steel City. c. Raco. 2. Sheet metal boxes for non-classified areas: a. Hoffman Engineering Co. 3. Corrosion-resistant boxes: a. Hoffman Engineering Co. b. Crouse-Hinds. 4. Hazardous location boxes (Class I, II & III): a. Appleton Electric Co. b. Crouse-Hinds. c. Killark. d. O-Z/Gedney. 5. Raintight and watertight boxes: a. Appleton Electric Co. b. Crouse-Hinds. 6. Terminal boxes: a. Hoffman Engineering Co. 7. Boxes in sidewalk: a. Appleton Electric Co. b. Crouse-Hinds. c. O-Z/Gedney. 8. Boxes in earth: a. Carlon Electric Products. 9. Exposed switch and receptacle boxes: a. Appleton Electric Co. b. Crouse-Hinds. c. Killark. 10. Concrete Manholes a. Dura Crete b. Or equal B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification requirements. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Pull and Junction Boxes for Offices and other Dry Architecturally Finished Areas: 1. Material: 14 GA, galvanized steel. 2. Concentric knockouts on all four sides. 3. Flat cover fastened with screws. 4. NEMA 1 classification. 5. UL listed. B. Pull and Junction Boxes for General Use Unclassified Areas Suitable for NEMA 12 Enclosures: Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16130 Outlet, Pull and Junction Boxes.doc Outlet, Pull, and Junction Boxes Section 16130-2

1. Material: 14 GA galvanized steel with seams continuously welded, ground smooth and no knockouts. 2. Zinc rich coating on all seams. 3. Stainless steel captivated cover screws threaded into sealed wells. 4. Flat door with oil resistant gasket. 5. NEMA 12 classification. 6. UL listed. C. Pull and Junction Boxes for Wet Areas: 1. Material: 14 GA steel with polyester powder coating inside and out over phosphatized surfaces. 2. Seams continuously welded, ground smooth, no knockouts. 3. Stainless steel clamps on four sides. 4. Flat cover with oil resistant gasket. 5. NEMA 4 classification. 6. UL listed. D. Pull and Junction Boxes for Corrosive Areas: 1. Material: 14 GA steel with powdered epoxy resin coating inside and out or fiberglass-reinforced polyester material. 2. Steel boxes: a. Seams continuously welded, ground smooth, no knockouts. b. Rolled lip around all sides. c. Hinged door. d. Captivated stainless steel door screws. e. Flat door with oil-resistant gasket. 3. Fiberglass-reinforced polyester boxes: a. Hinged door with latch and lockout. b. Neoprene door gasket. c. Grounding bushing(s). 4. NEMA 4X classification. 5. UL listed. E. Pull and Junction Boxes for Hazardous Areas: 1. Material: Cast gray iron alloy or copper-free cast aluminum. 2. Drilled and tapped openings or tapered threaded hub equipped. 3. Flat bolted-down or threaded cover with neoprene gasket. 4. Stainless steel hex head screws. 5. Explosion proof, UL listed for Class 1 Groups C and D. F. Pull and Junction Boxes for Sidewalks: Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16130 Outlet, Pull and Junction Boxes.doc Outlet, Pull, and Junction Boxes Section 16130-3

1. Cast-iron box and cover, hot-dip galvanized. 2. Flange for flush mounting. 3. Checkered cover with neoprene gasket, pry bar slots and stainless steel screws. 4. UL listed. 5. Drilled and tapped holes. 6. Watertight NEMA 4 classification. G. Large Pull and Junction Boxes (100 CU IN and larger): 1. Located in offices and other dry architecturally finished areas where EMT is utilized: a. NEMA 1 gasketed without knockouts. 2. Located in general use areas: a. NEMA 12 construction: 1) Welded steel. 2) Furnished with gray enamel inside and out over phosphatized surfaces. 3. Located in wet and corrosive areas: a. NEMA 4X with stainless steel screws. b. Type 304 L welded stainless steel: 4. Constructed of 14 GA steel with seams continuously welded, ground smooth, no knockouts. 5. Rolled lip around all sides. 6. Rigid handles for covers larger than 9 SF or heavier than 25 LBS. 7. Split covers when heavier than 25 LBS. H. Terminal Boxes: 1. Galvanized 16 GA steel box provided with plain blank screw cover, subpanel, and terminal points. 2. Refer to Drawing for dimensions and number of terminals. 3. Terminal blocks shall be screw-post barrier-type, white center marker strip. 4. Rated 20 ampere, minimum 600 V. I. Fiberglass Cable-Pulling Enclosure: 1. Use: Access points to facilitate pulling of electrical cables in buried conduit runs. 2. Size and quantity: As shown on Drawings. 3. Type: Rectangular fiberglass composite, suitable for direct burial pedestrian traffic on top, -50 DegF, chemical, sunlight, and weather resistant. 4. Provide matching top with "ELECTRIC" logo. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16130 Outlet, Pull and Junction Boxes.doc Outlet, Pull, and Junction Boxes Section 16130-4

J. Outlet Boxes: 1. Use: Installation of wiring devices. 2. Boxes for exposed wiring: a. Cadmium plated, cast, ferrous metal, with threaded hubs. 3. Boxes for concealed wiring: a. Code gage, hot-dip galvanized steel. b. Include bar hangers for metal stud partitions. c. Provide barriers between switches in boxes with 277 V switches on opposite phases. d. Use extension and plaster rings where required. e. Provide grounding screw. K. Concrete Manholes PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION 1. Use: Duct bank pulling location or splitting of duct bank. 2. Size and quality: As shown on Drawings 3. Type: Concrete traffic rated with rebar re-inforcing. 4. Other requirements: a. 30 inch diameter minimum opening with traffic rated cover. Cover shall contain the legend Electrical. b. 3 inch deep 6 inch wide minimum dimension sump shall be provided in the center of the manhole. c. Contractor shall install a 20 amp GFCI weatherproof in use receptacle in the manhole. Receptacle shall be located at the highest point on the wall of the manhole. d. Pulling eyes shall be provided on all four walls. e. Thin Wall blockouts shall be provided on all four walls. f. Contractor to seal manhole penetrations to eliminate leaks at the junction between the conduits and the manhole. g. Train cables around sides of manhole during installation. Keep cables away from sump and receptacle. A. Use locknut and bushing for boxes in non-classified areas. B. Use cast metal boxes with threaded conduit hubs in damp, wet or hazardous areas. C. Use Type FS and FD boxes in wet areas and where exposed rigid steel conduit is required. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16130 Outlet, Pull and Junction Boxes.doc Outlet, Pull, and Junction Boxes Section 16130-5

D. Use epoxy resin coated, stainless steel, cast aluminum or fiberglass boxes for corrosive areas. E. Fill unused punched-out, tapped, or threaded hub openings with insert plugs. F. Use outlet boxes sized to accommodate quantity of conductors enclosed. G. Use boxes sized to accommodate conduit tying into box. H. Install pull boxes or junction boxes in conduit runs where indicated or required to facilitate pulling of wires or making connections. 1. Make covers of boxes accessible. I. Install pull boxes or junction boxes rated for the area classification. J. Install rigid conduit squarely into boxes which do not have hubs or are drilled and tapped. 1. Install with locknut on the outside and bushing on inside. K. Install conduit into boxes with hubs, or that are tapped, using thread lubricant. L. Do not use back-to-back boxes on this Project. M. Seal all points of conduit entry into fiberglass cable-pulling enclosures for a waterproof installation. N. Support outlet boxes for incandescent fixtures and other ceiling-mounted devices in lay-in acoustical tile ceilings by bar hangers anchored to ceiling construction members which do not interfere with tile removal. END OF SECTION 16130 Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16130 Outlet, Pull and Junction Boxes.doc Outlet, Pull, and Junction Boxes Section 16130-6

SECTION 16141 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Light switches, receptacles, device plates, dimmers, plug-in strips and tele-power poles. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. Division 1 General Requirements. Section 16000 General Electrical Requirements. Section 16130 Outlet, Pull, and Junction Boxes. Section 16170 Grounding. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1.03 SUBMITTALS 1. Refer to Section 16000. A. Shop Drawings: PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1. Refer to Section 16000. 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Light switches (except explosion proof): a. Hubbell. b. Slater. c. P&S. d. Arrow Hart. e. General Electric. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16141 Wiring Devices.doc Wiring Devices Section 16141-1

f. Leviton. 2. Explosion proof light switches (Class 1 Div I & II): a. Crouse-Hinds. b. Appleton Electric Co. c. Killark. 3. Door switches: a. General Electric. b. Slater. c. P&S. d. Arrow Hart. e. Micro-switch. 4. Receptacles (except explosion proof): a. Hubbell. b. Slater. c. P&S. d. Arrow Hart. e. General Electric. f. Leviton. 5. Explosion proof receptacles (Class 1 Div I & II): a. Crouse-Hinds. b. Appleton Electric Co. c. Killark. 6. Welding receptacles: a. Crouse-Hinds. b. Appleton Electric Co. 7. Tele-power poles: a. Wiremold. b. Walker. 8. Dimmers: a. Lutron. b. General Electric. c. P&S. 9. Plug-in strip: a. Wiremold. b. Walker. B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specifications. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Light Switches for Unclassified Areas: 1. Toggle type, quiet action, specification grade with grounding terminal. 2. Back and side wired. 3. Solid silver cadmium oxide contacts. 4. One-piece switch arm rated 20 A, 120/277 V AC. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16141 Wiring Devices.doc Wiring Devices Section 16141-2

5. UL listed. 6. Color: White unless owner or engineer specifies otherwise. 7. Wall plate: Type 304 stainless steel. 8. Type: As indicated on Drawings. B. Receptacles for Unclassified Areas: 1. Straight blade, grounding type, specification grade. 2. Back and side wired with wrap-around bridge. 3. Rated 20 A, 125 V AC. 4. UL listed. 5. Color: a. For use on normal power: White unless owner or engineer specifies otherwise. b. For use on UPS systems: Red. c. For use on isolated ground systems: Orange. d. For special purpose receptacles: Black 6. Wall plate: Type 304 stainless steel. 7. Type: As indicated on Drawings. C. Light Switches for Wet Areas: 1. Presswitch type, quiet action, specification grade, with grounding terminal. 2. Back and side wired. 3. Solid silver cadmium oxide contacts. 4. One-piece switch arm rated 20 A, 120/277 V AC. 5. UL listed. 6. Color: White unless owner or engineer specifies otherwise. 7. Wall plate: Gray weatherproof presswitch type. 8. Type: As indicated on Drawings. D. Receptacles for Wet Areas: 1. Straight blade, grounding type, specification grade. 2. Back and side wired with wrap around bridge. 3. Rated 20 A, 125 V AC. 4. UL listed. 5. Color: Ivory. 6. Wall plate: Weatherproof, cast aluminum, UL listed. 7. Type: As indicated on Drawings. E. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter Receptacles: 1. Straight blade, grounding type, specification grade 2. Rated 20 A, 125 V AC. 3. UL listed. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16141 Wiring Devices.doc Wiring Devices Section 16141-3

4. Test and reset buttons. 5. Wall plate: Indoor or weatherproof as required. 6. Feed-through type. F. Light Switches for Corrosive Areas: 1. Corrosion-resistant NEMA 4X enclosure with switch consisting of: a. Fiberglass reinforced polyester enclosure. b. Fiberglass reinforced polyester gasketed wall plate with built-in toggle lever switch with stainless steel shaft. c. Grounding bushing. d. Rated 20 A, 125 V AC. e. UL listed. f. Type: As indicated on Drawings. g. Color: Yellow. 2. Optional: Corrosion-resistant enclosure and switch consisting of: a. Cast copper-free aluminum "FS" or "FD" ridge type hub box. b. Toggle type, quiet action, specification grade with grounding terminal. c. Rated 20 A, 125 V AC with solid silver cadmium oxide contacts. d. UL listed. e. Neoprene gasket. f. Cast aluminum cover with stainless steel screws and lever to activate switch. g. Type: As indicated on Drawings. h. Color: Yellow. G. Receptacles for Corrosive Areas: 1. Corrosion-resistant straight blade, grounding type, specification grade. 2. Back and side wired with wrap-around bridge. 3. Rated 20 A, 125 V AC. 4. UL listed. 5. Color: Yellow. 6. Box: "FS" or "FD" ridge type cast hub box of copper-free aluminum. 7. Gasket: Neoprene. 8. Wall plate: Weatherproof, cast aluminum, UL listed, WDL open or closed. 9. Type: As indicated on Drawings. H. Explosion proof Light Switches for Use in Hazardous Areas: 1. Explosion proof, UL listed for Class I, Division 1 and 2, Groups B, C, and D; and Class II, Division 1 and 2 areas, Groups E, F, and G. 2. EDS factory sealed. 3. Malleable iron body and cover. 4. Aluminum sealing chamber. 5. Front operated handle with stainless steel shaft. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16141 Wiring Devices.doc Wiring Devices Section 16141-4

6. Rated 20 A, 125 V AC. 7. With grounding screw. 8. Type: As indicated on Drawings. I. Explosion proof Receptacles for Use in Hazardous Areas: 1. Explosion-proof, UL listed for Class I, Division 1 and 2, Groups B, C, and D; and Class II, Division 1 and 2, Groups F and G. 2. Factory-sealed malleable iron receptacle with spring-loaded cover. 3. Malleable iron mounting box. 4. Rated 20 A, 125 V AC. 5. "Dead-front" construction requiring plug to be inserted and rotated to activate receptacle. 6. Type: As indicated on Drawings. J. Welding Receptacles: 1. 60 A, 480 V, 3 pole, 4 wire, grounding type. K. Plug-In Strip: Surface steel raceway plug-in strip with single 15 A, 125 V, 3 wire grounding-type receptacles spaced 18 IN on center. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION 1. Pre-wired with two #12 TW and one #12 TW green insulated ground. 2. Minimum 1-1/4 IN wide x 3/4 IN deep. 3. Suitable fittings and snap-in cover. 4. Finish: a. Stainless steel. 5. Receptacle color: a. For use on normal power: White unless owner or engineer specifies otherwise. b. For use on UPS systems: Red. c. For use on isolated ground systems: Orange. A. Mount devices where indicated on the Drawings. B. Surface mount receptacles and light switches in concrete construction. C. In masonry and metal stud construction, recess mount receptacles and light switches unless device precludes recessed mounting or unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16141 Wiring Devices.doc Wiring Devices Section 16141-5

D. Where more than one receptacle is installed in a room, they shall be symmetrically arranged. E. Set switches and receptacles plumb and vertical to the floor. F. Set recess-mounted switches and receptacles flush with face of walls. G. Do not connect dimmers to loads in excess of 80% of the rating of the dimmer. H. Provide blank plates for empty outlets. END OF SECTION 16141 Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16141 Wiring Devices.doc Wiring Devices Section 16141-6

SECTION 16170 GROUNDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. A ground grid system consisting of the indicated configuration of copper wires, and ground rods, or concrete encased grounding electrodes ( UFER s ) shall be provided to minimize station potential gradient irregularities and drain leakage and fault currents to earth. B. Whether indicated on the Plans or not, neutral conductors, cable shields, metallic conduits, cable terminations, junction boxes, poles, surge arresters, metal buildings, skid mounted equipment, and other non-current carrying metallic parts of equipment shall be grounded to the ground grid per NEC. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Products shall be submitted in accordance with Section 16000, and elsewhere in the Contract Documents, prior to installation. 1.03 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Code (NEC) Article 250 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. A resistance of not greater than 25 ohms shall be provided, unless otherwise specified. Ground resistances shall be measured as herein described. Resistances of systems requiring separate ground rods, rather than a counterpoise, shall be measured separately before bonding below grade. The combined ground resistance of separate systems bonded together below grade may be used to meet the specified ground resistance, but the minimum number of rods indicated must still be provided. 2.02 GROUND RODS A. Ground rods shall be copper-clad steel conforming to UL 467, 3/4 inch in diameter by 10 feet in length. Unless otherwise indicated, ground rods shall be driven into the ground until tops of rods are approximately 6 inches below finished grade. In counterpoise systems, tops of ground rods shall be approximately at elevations of counterpoises. Where the specified ground Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16170 Grounding.doc Grounding Section 16170-1

2.03 CONNECTIONS resistance cannot be met with the indicated number of ground rods, additional ground rods, longer ground rods, or deep-driven sectional rods shall be installed and connected until the specified resistance is obtained, except that not more than three additional ground rods shall be required at any one installation. Ground rods shall be spaced as evenly as possible at least 10 feet apart and 10 feet from structures. Connections shall be made below grade. Contractor shall install a minimum of two ground rods unless more are specified A. Connections above grade shall be made with bolted solderless connectors, and those below grade shall be made by a fusion-welding process. In lieu of a fusionwelding process, a compression ground grid connector of a type which uses a hydraulic compression tool to provide the correct circumferential pressure may be used. Tools and dies shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. An embossing die code or other standard method shall provide visible indication that a connector has been adequately compressed on the ground wire. 2.04 GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR A. Service entrance grounding electrode conductors shall be sized in accordance with NEC Table 250.66, unless otherwise indicated on the Plans. After being located to provide maximum physical protection, exposed ground wires shall be securely attached to structural supports at not more than 2-foot intervals with suitable fasteners. Bends greater than 45 degrees in ground wires are not permitted. Routing of ground conductors through concrete should be avoided, except where specifically called for in these Documents. When concrete penetration is necessary, nonmetallic conduit shall be cast flush with the points of concrete entrance and exit, so as to provide an opening for the ground wire. The opening shall be sealed with a suitable compound after installation of the ground wire. 2.05 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR A. Neutral conductors shall be grounded where indicated. Equipment grounding conductors shall be sized in accordance with NEC Table 250.122, unless otherwise indicated. Ground wires shall be protected by conduit, where such wires run exposed above grade in non-fence enclosed areas, or are run through concrete construction. Where concrete penetration is necessary, nonmetallic conduit shall be cast flush with the points of concrete entrance and exit, so as to provide an opening for the ground wire. The opening shall be sealed with a suitable compound after installation of the ground wire. Bends greater than 45 degrees in ground wire connections to the ground rods, or counterpoises are not permitted. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16170 Grounding.doc Grounding Section 16170-2

2.06 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. Equipment frames of motor housings, equipment skids, metallic tanks, metallic equipment enclosures, metal splicing boxes, chain-link fencing, and other metallic non-current carrying metal items, shall be grounded. Connections to earth shall be made in the same manner as required for system grounding. 2.07 SURGE ARRESTER GROUNDING A. Surge arresters shall be grounded. Resistance to ground for intermediate-class arresters shall be not more than 10 ohms and for distribution-class arresters shall be not more than 25 ohms. Ground wire connections shall be not less than No. 4 AWG for distribution arresters and No. 1/0 AWG for intermediate arresters. Connections to earth shall be made in the same manner as required for neutral conductors. Surge arrester grounds may use the same ground wires provided for equipment operating at more than 750 volts. Surge arrester and secondary neutral grounds shall be separate from and independent of each other. 2.08 LIGHTING POLE GROUNDING A. Base of lighting poles shall be connected to an adjacent ground rod as indicated on Plans. A ground connection from poles back to neutral ground points shall also be provided utilizing equipment grounding conductor. 2.09 METALLIC STRUCTURES A. Metallic structures and buildings shall be grounded per NEC. 2.10 GROUNDING RINGS A. When required, grounding rings shall be installed using bare copper cable with ground rods at a maximum of 25 feet intervals using thermoweld connecting means as indicated on Plans in accordance with NEC requirements. Ring shall be located a minimum of 10 from the building. 2.11 CONCRETE ENCASED ELECTRODE A. Two Concrete Encased Electrodes shall be installed in all new structures whether specified on the plans or not. Concrete Encased Electrodes shall be installed using bare copper cable bonded to the rebar. Conductor shall be located in the footings of the building and installed in conformance with NEC requirements. If unspecified on the plans the cable length shall be 60 feet each and shall be bonded in at least 6 locations. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16170 Grounding.doc Grounding Section 16170-3

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION 3.02 TESTS A. It is the intent of these Contract Documents that all device and equipment grounds shall be run as a separate conductor in the conduit from the equipment to the distribution panels or system ground. Wireways and enclosures shall be properly bonded and grounded, and ground conductors shall be run for all circuits. B. Equipment cases and devices shall be grounded. Ground rods shall be driven, and concrete encased conduits installed, before a building, or structure is built, and ground conductors brought through the concrete to accessible points for grounding equipment. These systems shall be installed at each structure, where transformers, switchboards, panelboards, and MCC s are installed. C. Ductbanks shall contain a bare copper ground conductor. The system ground conductors shall run continuously in ductbanks, through handholes and other raceway boxes. The system ground shall be connected to the structure grounding systems to provide a continuous grounding system. Each metallic raceway, panel, switchboard, and other metallic devices associated with the electrical and control systems shall be bonded to this grounding system. D. Ground rods shall be installed not less than 6 inches below grade. Equipment, neutral, and surge arrester ground wires shall be connected to the ground grid as indicated. A. Pre-Energization Tests Pre-energization tests shall include, but shall not be limited to tests required to perform under paragraph "GENERAL REQUIREMENTS." No part of the electrical system shall be energized until all station grounding system components have been tested and demonstrated to comply with the requirements specified, and until associated test reports have been submitted and approved. B. Ground-Resistance Measurements Ground-resistance measurements of each ground rod shall be taken and certified by the Contractor to the Engineer. No part of the electrical distribution system shall be energized prior to the resistance testing of that system's ground rods and grounding system and submission of test results to the Engineer. Test reports shall indicate the location of the ground rod and grounding system and the resistance and the soil conditions at the time the test was performed. When the building water service is used as a ground or part of the grounding system, ground-resistance measurements shall also be made of this connection. Ground-resistance measurements shall be made in normally dry weather, not less than 48 hours after rainfall, and with the ground under test Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16170 Grounding.doc Grounding Section 16170-4

3.03 TEST RESULTS isolated from other grounds. The resistance to ground shall be measured using the fall-of-potential method described in IEEE Std 142 and Std 81. A. The Contractor shall perform the above tests and submit a certified test report prior to energizing the equipment. END OF SECTION 16170 Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16170 Grounding.doc Grounding Section 16170-5

This page intentionally blank

SECTION 16190 SUPPORTING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Supports, anchors, sleeves, and seals, are indicated on the Plans, schedules, and specified in other sections of these Specifications. B. Types of supports, anchors, sleeves and seals specified in this section include the following: 1.02 SUBMITTALS 1. One-hole Conduit Straps 2. One-Hole Conduit Straps with Clamp Backs 3. Two-Hole Conduit Straps 4. Conduit Hangers 5. I-beam Clamps 6. Channel Clamps 7. Round Steel Rods 8. Drop-in Anchors 9. Wedge Type Anchor Bolts 10. Lead Expansion Anchors 11. Toggle Bolts 12. Wall and Floor Seals 13. Cable Supports 14. U-Channel Strut System 15. Sleeves A. Products shall be submitted in accordance with Section 16000, and elsewhere in the Contract Documents, prior to installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: Abbeon Cal Inc., Ackerman Johnson Fastening Systems Inc., Elcen Metal Products Co., Ideal Industries, Inc., Josyln Mfg and Supply Co., McGraw Edison Co., Rawlplug Co. Inc., Star Expansion Co., U.S. Expansion Bolt Co., Allied Tube and Conduit Corp., B-Line Systems, Inc., Greenfield Mfg Co., Inc., Midland-Ross Corp., O-Z/Gedney Div; General Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16190 Supporting Devices.doc Supporting Devices Section 16190-1

2.02 GENERAL Signal Corp., Power-Strut Div.; Van Huffel Tube Corp., and Unistrut Div; GTE Products Corp., and Robroy Industries. A. Provide supporting devices that comply with manufacturer standard materials, design, and construction, in accordance with published product information, and as required for complete installations, and as specified herein. 2.03 SUPPORTS A. Provide supporting devices of types, sizes, and materials indicated, and having the following construction features: 2.04 ANCHORS 1. One-Hole Conduit Straps: For supporting electrical metallic tubing, and liquid tight flexible conduit; zinc plated steel, stainless steel or galvanized steel; snap-on, heavy duty. 2. One-Hole Conduit Straps with Clamp Backs: For supporting rigid metal conduit, and intermediate metal conduit; cast galvanized steel. 3. Two-Hole Conduit Straps: For supporting electrical metallic tubing, rigid metal conduit, and intermediate metal conduit; zinc plated steel, stainless steel or galvanized steel. 4. Conduit Hangers: For supporting electrical metallic tubing, rigid metal conduit, and intermediate metal conduit; zinc plated steel, stainless steel or galvanized steel. 5. I-Beam Clamps: Electroplated zinc or hot dipped galvanized malleable iron. 6. Channel Clamps: Electroplated zinc or hot dipped galvanized steel. 7. Round Steel Rod: National coarse thread, electroplated. A. Provide anchors of types, sizes, and materials indicated, with the following construction features: 2.05 SEALS 1. Lead Expansion Anchors: For CMU walls, 1/4-20 threads, set tool required. 2. Toggle Bolts: Electroplated steel, size as required. 3. Drop-in Anchors: Stainless steel, size as required. 4. Anchor Bolts: Stainless steel, size as required. 5. Lag Bolts: Stainless steel, size as required. 6. Half-round head, non-removable anchor bolts shall not be used. 7. Self-Tapping screws shall not be used. A. Provide seals of types, sizes and materials indicated; with the following construction features: Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16190 Supporting Devices.doc Supporting Devices Section 16190-2

1. Wall and Floor Seals: Provide factory-assembled watertight wall and floor seals, of types and sized indicated; suitable for sealing around conduit, pipe, or tubing passing through concrete floors and walls. Construct seals with steel sleeves, malleable iron body, neoprene sealing grommets and rings, metal pressure rings, pressure clamps, and cap screws. 2. Conduit sealing bushings shall be manufactured by O-Z/Gedney, Model CSMI, or equal. 3. The conductor sealing bushings shall be manufactured by O-Z/Gedney, Model CSBG, or equal. 2.06 CONDUIT CABLE SUPPORTS A. Provide cable supports with insulating wedging plug for non-armored type electrical cables in risers; construct 2" rigid metal conduit; 3-wires, type wire as indicated; construct body of malleable-iron casting with hot-dip galvanized finish. 2.07 U-CHANNEL STRUT SYSTEM A. Provide U-channel strut system for supporting electrical equipment, 12-gage hotdip galvanized steel, of types and sizes indicated; construct with 9/16" dia. holes, 8" o.c. on top surface, with the following fittings that mate and match with U- Channel: 1. Fixture hangers 2. Channel hangers 3. End caps 4. Beam clamps 5. Wiring stud 6. Thinwall conduit clamps 7. Rigid conduit clamps 8. Post Bases 9. U-bolts B. Approved for use with the following types of conduit: 1. EMT 2. IMT 3. GRS 4. PVC (where above conduits are approved for the same location.) 2.08 PIPE SLEEVES A. Provide pipe sleeves from the following: 1. Steel Pipe: Fabricate from Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe; remove burrs. 2.09 PVC COATED U-CHANNEL STRUT SYSTEM Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16190 Supporting Devices.doc Supporting Devices Section 16190-3

A. Provide PVC Coated U-channel strut system for supporting electrical equipment, 20 mil PVC coated steel, of types and sizes indicated; construct with 9/16" dia. holes, 8" o.c. on top surface, with all Stainless Steel hardware, and the following fittings that mate and match with PVC Coated U-Channel: 1. PVC Coated Strut nut 2. PVC Coated Pipe straps 3. Touch up compound (Gray) B. Approved for use with the following types of conduit: 1. PVC Coated GRS 2. Aluminum 4. PVC 2.10 STAINLESS STEEL U-CHANNEL STRUT SYSTEM A. Provide Stainless Steel U-channel strut system for supporting electrical equipment, of types and sizes indicated; construct with 9/16" dia. holes, 8" o.c. on top surface, with all stainless steel hardware, and the following stainless steel fittings that mate and match with Stainless Steel U-Channel: 1. Fixture hangers 2. Channel hangers 3. End caps 4. Beam clamps 5. Wiring stud 6. Post bases 7. Rigid conduit clamps 8. U-bolts B. Approved for use with the following types of conduit: PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION 1. PVC Coated GRS 2. PVC A. Install hangers, anchors, sleeves and seals as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and with recognized industry practices to insure supporting devices comply with requirements. Comply with requirements of NECA and NEC for installation of supporting devices. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16190 Supporting Devices.doc Supporting Devices Section 16190-4

B. Coordinate with other electrical work, including raceway and wiring work, as necessary to interface installation of supporting devices with other work. C. Install hangers, supports, clamps and attachments to support piping properly from building structure. Arrange for grouping of 2 or more parallel runs of conduits to be supported together on channel type hangers where possible. Install supports with spacing indicated and in compliance with NEC requirements. D. Torque sleeve seal nuts, complying with manufacturer recommended values. Ensure that sealing grommets expand to form watertight seal. E. Comply with manufacturer s recommendations for touch up of field cut ends or damaged PVC coated U-channel and fittings. F. Remove burrs and apply a cold zinc galvanizing paint to field cut galvanized U- channel strut prior to installation. G. Provide a minimum of two anchors per piece of u-channel. Maximum spacing of anchors shall be 12. END OF SECTION 16190 Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16190 Supporting Devices.doc Supporting Devices Section 16190-5

This page intentionally blank

SECTION 16195 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Electrical identification work specified in this section covers the following: 1.02 SUBMITTALS 1. Buried cable warnings 2. Electrical power, control and communication conductors 3. Operational instructions and warnings 4. Danger signs 5. Equipment/system identification signs 6. Conduit 7. Instruments and Enclosures A. Submittals shall include the following: 1. Manufacturers data on electrical identification materials and products 2. Samples of each color, lettering style and other graphic representation required for each identification material or system 3. Table or list of equipment, panel, and disconnect switch labels 1.03 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering electrical identification products maybe incorporated in the work include, but not limited to, the following: 1. Brady, W.H. Co. 2. Ideal Industries, Inc. 3. Panduit Corp. 4. or, equal 1.04 QUALITY COMPLIANCE A. Comply with applicable requirements of UL Std. 969, "Marking and Labeling Systems", pertaining to electrical identification systems. B. Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA Std. WC-1 and WC-2 pertaining to identification of power and control conductors. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16195 Electrical Identification.doc Electrical Identification Section 16195-1

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer standard products of categories and types required for each application. Where more than single type is specified for an application, selection is Installer's option. Installer should maintain a consistent selection for each application. 2.02 COLOR-CODED CONDUIT MARKERS A. Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed, flexible or semi-rigid, permanent, plastic-sheet conduit markers, extending 360 degrees around conduits; designed for attachment to conduit by adhesive, adhesive lap joint of marker, cable tie, matching adhesive plastic tape at each end of marker, or pre-tensioned snap-on. Except as otherwise indicated, provide lettering that indicates voltage of conductor(s) in conduit. Provide 8 minimum length for 2 and smaller conduit, 12 length for larger conduit. B. Unless otherwise indicated or required by governing regulations, provide white markers with black letters. C. Each end of conduits should be marked where the conduit enters and enclosure or junction of more than two conduits. 2.03 CABLE AND CONDUCTOR WIRE MARKERS A. Cable and conductor wire markers shall be self laminating vinyl on white background, printed using a Brady TLS2200 printer, Seton printer, or equal. Handwritten wire markers are not acceptable. B. Heat shrink tubing, or sleeve type wire markers are also acceptable. Markers shall be printed not hand written. 2.04 SELF-ADHESIVE PLASTIC SIGNS A. Provide manufacturer's standard, self-adhesive or pressure-sensitive, pre-printed, flexible vinyl signs for operational instructions or warnings; of sizes suitable for application areas and adequate for visibility, with proper wording for each application, e.g., 208V, EXHAUST FAN, RECTIFIER. B. Unless otherwise indicated or required by governing regulations, provide white signs with black lettering. C. Where approved by engineer engraved stainless steel tags fastened with 18 gauge stainless steel wire may be attached to valves and isolated equipment. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16195 Electrical Identification.doc Electrical Identification Section 16195-2

2.05 LETTERING AND GRAPHICS A. Coordinate names, abbreviations and other designations used in electrical identification work, with corresponding designations shown, specified or scheduled. Provide numbers, lettering and wording as indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as recommended by manufacturers or as required for proper identification and operation/maintenance of electrical systems and equipment. Comply with ANSI A13.1 pertaining to minimum sizes for letters and numbers. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install electrical identification products as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, and requirements of NEC. B. Where identification is to be applied to surfaces that require finish, install identification after completion of painting. C. Comply with governing regulations and requests of governing authorities for identification of electrical work. D. Electrical identification shall contain identical markings on both ends of each conduit and cable. Identification shall be recorded on record drawings for both cables and conductors. 3.02 CONDUIT IDENTIFICATION A. Where electrical conduit is exposed in spaces with exposed mechanical piping that is identified by a color-coded method, apply color-coded identification on electrical conduit in manner similar to piping identification. Except as otherwise indicated use white as coded color for conduit. 3.03 CABLE/CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION A. Apply cable/conductor identification, including voltage, phase and feeder number, on each cable/conductor in each box/enclosure/cabinet where wires of more than one circuit or communication/signal system are present, except where another form of identification (such as color-coded conductors) is provided. Match identification with marking system used in panelboards, shop drawings, contract documents, and similar previously established identification for project's electrical work. 3.04 EQUIPMENT/SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION A. Install engraved plastic-laminate sign on each piece of electrical equipment; including a general label for each major electrical system, including Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16195 Electrical Identification.doc Electrical Identification Section 16195-3

communication, control, and signal systems, unless unit is specified with its own self-explanatory identification or signal system. Except as otherwise indicated, provide single line of text, 1/2 high lettering on 1-1/2 high sign (2 high where 2 lines are required), black lettering in white field. Provide text matching terminology and numbering of the Contract Documents and shop drawings. Provide signs for each unit of the following categories of electrical work: 1. Panel boards, transformers, electrical cabinets and enclosures. 2. Access panel/doors to electrical facilities. 3. Major electrical switchgear. 4. Motor Control Center(s). 5. Service Entrace(s) B. Install signs at locations indicated or, where not otherwise indicated, at location for best convenience of viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. Secure to substrate with stainless steel screws, except use adhesive where screws should not or cannot penetrate the substrate. Provide signs as required by NEC for multiple services, or remo C. Engraved three-layer laminated plastic, black letters on white background, unless otherwise specified by drawings or engineer shall be provided for the following equipment: 1. TXs 2. Disconnect switches 3. Push button stations 4. Control devices 5. Instruments 6. Motors 7. All major pieces of process equipment 8. Actuators 9. Control valves 10. Solenoid valves 11. Any device relevant to the operation of the plant 12. Communications enclosures 13. Junction boxes D. Stainless steel, 1/16 thick, with 1/8 stamped or engraved lettering, per Item C above. May be used in lieu of phenolic engraved nametags on instruments and valves as approved by the engineer. Tag shall be attached with #18 stainless steel wire. 3.05 CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION A. The 3-phase wires shall be identified at the switchgear, panelboards and motor control centers as Phases A, B, and C. At 277/480V, Phase A shall be brown, Phase B shall be orange, and Phase C shall be yellow. At 120/208V, Phase A Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16195 Electrical Identification.doc Electrical Identification Section 16195-4

shall be Black, Phase B shall be Red, and Phase C shall be Blue. The neutral shall be white. B. In addition to color coding all conductors, each conductor shall be identified in each pull box, manhole, panelboard, cable tray, or termination with circuit identification markers. This identification is applicable to all power, control, alarm, and instrumentation conductors and these markings shall be recorded on the Record Documents. Markers shall be slip-on PVC sleeve type as manufactured by Brady, Seton, or equal. C. Markers for other cabling shall be B-292 vinyl as manufactured by Brady, Seton, or equal. D. Exposed medium voltage conduits shall be labeled at 50-foot intervals with 1-inch letters stating the voltage - example - 12,470 volts. Labels shall be vinyl plastic as manufactured by Brady, Seton, or equal. 3.06 AUTOMATIC EQUIPMENT WARNING SIGNS A. Permanent warning signs shall be mounted at all mechanical equipment that may be started automatically or from remote locations. Signs shall be in accordance with OSHA regulations and shall be suitable for exterior use. The warning signs shall be fastened with round head brass screws or bolts, located and mounted in a manner acceptable to the Engineer. B. Warning signs shall be 7 inches high by 10 inches wide, colored yellow and black, on not less than 18 gauge vitreous enameling stock. Sign shall read: 3.07 HIGH VOLTAGE WARNING SIGNS CAUTION THIS EQUIPMENT STARTS AUTOMATICALLY BY REMOTE CONTROL A. Permanent and conspicuous warning signs shall be mounted on all equipment, doorways to equipment rooms, pull boxes, manholes, where the voltage exceeds 250 volts. B. Signs shall be in accordance with OSHA regulation, and shall be suitable for exterior use. The warning signs shall be fastened with round head brass screws or bolts, located and mounted in a manner acceptable to the Engineer. C. Signs shall be 7 inches high by 10 inches wide, colored red and white, on not less than 18 gauge vitreous enameling stock. Sign shall read: Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16195 Electrical Identification.doc Electrical Identification Section 16195-5

WARNING HIGH VOLTAGE KEEP OUT 3.08 CONDUCTOR FASTENERS A. Glue-on type conductor fasteners shall not be used in any panels, panelboards, switchboards, switchgear, motor control centers, or other enclosures containing electrical devices and/or conductors. END OF SECTION 16195 Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16195 Electrical Identification.doc Electrical Identification Section 16195-6

SECTION 16950 ELECTRICAL TESTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): a. 450, Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Large Lead Storage Batteries for Generator Stations and Substations. b. C2, National Electric Safety Code. c. C37.20.1, Metal-Enclosed Low Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Switchgear. d. C37.20.2, Metal-Clad and Station-Type Cubicle Switchgear. e. C37.20.3, Metal-Enclosed Interrupter Switchgear. f. C62.33, Standard Test Specifications for Varistor Surge Protective Devices. 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. D665, Standard Test Method for Rust Preventing Characteristics of Inhibited Mineral Oil in the Presence of Water. b. D877, Standard Test Method for Dielectric Breakdown Voltage of Insulating Liquids Using Disk Electrodes. c. D923, Standard Test Method for Sampling Electrical Insulating Liquids. d. D924, Standard Test Methods for A-Class Characteristics and Relative Permittivity (Dielectric Constant) of Electrical Insulating Liquids. e. D971, Standard Test Method for Interfacial Tension of 0.1 against Water by the Ring Method. f. D974, Standard Test Method for Acid and Base Number by Color- Indicator Titration. g. D1298, Standard Test Method for Density, Relative Density (Specific Gravity), or API Gravity of Crude Petroleum and Liquid Petroleum Products by Hydrometer Method. h. D1500, Standard Test Method for ASTM Color of Petroleum Products. i. D1524, Standard Test Method for Visual Examination of Used Electrical Insulating Oils of Petroleum Origin in the Field. j. D1533, Standard Test Methods for Water in Insulating Liquids. k. D1816, Standard Test Method for Dielectric Breakdown Voltage on Insulating Oils of Petroleum Origin Using VDE Electrodes. l. D2285, Standard Test Method for Interfacial Tension of Electrical Insulating Oils of Petroleum Origin against Water by the Drop-Weight Method. 3. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE): Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16950 Electrical Testing.doc Electrical Testing Section 16950-1

1.02 SUBMITTALS a. 43, Recommended Practice for Testing Insulating Resistance of Rotating Machinery. b. 48, Standard Test Procedures and Requirements for High-Voltage Alternating-Current Cable Terminators. c. 81, Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Ground System. d. 95, Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of Large AC Rotating Machinery with High Direct Voltage. e. 118, Standard Test Code for Resistance Measurement. f. 400, Guide for Making High-Direct-Voltage Tests on Power Cable Systems in the Field. 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): a. AB 4, Guideline for Inspection and Preventive Maintenance of Molded Case Circuit Breakers Used in Commercial and Industrial Applications. b. PB 2, Deadfront Distribution Switchboards. c. WC 7, Cross-Linked-Thermosetting-Polyethylene-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy. d. WC 8, Ethylene-Propylene-Rubber-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy. 5. International Electrical Testing Association (NETA): ATS, Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. 6. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): a. 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). b. 70E, Standard for Electrical Safety Requirements for Employee Workplaces. A. Administrative Submittals: Submit 30 days prior to performing inspections or tests: 1. Schedule for performing inspection and tests. 2. List of references to be used for each test. 3. Sample copy of equipment and materials inspection form(s). 4. Sample copy of individual device test form. 5. Sample copy of individual system test form. B. Quality Control Submittals: Submit within 14 days after completion of test: 1. Test or inspection reports and certificates for each electrical item tested. C. Contract Closeout Submittals: 1. Operation and Maintenance Data: a. In accordance with references elsewhere in these specifications. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16950 Electrical Testing.doc Electrical Testing Section 16950-2

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE b. After test of inspection reports and certificates have been reviewed by ENGINEER and returned, insert a copy of each in operation and maintenance manual. A. Test equipment shall have an operating accuracy equal to, or greater than, requirements established by NETA ATS. B. Test instrument calibration shall be in accordance with NETA ATS. 1.04 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Perform inspection and electrical tests after equipment has been installed. B. Perform tests with apparatus de-energized whenever feasible. C. Inspection and electrical tests on energized equipment are to be: 1. Scheduled with OWNER prior to de-energization. 2. Minimized to avoid extended period of interruption to the operating plant equipment. D. Notify OWNER at least 24 hours prior to performing tests on energized electrical equipment. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Tests specified in this section are to be performed in accordance with the requirements elsewhere in these specifications. B. Tests and inspection shall establish that: 1. Electrical equipment is operational within industry and manufacturer s tolerances. 2. Installation operates properly. 3. Equipment is suitable for energization. 4. Installation conforms to requirements of Contract Documents and NFPA 70, NFPA 70E, and ANSI C2. C. Perform inspection and testing in accordance with NETA ATS, industry standards, and manufacturer s recommendations. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16950 Electrical Testing.doc Electrical Testing Section 16950-3

D. Adjust mechanisms and moving parts for free mechanical movement. E. Adjust adjustable relays and sensors to correspond to operating conditions, or as recommended by manufacturer. F. Verify nameplate data for conformance to Contract Documents. G. Realign equipment not properly aligned and correct un-levelness. H. Properly anchor electrical equipment found to be inadequately anchored. I. Tighten accessible bolted connections, including wiring connections, with calibrated torque wrench to manufacturer s recommendations, or as otherwise specified. J. Clean contaminated surfaces with cleaning solvents as recommended by manufacturer. K. Provide proper lubrication of applicable moving parts. L. Inform OWNER of working clearances not in accordance with NFPA 70. M. Investigate and repair or replace: 1. Electrical items that fail tests. 2. Active components not operating in accordance with manufacturer s instructions. 3. Damaged electrical equipment. N. Electrical Enclosures: 1. Remove foreign material and moisture from enclosure interior. 2. Vacuum and wipe clean enclosure interior. 3. Remove corrosion found on metal surfaces. 4. Repair or replace, as determined by OWNER, door and panel sections having dented surfaces. 5. Repair or replace, as determined by OWNER, poor fitting doors and panel sections. 6. Repair or replace improperly operating latching, locking, or interlocking devices. 7. Replace missing or damaged hardware. 8. Finish: a. Provide matching paint and touch up scratches and mars. b. If required due to extensive damage, as determined by OWNER, refinish the entire assembly. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16950 Electrical Testing.doc Electrical Testing Section 16950-4

O. Replace fuses and circuit breakers that do not conform to size and type required by the Contract Documents. 3.02 LOW VOLTAGE CABLES, 600 VOLTS MAXIMUM A. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: 1. Inspect Each Individual Exposed Power Cable No. 4 and Larger For: a. Physical damage. b. Proper connections in accordance with single-line diagram. c. Cable bends that do not conform with manufacturer s minimum allowable bending radius where applicable. d. Color coding conformance with specifications. e. Proper circuit identification. 2. Mechanical Connections For: a. Proper lug type for conductor material. b. Proper lug installation. c. Bolt torque level in accordance with NETA ATS, Table 10.1, unless otherwise specified by manufacturer. 3. Shielded Instrumentation Cables For: a. Proper Shield grounding. b. Proper terminations. c. Proper circuit identification. 4 Control Cables For: a. Proper termination. b. Proper circuit identification. 5. Cables Terminated Through Window Type CTs: Verify that neutrals and grounds are terminated for correct operation of protective devices. B. Electrical Tests: 1. Insulation Resistance Tests: a. Applied megohm-meter dc voltage in accordance with NETA ATS, Table 10.2. b. Phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground for 1 minute on each pole. c. Insulation resistance values equal to, or greater than ohm values established by manufacturer. d. Provide test reports to Engineer and Owner that show where test measurements were taken and the results 2. Contact Resistance Tests: a. Contact resistance in micro-ohms across each switch blade and fuse holder. b. Investigate deviation of 50% or more form adjacent poles or similar switches. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16950 Electrical Testing.doc Electrical Testing Section 16950-5

3.03 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. General: Inspection and testing limited to circuit breakers rated 400 amperes and larger. B. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: 1. Proper mounting. 2. Proper conductor size. 3. Feeder designation according to nameplate and one-line diagram. 4. Cracked casings. 5. Connection bolt torque level in accordance with NETA ATS, Table 10.1. 6. Operate frame size and trip setting with circuit breaker schedules or one-line diagram. 7. Compare frame size and trip setting with circuit breaker schedules or one-line diagram. 8. Verify that terminals are suitable for 75 degrees C rated insulated conductors. C. Electrical Tests: 1. Insulation Resistance Tests: a. Utilize 1,000-volt dc megohm-meter for 480- and 600-volt circuit breakers. b. Pole-to-pole and pole-to-ground with breaker contacts opened for 1 minute. c. Pole-to-pole and pole-to-ground with breaker contacts closed for 1 minute. d. Test values to comply with NETA ATS, Table 10.2. 2. Contact Resistance Tests: a. Contact resistance in micro-ohms across each pole. b. Investigate deviation of 50% or more from adjacent poles and similar breakers. 3.06 INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS A. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: 1. Visually Check Current, Potential, and Control Transformers for: a. Cracked insulation. b. Broken leads or defective wiring. c. Proper connections d. Adequate clearances between primary and secondary circuit wiring. 2. Verify Mechanically that: a. Grounding and shorting connections have good contact. b. Withdrawal mechanism and grounding operation, when applicable, operate properly. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16950 Electrical Testing.doc Electrical Testing Section 16950-6

3.07 METERING 3. Insulation resistance measurement on instrument transformer shall not be less than that shown in NETA ATS, Table 7.1.1. A. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: 1. Verify meter connections in accordance with appropriate diagrams. 2. Verify meter multipliers. 3. Verify that meter types and scales conform to Contract Documents. 4. Check calibration of meters at cardinal points. 5. Check calibration of electrical transducers. 3.08 GROUNDING SYSTEMS A. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: 1. Equipment and circuit grounds in motor control centers and panelboards assemblies for proper connection and tightness. 2. Ground bus connections in motor control centers and panelboards assemblies for proper termination and tightness. 3. Effective transformer core and equipment grounding. 4. Accessible connections to grounding electrodes for proper fit and tightness. 5. Accessible exothermic-weld grounding connections to verify that molds were fully filled and proper bonding was obtained. 6. Test ground system using 3 point fall of potential test equipment. Ground system must provide less than 5 ohms to ground resistance. Provide test reports to Engineer and Owner that show where test measurements were taken and the results. System must be tested at all ground rods, concrete encased electrodes, ground busses and service entrance locations. 3.09 AC INDUCTION MOTORS A. General: Inspection and testing limited to motors rated 10 hp and larger. B. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: 1. Proper electrical and grounding connections. 2. Shaft alignment. 3. Blockage of ventilating air passageways. 4. Operate Motor and Check for: a. Excessive mechanical and electrical noise. b. Overheating. c. Correct rotation. d. Check vibration detectors, resistance temperature detectors, or motor inherent protectors for proper operation. e. Excessive vibration. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16950 Electrical Testing.doc Electrical Testing Section 16950-7

5. Check operation of space heaters. C. Electrical Tests: 1. Insulation Resistance Tests: a. In accordance with IEEE 43 at test voltages established by NETA ATS, Table 10.2 for: 1) Motors above 200 hp for 10-minute duration with resistances tabulated at 30 seconds, 1 minute, and 10 minutes. 2) Motors 200 hp and less for 1-minute duration with resistances tabulated at 30 and 60 seconds. b. Insulation resistance values equal to, or greater than, ohm values established by manufacturers. 2. Calculate polarization index ratios for motors above 200 hp. Investigate index ratios less than 1.5 for Class A insulation and 2.0 for Class B insulation. 3. Insulation resistance test on insulated bearings in accordance with manufacturer s instructions. 4. Measure running current and voltage, and evaluate relative to load conditions and nameplate full-load amperes. 5. Provide test reports to Engineer and Owner that show where test measurements were taken and the results 3.10 LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR CONTROL A. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: 1. Proper barrier and shutter installation and operation. 2. Proper operation of indicating and monitoring devices. 3. Proper overload protection for each motor. 4. Improper blockage of air cooling passages. 5. Proper operation of draw out elements. 6. Integrity and contamination of us insulation system. 7. Check Door and Device Interlocking System By: a. Closure attempt of device when door is in OFF or OPEN position. b. Opening attempt of door when device is in ON or CLOSED position. 8. Check Nameplates for Proper Identification Of: a. Equipment title and tag number with latest one-line diagram. b. Pushbuttons. c. Control switches. d. Pilot lights. e. Control relays. f. Circuit breakers. g. Indicating meters. 9. Verify that fuse and circuit breaker sizes and types conform to Contract Documents. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16950 Electrical Testing.doc Electrical Testing Section 16950-8

10. Verify that current and potential transformer ratios conform to Contract Documents. 11. Check Bus Connections for High Resistance by Low Resistance Ohmmeter and Calibrated Torque Wrench Applied to Bolted Joints: a. Ohm value to be zero. b. Bolt torque level in accordance with NETA ATS, Table 10.1, unless otherwise specified by manufacturer. 12. Check Operation and Sequencing of Electrical and Mechanical Interlock Systems by: a. Closure attempt for locked open devices. b. Opening attempt for locked closed devices. 13. Verify performance of each control device and feature furnished as part of the motor control center. 14. Control Wiring: a. Compare wiring to local and remote control, and protective devices with elementary diagrams. b. Check for proper conductor lacing and bundling. c. Check for proper conductor identification. d. Check for proper conductor lugs and connections. 15. Exercise active components. 16. Inspect Contactors For: a. Correct mechanical operations. b. Correct contact gap, wipe, alignment, and pressure. c. Correct torque of all connections. 17. Compare overload heater rating with full-load current for proper size. 18. Compare fuse, motor protector, and circuit breaker with motor characteristics for proper size. 19. Perform phasing check on double-ended motor control centers to ensure proper bus phasing from each source. B. Electrical Tests: 1. Insulation Resistance Tests: a. Applied megohm-meter dc voltage in accordance with NETA ATS, Table 10.2. b. Bus section phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground for 1 minute on each phase. c. Contactor phase-to-ground and across open contacts for 1 minute on each phase. d. Starter section phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground on each phase with starter contacts closed and protective devices open. e. Test values to comply with NETA ATS, Table 10.2. 2. Current Injection through Overload Unit at 300% of Motor Full-Load Current and Monitor Trip Time: a. Trip time in accordance with manufacturer s published data. b. Investigate values in excess of 120 seconds. Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16950 Electrical Testing.doc Electrical Testing Section 16950-9

3. Control Wiring Tests: a. Apply secondary voltage to control power and potential circuits. b. Check voltage levels at each point on terminal boards and each device terminal. c. Insulation resistance test at 1,000 volts dc on control wiring except that connected to solid state components. 1) Insulation resistance to be 1 megohm minimum. 4. Operational test by initiating control devices to affect proper operation. 5. Provide test reports to Engineer and Owner that show where test measurements were taken and the results END OF SECTION 16950 Lake Arrowhead Community Services District D1044\Specs\16950 Electrical Testing.doc Electrical Testing Section 16950-10

APPENDICES

This page intentionally blank

Lake Arrowhead Community Services District 2018 Holiday Schedule January 1st January 15th February 19th May 28th July 4th September 3rd November 12th November 22nd November 23rd December 24th December 25th New Year s Day Martin Luther King Day President s Day Memorial Day Independence Day Labor Day Veteran s Day Observed Thanksgiving Day Thanksgiving Holiday Christmas Eve Christmas Day